HomeMy WebLinkAboutItem 5e - Authorize Advertisement of Water Treatment Plan Generator Improvements Spec No 1000126 Item 5e
Department: Utilities
Cost Center: 6001
For Agenda of: 6/7/2022
Placement: Consent
Estimated Time: N/A
FROM: Aaron Floyd, Utilities Director
Prepared By: Mychal Boerman, Utilities Deputy Director - Water
Miguel Barcenas, Utilities Deputy Director-Engineering and Planning
Shawna Scott, Utilities Special Projects Manager
SUBJECT: AUTHORIZE ADVERTISEMENT OF WATER TREATMENT PLANT
GENERATOR IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, SPEC. NO. 1000126
RECOMMENDATION
1. Approve the plans and specifications for the Water Treatment Plant Generator
Improvement Project (Project), Specification No. 1000126; and
2. Authorize staff to advertise the Project for bids; and
3. Authorize the City Manager to award the construction contract for the Project if the
lowest responsible bid is within available project funding; and
4. Adopt a Resolution entitled, “A Resolution of the City Council of the City of San Luis
Obispo, California, authorizing use of Water Fund Unassigned Working Capital for
construction of the Water Treatment Plant Generator Improvement Project,
Specification No. 1000126” in the amount of $951,918; and
5. Authorize the Utilities Director to approve Contract Change Orders in excess of
$100,000 and up to the available budget.
DISCUSSION
Background
The City seeks to improve water system reliability by installing a new, permanent standby
generator and supporting infrastructure at the City’s Water Treatment Plant (WTP). On
August 21, 2018, the San Luis Obispo City Council authorized an application to the
California Department of Emergency Services (Cal OES) Hazard Mitigation Grant
Program (HMGP) for Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) funding in
support of a standby generator and supporting infrastructure at the WTP to power the
Transfer Pump Station in the event of a power outage (Resolution No. 10931). The grant
application submitted to Cal OES requesting funding for a 350kW generator and
associated infrastructure was approved December 17, 2019. The originally approved
federal share was $765,000 of the Project cost, with a local 25 percent match of $255,000
to be funded from the Water Fund’s unassigned working capital.
Page 41 of 652
Item 5e
In 2019, PG&E announced Public Safety Power Shutoff (PSPS) events in California,
whereby electrical power to the City’s WTP and Transfer Pump Station could be shut off
for an extended period of time, causing impacts that could not be accommodated by the
previously proposed 350kW Transfer Pump Station generator, or the City’s existing WTP
generator. The scope of the Generator Project was amended to account for these
extended power outages, including installation of a larger 1250kW permanent standby
generator to power both the Transfer Pump Station and all treatment processes at the
WTP in the event of an extended power outage. Upsizing the permanent generator will
provide the WTP better resiliency to treat and d istribute water to the community under
times of power failure by the purveyor or adverse weather conditions requiring a PSPS,
and also afford the City the flexibility to perform maintenance of electrical switch gears by
switching-off the normal power supply.
As a backup generator was critical to the WTP, a temporary generator was rented and
installed until additional federal grant funds could be secured and the permanent
generator and associated infrastructure could be designed and constructed. The
temporary generator will be removed upon installation of the permanent generator.
An updated HMGP application packet with the revised scope and associated increase in
cost was submitted March 22, 2020 to Cal OES. On June 9, 2021, FEMA approved the
amended scope of work and issued an additional $630,000 in federal HMGP funds for
the Project, resulting in a total of $1,395,000 in federal funds.
Project
The City completed plans and specifications for the Project (Council Reading File,
Attachments A and B) and recommends the City Council authorize advertisement of the
Project for construction. The Project contingency for construction is budgeted at 20
percent. Construction management and inspection services will be provided by
consultants from the City’s on-call service contracts.
Previous Council or Advisory Body Action
In August 2018, City Council authorized preparation and execution of an application to
the Cal OES HMGP for funding in support of a standby generator and supporting
infrastructure at the WTP. At that time, City Council approved the use of $255,000 from
the Water Fund unassigned working capital for local funding match of 25 percent of the
Project cost.
Policy Context
The City Utilities Department is responsible for providing uninterrupted water service to
the community, the California Polytechnic State University campus, and the San Luis
Obispo County Regional Airport. In addition, the provision of additional temporary or
permanent emergency generators, requiring engineering design and inspection services,
and construction at the Water Treatment Plant is identified as a 2021 -2023 Financial Plan
Major City Goal, Climate Action, Open Space, and & Sustainable Transportation .
Page 42 of 652
Item 5e
Public Engagement
The Project has been identified as a priority project in the Financial Plan Capital
Improvement Plan. As construction proceeds, updates will be provided on the City’s
Public Works Department website at: www.slocity.org/government/department-
directory/public-works/construction-and-traffic-updates
CONCURRENCE
Utilities Department staff and Public Works Department staff (City Engineer and
Construction Manager) have worked cooperatively on the delivery of this Proj ect. Those
staff concur with the recommendations in this report.
ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
The City prepared a Notice of Exemption for the Generator Project in accordance with the
California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) (Attachment C). The Project is categorically
exempt from CEQA pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15301 (Existing Facilities).
FISCAL IMPACT
Budgeted: Yes Budget Year: 2021-22
Funding Identified: Yes
Fiscal Analysis:
On August 20, 2019, the City Council authorized the use of up to $2,000,000 from the
Water Fund unassigned Working Capital to fund Emergency Power Supply needs to
prepare for PG&E PSPS events, including the acquisition of temporary and/or permanent
emergency generators and associated engineering design and inspection services, and
construction at the W TP, Whale Rock Reservoir, and other City water pump stations. To
date, a total of $1,221,918 of the authorized $2,000,000 has been expended and is
currently designated for the temporary generator and electrical improvements at the WTP
and other Water Fund projects associated with the City’s response to and preparation for
PSPS events. In addition, concurrent efforts to install a permanent standby generator at
the WTP was pursued, which would be partially funded by Cal OES-HMGP federal grant
funds.
In December 2019, the City’s 2018 HMGP application for grant funds was approved by
FEMA. The original project included a 350kW standby generator, and the total project
cost was $1,020,000. The project was originally proposed to be funded by $765,000 in
federal HMGP funds, but later increased with a scope amendment approved in 2021 .
Following PG&E’s announcement of PSPS events in California, the City determined that
a larger standby permanent generator is needed to power the entire WTP, not just the
Transfer Pump Station, in the event of an extended power outage. The scope of the
project was amended to include a 1250kW standby generator, which resulted in an
increase in the overall cost of the project.
Page 43 of 652
Item 5e
An updated HGMP application packet with the revised scop e and associated increase in
cost was submitted to Cal OES on March 22, 2020. On June 9, 2021, FEMA approved
the amended scope of work and issued an additional $630,000 in federal HMGP funds
for the Project, resulting in a total of $1,395,000 in federal funding. An additional $465,000
for the Emergency Power Supply Project (including the WTP permanent generator) was
approved in the 2021-2023 Financial Plan, resulting in a total Water Fund budget of
$2,465,000. There is a current balance of $1,243,082 in the Water Fund for the project,
in addition to the $1,395,000 in federal funding.
The total construction cost of the Project is $3,590,000, which includes $490,000 (20
percent contingency on construction costs) and $300,000 for a rental stand-by generator
required while the permanent generator is installed. The recommended appropriations
cover the forecasted construction costs, and the costs incurred to date for engineering
design services and rental costs of the stand-by generator spanning multiple PSPS
events.
An additional $951,918 is needed from the Water Fund to fully fund the Project
(Attachment E, Draft Resolution authorizing funding for the Project). The approximate
current balance in Water Fund unassigned working capital is $10,428,318.
Estimated Construction Costs
Construction Cost Estimate $2,450,000
Construction Management/Inspection $175,000
Engineering Construction Phase Support/Record Drawings $100,000
Utility Service and Relocations (PG&E, Gas, AT&T, Charter Cable) $50,000
Specialty Inspection, Materials Testing, and Printing $25,000
Subtotal $2,800,000
Construction Contingency (20%) $490,000
Rental Stand-by Generator $300,000
Total Project Cost1 $3,590,000
Project Funding (WTP Permanent Generator)
Cal OES Grant Funding $1,395,000
Water Fund $1,243,082
Unassigned Working Capital $951,918
Project Funding $3,590,000
1 Excludes operating costs.
Page 44 of 652
Item 5e
Fiscal Analysis (Emergency Power Supply Project):
Funding Sources Total Budget Expenditures
to Date2
Remaining
Budget
General Fund n/a
State n/a
Federal $1,395,000
Sewer Fund n/a
Water Fund $2,465,000 $1,221,918 $1,243,082
Unassigned Working
Capital $951,918
Total $4,811,918
Annual staffing, maintenance, and energy cost for the existing generator rental at the
Water Treatment Plant is estimated at $10,000 annually. This cost is not expected to
increase with the permanent generator. Funding for the Project’s on-going operational
costs was approved as part of the 2021-2023 Financial Plan in the Water Fund, Water
Treatment Plant operating budget.
ALTERNATIVES
Deny or defer approval to advertise. The City Council may choose to deny or defer the
approval to advertise this project. Staff does not recommend this alternative as the Project
is needed to allow for continued operation of the WTP during an extended PSPS power
outage.
ATTACHMENTS
A - Water Treatment Plant Generator Improvement Project Plans (1000126)
B - Water Treatment Plant Generator Improvement Project Specifications (1000126)
C - Water Treatment Plant Generator Improvement Project Notice of Exemption
D - Project Vicinity Map (1000126)
E - Draft Resolution authorizing funding for the Water Treatment Plant Generator
Improvement Project
2 Includes designed funds on open Purchase Orders
Page 45 of 652
Page 46 of 652
U P R
R
FOOTHILLCALIF
O
R
NI
A
CHORROGRAN
D
CALIF
O
R
NI
A
SANT
A
R
O
S
AJOHNS
O
N
MARSHPISMOJOHNS
O
N
BRO
A
D
SOUTHHIGUERAMADONNAPRADOPRADOTANK FARMBROADLAURELORCUTT TANK FARMORC
UTT
BROA
D
SOUTH HIGUERALOS OSOS VALLEY ROADUS HIGHWAY 101CAL POLYLAGUNA LAKESTENNERCREEK ROADP.O. BOX 1604ARROYO GRANDE, CA 93421 (805) 904-6530ProjectLocationProjectLocationStenner Creek Rd.UPRRCITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPOWATER TREATMENT PLANTGENERATORIMPROVEMENT PROJECTFACILITY 9875% PLANSETReference Documents:City Standard Specifications - August 2020 EditionCity Engineering Standards - August 2020 Edition1. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR ORPERMITTEE TO CONTACT "UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT OFNORTHERN CALIFORNIA" BY PHONE AT 8-1-1 FORTY-EIGHT (48)HOURS PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION FOR LOCATION OFPOWER, TELEPHONE, OIL AND NATURAL GAS UNDERGROUNDFACILITIES. CONTRACTOR OR PERMITTEE SHALL ALSOCONTACT THE APPROPRIATE AGENCY FOR THE LOCATION OFCABLE T.V., WATER, SEWER, DRAINAGE OR UNDERGROUNDFACILITIES.2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL POSSESS A CLASS "A" LICENSE.general notes:san luis obispo county, californiaAPPROVED BYSPECIFICATION NO. DATEofSHEETBrain A. Nelson, City Engineer, R.C.E. C79870 Approved Date26MARCH 202210000261FILE NO./LOCATION00 2000' 4000'1000126Page 47 of 652
CITY SPECIFICATION NO.DATE:PROJECT TITLE:SHEET TITLE:ofSHEET NO.26DESIGNED BY:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:APPROVED BY:SCALE:PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATIONMARCH 2022CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPOWTP GENERATOR PROJECT - FACILITY 98Know what'sR011/21000026P.O. BOX 1604ARROYO GRANDE, CA 93421 (805) 904-6530G-0022GENERAL NOTES AND SHEET INDEXJEHJPFJJR---AS NOTED ON PLANSCOMMUNICATION LINESANITARY SEWER WITH SIZECCCCSS4WATER WITH SIZEWM10SLUDGE LINE WITH SIZESLDG4SLDG4UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL LINEEEEEOVERHEAD ELECTRICAL LINEOEOETELEPHONE LINETTGENERAL NOTESABBREVIATIONSAGENCY/UTILITYAGENCY CONTACTPHONENUMBERAT&T RALPH SOARES(805) 546-7315PG&E REBECCA WEBER(805) 595-6309SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GAS COMPANY JASON LEWIS(805) 781-7939UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT811AC ASPHALTIC CONCRETEARV AIR RELEASE VALVEAVV AIR VACUUM VALVE℄CENTERLINECAV COMBINATION AIR VALVEDIA. DIAMETERDIP DUCTILE IRON PIPE(E) EXISTINGEC END OF CURVEEL ELEVATIONEXIST. EXISTINGFLG FLANGEFL FLOW LINEFCTF FIELD CUT TO FITFO FIBER OPTICGRS GALVANIZED RIGID STEELGOx GASEOUS OXYGENIT INFORMATION TECHNOLOGYLOx LIQUID OXYGENMJ MECHANICAL JOINT(N) NEWNIC NOT IN CONTRACTPD PLANT DRAINPC POINT ON CURVEPCC PORTLAND CONCRETE PAVEMENTPE PLAIN ENDPH POTHOLEPI POINT OF INFLECTIONPL PROPERTY LINEPP POWER POLEPRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVER/W RIGHT-OF-WAYSD STORM DRAINSS SANITARY SEWERSTA STATIONTS TRAFFIC SIGNAL1. COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA STATE WATER RESOURCES CONTROLBOARD AND CITY STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS.2. PROJECT DRIVEWAYS AND CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINSTEROSION AND TRACKING OF MUD AND DEBRIS AT ALL TIMES, INCLUDING EVENINGS, WEEKENDSAND HOLIDAYS. SUCH PROTECTION MAY BE MODIFIED TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO THE WORK SITEDURING WORK HOURS.3. ALL STOCKPILES SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST WIND AND WATER EROSION, IMMEDIATELYUPON PLACEMENT AND REMOVED FROM STREET AT THE END OF EACH DAY. SUCH PROTECTIONSHALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL USE OR REMOVAL OF THE STOCKPILE, REGARDLESS OF THE TIMEOF YEAR.4. ALL FRESH CUT AND FILL SLOPES SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY PROTECTED BY INSTALLATION OFEROSION CONTROL DEVICES, AND UNTIL PERMANENT EROSION CONTROL IS ESTABLISHED.5. PERMANENT EROSION CONTROL MEASURES SHALL BE FULLY ESTABLISHED TO THESATISFACTION OF THE ENGINEER. (TO BE COMPLETED NO LESS THAN 30 DAYS PRIOR TOREQUEST FOR FINAL APPROVAL.)6. WASTE MATERIALS SHALL NOT BE WASHED OFFSITE. THIS INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TOSOIL, PAINT, GROUT, COLOR COAT, CONCRETE DUST, SAW RESIDUES, GRINDINGS, AND OIL.7. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PLACEMENT OF EROSION CONTROL DEVICES INACCORDANCE WITH THE CITY'S STANDARDS AND SWRCB REQUIREMENTS.EROSION CONTROL NOTES1. STRUCTURAL CONCRETE SHALL BE PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 033000.2. VERIFY DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS AT THE SITE BEFORE STARTING WORK. ANY CONFLICTSBETWEEN DETAILS OR DIMENSIONS ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE REPORTED PROMPTLY TO THEENGINEER.3. TAKE PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES TO PROTECT UTILITIES AND STRUCTURES SHOWN AND ALLOTHERS NOT ON RECORD DRAWINGS OR NOT SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. ALL SUCHIMPROVEMENTS OR STRUCTURES DAMAGED BY THE CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS SHALL BEREPAIRED OR RECONSTRUCTION TO BETTER OR EQUAL THAN ORIGINAL CONDITION AND/OR THEAPPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AFFECTED UTILITY AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE.APPROVAL BY CITY SHALL ALSO BE REQUIRED.4. COORDINATE UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING WITH THE LOCAL UNDERGROUND SERVICEALERT JURISDICTION (CALL 811) PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.5. VERIFY LOCATIONS AND DEPTHS OF EXISTING UTILITIES BEFORE BEGINNING ANY GRADINGOPERATIONS. LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS ARE APPROXIMATE AND FOR GENERALINFORMATION ONLY.6. IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE CITY UPON LEARNING OF THE EXISTENCE AND LOCATIONS OF ANYUNDERGROUND FACILITIES NOT SHOWN OR SHOWN INACCURATELY ON THESE PLANS OR NOTPROPERLY MARKED BY THE UTILITY OWNER.7. USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN WORKING NEAR OVERHEAD OR UNDERGROUND POWER, GAS, OROTHER UTILITIES SO AS TO SAFELY PROTECT ALL PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT. PROTECT FROMDAMAGE INCURRED DURING CONSTRUCTION ALL OVERHEAD UTILITY LINES WHETHER SHOWN ORNOT SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. NOTIFY UTILITY COMPANIES PRIOR TO ANY WORK IN OVERHEADLOCATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COST INCURRED.8. PRESERVE ALL SURVEY MARKERS AND MONUMENTATION PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 5-1.36E.THOSE REQUIRING REMOVAL SHALL BE TIED OUT; A CORNER RECORDED; AND RE-ESTABLISHEDIN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOCAL GOVERNING AUTHORITY AND CITY STANDARDS.9. COMPACTION OF BACKFILL MATERIALS SHALL BE BY MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCEWITH SPECIFICATION SECTION 312300. NO FLOODING OR JETTING WILL BE ALLOWED.10. ALL SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, AND DETAILS INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALLFULLY APPLY TO THE WORK WHETHER SPECIFICALLY REFERENCED OR NOT.11. PROVIDE VIDEO DOCUMENTATION OF THE PRE-EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT SITE ANDSURROUNDING AREA. SUBMIT THE VIDEO TO THE CITY PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTIONPER SPECIFICATION SECTION 013266.12. MAINTAIN THE WORK AREA IN A NEAT, CLEAN, AND SANITARY CONDITION AT ALL TIMES AND TOTHE SATISFACTION OF THE CITY. STREETS SHALL BE KEPT CLEAN OF DEBRIS, WITH DUST ANDOTHER NUISANCES BEING CONTROLLED AT ALL TIMES.13. MAINTAIN A COMPLETE AND ACCURATE RECORD OF ALL CHANGES IN CONSTRUCTION FROMTHAT SHOWN IN THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE PURPOSE OF PROVIDING A BASISFOR RECORD DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTE DEVIATIONS FROM THE PLANS ON ASET OF PLANS SPECIFICALLY SET ASIDE FOR THIS PURPOSE. ANY CHANGES SHALL BE MADE ONTHE ORIGINALS OF THE PLANS. NO CHANGES FROM THAT SHOWN ON THESE PLANS ANDSPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE CITY.14. RESTORE ALL PAVEMENT, CONCRETE, ASPHALT, SIDEWALKS, CURBS, TRUNCATED DOMES, ANDDRIVEWAY SURFACES REMOVED OR DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION UNLESS INDICATEDOTHERWISE ON THE PLANS. PAVEMENT SHALL BE PER CITY STANDARDS. OTHER SURFACESSHALL BE RESTORED IN-KIND UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE.15. CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE HOURS REFERENCED IN THE CITY'SSPECIAL PROVISIONS AND AS LIMITED BY LOCAL ORDINANCE.16. ALL FACILITIES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPOSTANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED IN THE CONSTRUCTIONDOCUMENTS.17. PROVIDE CHEMICAL TOILETS AND TRASH RECEPTACLES PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 015210.USE OF CITY FACILITIES IS PROHIBITED.GAS LINE WITH SIZEG2LEGEND1. PROJECT SPECIFIC GEOTECHNICAL INFORMATION IS CONTAINED IN THE FOLLOWING:GEOTECHNICAL REPORTWATER TREATMENT PLANT STANDBY GENERATORSAN LUIS OBISPO, CAAUGUST 12, 2020YEH AND ASSOCIATES, INC.2. CONTRACTOR SHALL DEVELOP A WRITTEN SCHEDULE OUTLINING THE PHASING AND SEQUENCEOF THE WORK, COORDINATED TO ENSURE THE PLANT REMAINS IN FULL OPERATION DURING THEDURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF APPROVED SHUTDOWNS. SCHEDULESHALL INCLUDE CONFIRMED DELIVERY DATES OF EQUIPMENT.3. COORDINATE WITH CITY CONTROL SYSTEMS TECHNICIAN TO DISABLE INSTRUMENTATIONCONTROLS AND ALARMS ASSOCIATED WITH EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE DEMOLISHED IN EACHPHASE.4. COORDINATE WITH P.G.&E. FOR POWER SHUTDOWN WHEN WORK IS WITHIN 10' OF OVERHEADLINES.PROJECT NOTESGOX LINESHEET INDEXSHEET DRAWING DESCRIPTION1G-001TITLE SHEET2G-002GENERAL NOTES AND SHEET INDEX3G-003SURVEY DATA4G-004SURVEY DATA5C-101GENERATOR SITE PLAN6C-102ENLARGED SITE PLAN7C-103GRADING PLAN8C-104GENERATOR SITE - SECTION VIEW9C-105FUEL TANK - SECTION VIEW10C-501CIVIL DETAILS11S-101STRUCTURAL NOTES12S-102STRUCTURAL NOTES AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS13S-103FOUNDATION PLAN14S-104CONSTRUCTION DETAILS15S-105CONSTRUCTION DETAILS16 M-001LEGEND, SCHEDULES, DETAILS, NOTES17 M-002PARTIAL SITE MECHANICAL PLAN18 E-001SYMBOL LISTS, LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE, NOTES19 E-002PARTIAL ONE LINE DIAGRAM20 E-101PARTIAL SITE AND PUMP STATION ELECTRICAL PLANS21 E-201PARTIAL ELECTRICAL YARD PLAN22 E-301ELECTRICAL DETAILS23 I-001FACILITY 98 - INSTRUMENTATION SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONSLEGEND24 I-002FACILITY 98 STANDBY POWER INTERFACE PANEL - PROCESS ANDINSTUMENTATION DIAGRAM25 I-003FACILITY 98 STANDBY POWER INTERFACE PANEL - LAYOUT, BILL OFMATERIALS, AND COMMUNICATION SCHEMATIC26 I-004FACILITY 98 STANDBY POWER INTERFACE PANEL - POWER,COMMUNICATION, AND INPUTS WIRING DETAILSELEC / TELEPHONE / CABLEPage 48 of 652
CITY SPECIFICATION NO.DATE:PROJECT TITLE:SHEET TITLE:ofSHEET NO.26DESIGNED BY:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:APPROVED BY:SCALE:PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATIONMARCH 2022CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPOWTP GENERATOR PROJECT - FACILITY 98011/21000026G-0033SURVEY DATAJEHJPFJJR---AS NOTED ON PLANSPage 49 of 652
CITY SPECIFICATION NO.DATE:PROJECT TITLE:SHEET TITLE:ofSHEET NO.26DESIGNED BY:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:APPROVED BY:SCALE:PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATIONMARCH 2022CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPOWTP GENERATOR PROJECT - FACILITY 98011/21000026G-0044SURVEY DATAJEHJPFJJR---AS NOTED ON PLANSPage 50 of 652
SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDGSS4SS4SS4SS4SS4EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEW6W6W6W6W6W6W6W6W6W6W6W6W6W6W6W6W6W6EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEETTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTEEEEEEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEW8W8W8W8W8W8W8W8W8W8CCCCCCCCCOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEWM10WM10WM10W8W8W8W8W8G2G2G2G2G2G2W8W8W8W1-1/2W1-1/2W1-1/2W1-1/2W1-1/2W1-1/2W1-1/2EEEEEEEEEEEEEGOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2 GOx 1-1/2 GOx 1-1/2
EEEEEEEEEWDG6SLDW6W6DG
W6GO
WSx ES686W6G8L6G
EW8LDW6WW666EEWWW6EWDW66EDDWW6W66GGG6W66666D6G6666WW66EWW6WWW6666W66DDDWWWW6W666666666GGEEWWWW66EEW6W666WW666666GGGDEEDDWWW6666666EEEWWWW6WW6WWWW6EEEW66W6WW6666666WWW666GGG6666DDDEEEW6W66W6666666W6W6EE666EEWEEEWWWWWW6WWWEEEEEWWWW666W66WWWWWWWW6DDWWWWW66WEEEE66666666666666666GGGGGGW6666WWEEEWWWWGGWWWW666WWWWW66666GGGGGEEWWWWWWWW666666WWWWWWWWW6666WWW6EW6WWW666666DGDGDDGDDWWGGW66666W6DDDD6666666WWWWWWWWWEEEEWWWWW666666G666666GGDDDDDDDWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW6WWEEEEW6W666W6666WWWWXXXXXXXXXXXX X XXXX
X
X
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX21/2OE2OG1G1GOO1/2OE1GO1/EE2GOEOxOEx1OEGOEOEOExOOx x1OEOE//1/1/GG2-1GOE/112OZONEGENERATORBUILDINGFC 32GENERATORAND FUELTANK AREA(E) LOxTANKFC 31(E) OVERHEADUTILITY POLEEXISTING PAVEMENT(E) ELECTRICALSWITCH GEARREMOVE AND DISPOSEOF (E) CHAIN LINK FENCE(E) TRANSFORMERFC 981C-102W8W8W2ESEE NOTE 2(E) TRANSFORMER(E) TESLA SWITCHBOARDEXISTING CONCRETECROSS GUTTER(E) PLATE SETTLER(E) TRANSFORMER(E) TEMPORARYATSPROPOSED TEMPORARYLOCATION FOR (E) ATS)TRANSFERSWITCHSWITCHBOARD1250 kW STANDBYGENERATOR2500 GALLON DIESELFUEL TANK, SEE NOTE 5CITY SPECIFICATION NO.DATE:PROJECT TITLE:SHEET TITLE:ofSHEET NO.26DESIGNED BY:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:APPROVED BY:SCALE:PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATIONMARCH 2022CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPOWTP GENERATOR PROJECT - FACILITY 98011/21000026P.O. BOX 1604ARROYO GRANDE, CA 93421 (805) 904-6530SITE PLAN SCALE: 1" = 10'1-C-1015GENERATOR SITE PLAN JEHJPFJEH---AS NOTED ON PLANSNOTES:1. LAYDOWN AREA IS AVAILABLE AT THE WTP.CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH CITY FORAVAILABLE AREA AND LIMITS. LAYDOWN AREA TO BERESTORED TO PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS ORBETTER.2. TEMPORARY GENERATOR, FUEL TANK, TRANSFERSWITCH, AND ASSOCIATED CABLES MAY BERELOCATED AS NEEDED IN AREAS INDICATED PERSPECIFICATION SECTION 011100.3. COORDINATE SUITABLE LOCATION OF TRASHRECEPTACLES AND BATHROOMS WITH CITY PERSPECIFICATION SECTION 015210.4. MAINTAIN ACCESS TO ALL FACILITIES AT ALL TIMESFOR CITY OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIESPER SPECIFICATION SECTION 011100.5. COORDINATE WITH P.G.& E. FOR POWER SHUTDOWNIF WORK IS WITH 10 FEET OF OVERHEAD LINES.LEGENDASPHALT PAVING PER DETAILGRAVEL SWALE, MINIMUM OF 2"OF CLEAN GRAVEL OVER MIRAFI140N FILTER FABRIC ORAPPROVED EQUAL2C-104Page 51 of 652
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXSLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SS4SS4SS4SS4EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEW6W6EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEETTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEW8W8W8W8W8W8W8W8W8W8W8W8W8W8CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEW8W8W8W8W8W1-1/2W1-1/2W1-1/2W1-1/2W1-1/2W1-1/2W1-1/2W1-1/2W1-1/2W1-1/2W1-1/2EEEEEEEEEEEEE/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2 GOx 1-1/2 GOx 1-1/2 GOx 1-1/2 GO
EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEAC-104BC-10534S-10442S-1041C-50142S-1043'-0"5'-0"9'-2"5'-0"4'-0"5'-9"5'-10"4'-0"3'-0"1250 kW STANDBYGENERATOR(E) PLATESETTLERW1/2PAVED PARKINGASPHALTPAVEMENTCONCRETE TANK SLAB,PER S-103CONCRETEGENERATOR SLAB,SEE SHEET S-103EXISTING SLABFOR ELECTRICALSWITCHGEARCONCRETEWALKWAYPER DETAIL4'-0" WIDE CONCRETECROSS GUTTER PERCITY STANDARD 4310BOLLARD PER CITYSTANDARDDRAWING 7335, TYP.BOLLARD PERCITY STANDARDDRAWING 7335,TYP.GRAVEL SWALE. EXTEND AMINIMUM OF 5 FT FROMEDGE OF CONCRETE CROSSGUTTER UP EXISTINGNATURAL SWALEPIPE TRENCHWITH GRATINGPER DETAILPROPERTY LINE(E) FENCE LINE6"Ø SDR35 PVCDRAIN FROMCONCRETE TRENCHFILL AND REGRADE (E) CUTPAD. PLACE AND COMPACTFILL MATERIAL PERSPECIFICATION SECTION312300 TO GRADES SHOWNON SHEET C-103GUARDRAIL,TYP. PERCONCRETE WALL & SLAB,SEE SHEET S-103MATCH EXISTINGFINISH SURFACELEAK PROTECTION AND FUELMAINTENANCE PANELS MOUNTEDON EQUIPMENT SUPPORT PER(E) TESLA SWITCHBOARDGUARDRAIL PERTRANSFORMER(E) TEMPORARYTRANSFER SWITCHINTERCEPTPULL BOX(E) SWITCHBOARD(E) TRANSFORMER(E) POWERHANDHOLEAUTOMATICTRANSFERSWITCHSWITCHBOARD(E) HANDHOLECONCRETE SLAB,SEE SHEET S-103CONCRETEROLLEDCURB PERSEE NOTE 5GENERATOR EXHAUST2500 GALLON DIESEL FUEL TANK, SEE NOTE 5PROPOSED TEMPORARYLOCATION FOR (E) ATS2C-1042C-5011C-104CITY SPECIFICATION NO.DATE:PROJECT TITLE:SHEET TITLE:ofSHEET NO.26DESIGNED BY:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:APPROVED BY:SCALE:PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATIONMARCH 2022CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPOWTP GENERATOR PROJECT - FACILITY 98Know what'sR011/21000026P.O. BOX 1604ARROYO GRANDE, CA 93421 (805) 904-6530C-1026ENLARGED SITE PLANJEHJPFJJR---AS NOTED ON PLANSFACILITY 98 SITE PLANSCALE: 1" = 6'1-006'12'NOTES:1. SEE SHEET C-103 FOR GRADING AND DEMOLITIONPLAN.2. FOR FUEL TANK AND PIPELINE DETAILS, SEESHEET M-002.3. FOR CONCRETE SLAB AND WALL DETAILS SEESHEET S-103.4. MAINTAIN ACCESS TO ALL FACILITIES AT ALLTIMES FOR CITY OPERATION AND MAINTENANCEACTIVITIES PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 011100.5. COORDINATE WITH P.G.& E. FOR POWERSHUTDOWN WHEN WORK IS WITHIN 10 FEET OFOVERHEAD LINES.LEGENDASPHALT PAVING PER DETAILGRAVEL SWALE, MINIMUM OF 2"OF CLEAN GRAVEL OVER MIRAFI140N FILTER FABRIC ORAPPROVED EQUAL2C-104Page 52 of 652
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX X X X X XX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXSLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SS4SS4SS4SS4EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEW6W6EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEETTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEW8W8W8W8W8W8W8W8W8W8W8W8W8W8CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEW8W8W8W8W8W1-1/2W1-1/2W1-1/2W1-1/2W1-1/2W1-1/2W1-1/2W1-1/2W1-1/2W1-1/2W1-1/2EEEEEEEEEEEEE/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2 GOx 1-1/2 GOx 1-1/2 GOx 1-1/2 GOx EEEEEEEEEEEEEEE4404414424414424434394384374364354344334'-0"4'-0"FUEL TANK SLABEL=442.278%1.8%GENERATOR SLABEL=442.00PPPPPP(E) PLATE SETTLER(E) ACPFS:438.60EG:438.25FL:438.22EG:438.32FS:438.48EG:438.12FS:439.22EG:439.27TOS:441.75FL:438.78EG:439.33FG:439.22EG:439.50FG:440.68EG:440.45FG:440.68EG: 440.44FL:440.35EG:440.45FG:442.54EG:442.50FG:442.54EG:442.67TOW:443.35EG:442.74FG:442.54EG:442.81FG:442.12EG:443.12FG:442.05EG:442.31FG:441.84EG:441.84FG:441.84EG:441.69FG:441.81EG:441.60FG:442.02EG:442.55TOW:443.35EG:442.88TOW:443.96EG:443.35TOW:443.96EG:442.85TOW:443.96EG:442.97TOW:443.51EG:442.46TOW:442.96EG:441.93FG:441.59EG:441.77FG:441.55EG:441.38FG:441.88EG:442.43TOS:441.75TOS:441.98TOS:442.00FS:439.10EG:438.12FS:438.81EG:438.00FS:438.61EG:437.58FS:437.44EG:437.47FS:433.89EG:433.82FS:433.89EG:433.89FS:438.53EG:436.03MATCH EXISTINGFINISH SURFACEFS:438.53EG:436.40FS:440.07EG:439.65FS:439.65EG:439.12FS:439.65EG:439.33FS:439.78EG:440.08TOW:441.22TOW:441.22FS:440.06EG:440.64FS:439.85EG:440.43TOW:441.22MATCH EXISTINGFINISH SURFACETOC:434.36EG:434.06FL:433.98EG:434.10TOC:433.73EG:433.73FL:433.35EG:433.57MATCHEXISTINGFINISHSURFACEMATCH EXISTING GRADE4'-0" WIDE CONCRETECROSS GUTTER PERCITY STANDARD 4310CONCRETESLAB PER S-103SAWCUT ANDREMOVE 1'-6" OFEXISTING ACMATCH EXISTING GRADESAWCUT ANDREMOVE 1'-6" OFEXISTING ACFL:442.21EG:442.60(E) 112" GOxTRANSFORMER TO BEREMOVED AND DISPOSED OFFOLLOWING ACCEPTANCE OFNEW TRANSFORMERTRANSFORMERSLABABCDEFGHIJK(E) CONCRETE WALL(E) FENCECITY SPECIFICATION NO.DATE:PROJECT TITLE:SHEET TITLE:ofSHEET NO.26DESIGNED BY:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:APPROVED BY:SCALE:PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATIONMARCH 2022CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPOWTP GENERATOR PROJECT - FACILITY 98Know what'sR011/21000026P.O. BOX 1604ARROYO GRANDE, CA 93421 (805) 904-6530C-1037GRADING PLANJEHJPFJJR---AS NOTED ON PLANSFACILITY 98 GRADING AND DEMOLITION PLANSCALE: 1" = 6'1-00 5' 10'NOTES:1. GENERATOR FOUNDATION PREPARATION PERSHEET C-104.2. FUEL TANK FOUNDATION PREPARATION PERSHEET C-105.3. PROTECT EXISTING 112"Ø GOx PIPE.LEGENDASPHALT PAVING PER DETAILGRAVEL SWALE, MINIMUM OF 2"OF CLEAN GRAVEL OVER MIRAFI140N FILTER FABRIC ORAPPROVED EQUALREMOVE AND DISPOSEPROTECT IN PLACEP2C-104LAYOUT DATATAG NORTHING EASTING DESCRIPTION2313912.01 5761612.47SOUTHEAST CORNER OF THETRANSFORMER SLAB2313924.10 5761608.26NORTHWEST CORNER OF THETRANSFORMER SLAB2313942.64 5761607.49SOUTHEAST CORNER OF THEAUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH2313947.42 5761602.81NORTHWEST CORNER OF THEAUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH2313945.88 5761597.50SOUTHEAST CORNER OF THESWITCHBOARD2313950.83 5761593.76NORTHWEST CORNER OF THESWITCHBOARD2313942.35 5761624.21SOUTHEAST CORNER OF THEGENERATOR PAD2313975.54 5761586.53NORTHWEST CORNER OF THEGENERATOR PAD2313968.94 5761616.49SOUTHWEST CORNER OF THEFUEL TANK SLAB2313985.53 5761613.71NORTHEAST CORNER OF THEFUEL TANK SLAB2313998.41 5761584.79CENTER OF V-DITCHABCDEFGHIJKPage 53 of 652
4204304404504604204304404504602-23S-1042'-9"±3'-0"3'-0"5'-9"3'-0"3'2'-0"3'-0"1'-0"8"8"9"ELECTRICALDUCT BANKSEE NOTE 1ELECTRICALDUCT BANKSEE NOTE 1AT&TDUCT BANKSEE NOTE 11250 kW STANDBY GENERATOREXISTING GROUNDSURFACEPAVEDPARKINGPER DETAILCOMPACTED AGGREGATE BASEACCORDING TO SHEET S-104 ANDSPECIFICATION SECTION 312300STRUCTURAL FILL ACCORDINGTO SHEET S-104 ANDSPECIFICATION SECTION 312300CONCRETERETAINING WALLGUARD RAILPER DETAILCONCRETESLAB112" GOX ,PROTECTIN PLACESCARIFY AND COMPACT 9" SUBGRADEPER SPECIFICATION SECTION 312300ROLLED CURB & GUTTERSCALE: NONE110 12"8"1'-6"1'-0"6"1.5"SAWCUT ANDREMOVE AND REPLACED18" OF ACSIDEWALK PERENGINEERINGSTANDARD 41106" CL 2 OR 2R AB COMPACT TO95% RELATIVE COMPACTIONR=12", TYPICALAC, 1/4" ABOVEGUTTER LIPGUTTER GRADER=10 12"R=34"NOTES:1. PROVIDE EXPANSION JOINTS PER ENGINEERING STANDARDSECTION 41100.ASPHALT PAVEMENT SECTIONNOT TO SCALE2-12" CLASS 2 AGG. BASE COURSE.COMPACT TO 95% RELATIVECOMPACTION12" SCARIFY & COMPACT NATIVEMATERIAL TO 95% RELATIVECOMPACTION PER SECTION3123003" AC SURFACE COURSENOTE:ASPHALT PAVING SHALL BE PER CITY STANDARDSPECIFICATION 30. (T.I. = 4.5)CITY SPECIFICATION NO.DATE:PROJECT TITLE:SHEET TITLE:ofSHEET NO.26DESIGNED BY:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:APPROVED BY:SCALE:PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATIONMARCH 2022CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPOWTP GENERATOR PROJECT - FACILITY 98Know what'sR011/21000026P.O. BOX 1604ARROYO GRANDE, CA 93421 (805) 904-6530C-1048GENERATOR SITE - SECTION VIEWJEHJPF------AS NOTED ON PLANSSECTIONSCALE: 1" = 4'AC-102004' 8'H: 1" = 4'V: 1" = 4'4'8'NOTES:1. PROTECT EXISTING CONCRETE-ENCASEDUTILITY DUCTBANKS IN PLACE.2. DO NOT USE ANY AXLE-DRIVEN ORTRACTOR-DRAWN COMPACTION EQUIPMENTWITH 5 FEET OF ANY DUCTBANK.3. UTILITY TRENCHES SHALL BE PER CITYSTANDARD 6020 AND SPECIFICATIONSECTION 312316.4. SEE STRUCTURAL SHEETS FOR CONCRETEGENERATOR AND FUEL TANK SLAB DETAILS.Page 54 of 652
430440450460430440450460XXX2C-10471"O.D.24"3'36"9"2,500 GALLON DOUBLEWALL ABOVE GROUNDFUEL TANK1.5" GOx PIPE, PROTECT IN PLACE. SUBMITMETHOD OF SUPPORT AND PROTECTION OFPIPING TO CITY FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO WORKPROPERTY LINE(E) FENCEPAVED PARKINGAREA PER DETAILEXISTINGGROUNDSURFACECOMPACTED AGGREGATE BASEACCORDING TO SHEET S-104 ANDSPECIFICATION SECTION 312300STRUCTURAL FILL ACCORDINGTO SHEET S-104 ANDSPECIFICATION SECTION 3123008" WIDE CONCRETERETAINING WALLSCARIFY AND COMPACT 9"SUBGRADE PER SPECIFICATIONSECTION 312300EXISTING 12 kV UTILITY OVERHEAD. FIELD VERIFYLOCATION. USE EXTREME CAUTION WHENWORKING IN THE VICINITY. COORDINATE WITHUTILITY FOR POWER SHUTDOWN IF ANY WORK ISPERFORMED WITHIN 10 FEET OF THE LINESHEIGHT UNKNOWNCITY SPECIFICATION NO.DATE:PROJECT TITLE:SHEET TITLE:ofSHEET NO.26DESIGNED BY:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:APPROVED BY:SCALE:PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATIONMARCH 2022CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPOWTP GENERATOR PROJECT - FACILITY 98Know what'sR011/21000026P.O. BOX 1604ARROYO GRANDE, CA 93421 (805) 904-6530C-1059FUEL TANK - SECTION VIEW JEHJPF------AS NOTED ON PLANSSECTIONSCALE: 1" = 2'BC-102002' 4'H: 1" = 2'V: 1" = 2'2'4'NOTES:1. PROTECT EXISTING 112"Ø GOxPIPE.2. DO NOT USE ANY AXLE-DRIVEN ORTRACTOR-DRAWN COMPACTIONEQUIPMENT WITHIN 5 FEET OFANY DUCTBANK.3. UTILITY TRENCHES SHALL BE PERCITY STANDARD 6020 ANDSPECIFICATION SECTION 312316.4. SEE STRUCTURAL SHEETS FORCONCRETE GENERATOR ANDFUEL TANK SLAB DETAILS, SEESHEET S-103.Page 55 of 652
CITY SPECIFICATION NO.DATE:PROJECT TITLE:SHEET TITLE:ofSHEET NO.26DESIGNED BY:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:APPROVED BY:SCALE:PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATIONMARCH 2022CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPOWTP GENERATOR PROJECT - FACILITY 98Know what'sR011/21000026P.O. BOX 1604ARROYO GRANDE, CA 93421 (805) 904-6530C-50110CIVIL DETAILSJEHJPF------AS NOTED ON PLANSPage 56 of 652
Page 57 of 652
Page 58 of 652
Page 59 of 652
Page 60 of 652
Page 61 of 652
CITY PROJECT NO.DATE:PROJECT TITLE:SHEET TITLE:ofSHEET NO.DESIGNED BY:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:APPROVED BY:SCALE:PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATIONLic. Month Day, YearSRSRSRFEBRUARY 2022FOR PRELIMINARY USE ONLY26CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPOWTP GENERATOR PROJECT - FACILITY 98P.O. BOX 1604ARROYO GRANDE, CA 93421 (805) 904-65301000026LEGENDSYMBOLABBREVIATIONDESCRIPTIONFOSFUEL OIL SUPPLY (DIESEL)FORFUEL OIL RETURN (DIESEL)FVFUEL OIL VENTFORFOSFVFME1UNITTAGDUTYFLOW(GPM)PRIMARYFILTER2.82 MICRONSREMARKSMANUFACTURERAND MODEL NO.WEIGHT(LBS)FUEL MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENTPOWER REQUIREMENTSAMPS V HZ PH8120601100FUEL TECH. INTERNATIONALFTI-2.8WITH NEMA 3R STEELENCLOSURE, FOOT VALVE.SECONDARYFILTER5 PPMWATER SEP.PUMPMOTOR1/3 HPLDP1UNITTAGDUTYSENSORINPUTSOUTPUTCONTACTSABOVEGROUND FUELSTORAGE TANK86REMARKSMANUFACTURERAND MODEL NO.WEIGHT(LBS)LEAK DETECTION PANELPOWER REQUIREMENTSWATTS V HZ PH20 120 60115PNEUMERCATORLC2000-4WITH PRINTER, SENSORS.AUDIBLEALARM85 dBENCL.NEMA 4XFORFOSFOSFORFUEL OIL PIPING SCHEMATICNTSFME1FOSFORR2OVERFILLCONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS BYDIVISION 26DIESEL FUELLEAKR15 +V5 SIG5 G6 +V6 SIG6 G7 +V7 SIG7 G19120/60/1SECONDARY CONTAINMENTLEAK SENSOR IN T-1(LIQUID)OVERFILL AND LOW FUELLEVEL SWITCHES IN T-1SECONDARY CONTAINMENTLEAK SENSOROVERFILL ANDLOW FUEL LEVELSWITCHESALARM SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:1. UPON DETECTION OF AN OVERFILL CONDITION BY THE OVERFILL AND LOW FUEL LEVEL SENSOR IN TANK T-1, THELEAK DETECTION PANEL WILL ALARM AND RELAY R1 CONTACT WILL CLOSE.2. UPON DETECTION OF LIQUID BY THE SECONDARY CONTAINMENT LEAK SENSOR IN TANK T-1, THE LEAK DETECTIONPANEL WILL ALARM AND RELAY R2 CONTACT WILL CLOSE.3. UPON DETECTION OF LIQUID BY THE LEAK DETECTOR IN FUEL MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT PANEL FME-1, THE LEAKDETECTION PANEL WILL ALARM AND RELAY R2 CONTACT WILL CLOSE.4. UPON DETECTION OF A LOW FUEL CONDITION BY THE OVERFILL AND LOW FUEL LEVEL SENSOR IN TANK T-1, THELEAK DETECTION PANEL WILL ALARM AND RELAY R3 CONTACT WILL CLOSE.5. UPON A TROUBLE CONDITION IN LEAK DETECTION PANEL LDP-1, THE PANEL WILL ALARM AND RELAY R4 CONTACTWILL CLOSE.6. UPON A GENERAL ALARM CONDITION IN FUEL MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT PANEL FME-1, THE LEAK DETECTIONPANEL WILL ALARM AND RELAY R5 CONTACT WILL CLOSE.NON-INTRINSICALLY SAFE WIRING1 +V1 SIG1 G2 +V2 SIG2 G3 +V3 SIG3 G8 +V8 SIG8 G4 +V4 SIG4 GBALL VALVEBVANTISIPHON VALVE - INLINE TYPEASVISTRSTRAINER (WYE)FLEXFLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTORPIPE TURNS DOWNFLANGEPIPE TEE DOWNPIPE TURNS UPUNIONVALVE ON RISEDIRECTION OF FLOWPIPE SLOPE (RATE AND DIRECTION)REDUCER/INCREASER (CONCENTRIC)VOR(-2%)PIPE TURNS DOWN 45°PIPE TURNS FLAT 45°PIPE CAPPOCPOINT OF CONNECTIONNUMBERED NOTES1TYP. OR (TYP)TYPICALE OR (E)PREFIX INDICATING EXISTINGR3R5R4R6FOOT VALVE (TYP)WHEN INSTALLING DRILLED-IN ANCHORS IN EXISTING NON-PRESTRESSED REINFORCEDCONCRETE, USE CARE AND CAUTION TO AVOID CUTTING OR DAMAGING THE EXISTINGREINFORCING BARS. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF ONE INCH BETWEEN THEREINFORCEMENT AND THE DRILLED-IN ANCHOR.EXPANSION ANCHORS FOR USE IN CONCRETE SHALL BE HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ STAINLESS STEELANCHORS. EXPANSION ANCHORS FOR USE IN GROUT FILLED MASONRY SHALL BE HILTI KWIKBOLT TZ STAINLESS STEEL MASONRY ANCHORS. PROVIDE ANCHORS OF DIAMETER ANDMINIMUM EMBEDMENT INDICATED.PROOF LOAD TEST FOR WEDGE TYPE ANCHOR BOLTS: WHERE ANCHOR BOLTS OF THEWEDGE EXPANSION TYPE ARE LOADED IN PULLOUT OR SHEAR, 50% OF THE BOLTS(ALTERNATE BOLTS IN ANY GROUP ARRANGEMENT) SHALL BE PROOF TESTED AT LEAST 24HOURS AFTER INSTALLATION IN THE PRESENCE OF PROJECT INSPECTOR TO THE TESTVALUES LISTED FOR THE PARTICULAR ANCHOR. IF ANY BOLTS FAIL THE PROOF LOAD TEST,TEST ALL ANCHOR BOLTS OF THE SAME TYPE, INSTALLED BY THE SAME TRADE, AND NOTPREVIOUSLY TESTED, UNTIL 20 CONSECUTIVE ANCHORS PASS, THEN RESUME INITIAL TESTFREQUENCY. ANCHORS SHALL BE TESTED WITH A CALIBRATED TORQUE WRENCH AND MUSTATTAIN SPECIFIED TORQUE WITHIN 1/2 TURN OF THE NUT.TEST: TORQUEBOLT DIAMETER (INCHES):CONCRETEKB-TZ TORQUE VALUE, ESR-1917 (FT-LBS):3/8251/240EXPANSION ANCHORNOTESNTS8LDP1CONDUIT ANDCONDUCTORSBY DIVISION 26120/60/1TERM. #1TERM. #2GENERAL ALARMCONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS BYDIVISION 26LEAK DETECTORFME1DIESEL FUELLOW LEVELPRIMING TEETERMINATE WITH 45° ELBOWPOINTED TOWARDS SUCTIONT1UNITTAGDUTYFUEL STORAGE FORGENERATORREMARKSMANUFACTURERAND MODELWEIGHT(LBS)ABOVEGROUND FUEL STORAGE TANK28,000MODERN WELDINGFIREGUARDWITH GRADE LEVEL FILL, OVERFILL PREVENTION VALVE,TANK MOUNTED PIPE SUPPORTS.FUELSTOREDDIESELNOMINALCAPACITY2,500GALLONCONSTRUCTIONSECONDARYCONTAINMENTCLASSIFICATIONUL 2085ABOVEGROUND FUELSTORAGE TANKLEGEND, SCHEDULES, DETAILS, NOTESM-001IRJ ENGINEERS, INC.C8:37PM2/23/2022M-001B.DWG16T1GENERATORANTISIPHON SOLENOID VALVEASSVASSV1UNITTAGDUTYSIZE FLOW1" 5 GPMREMARKSMANUFACTURERAND MODEL NO.WEIGHT(LBS)ANTISIPHON SOLENOID VALVEPOWER REQUIREMENTSVHZPH24 VDC - -15MORRISON BROS. CO.MODEL 710MSS-2100-1VWITH THERMAL PRESSURERELIEF VALVE.12OPER. PRESS.DIFFERENTIAL1 PSIGCvWATTS30ABOVEGROUND FUELSTORAGE TANKPIPING IN TRENCHHAND PUMP FORPRIMINGPIPINGASSV1TERM. #9TERM. #10LDP-1TROUBLECONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS BYDIVISION 26FME-1GENERAL ALARMSPAREFME-1 LEAKFME-1 GENERAL ALARMSPARE INPUTTERMINALS (TYP)INTRINSICALLY SAFE WIRINGCONDUIT ANDCONDUCTORSBY DIVISION 26FUEL OIL PIPING CONTROLSCHEMATICSNTS244"1"ERVASEXPANSION RELIEF VALVE - ANGLE STYLEPRESSURE GAUGEPGPPP24VDCC24 VDC NORMALLY OPENCONTACT PART OFGENERATOR CONTROLSYSTEMCONTROL DIAGRAM FORASSV1CONDUIT ANDCONDUCTORS BYDIVISION 26COIL IN ANTISIPHONSOLENOID VALVESEQUENCE OF OPERATION:GENERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM CONTACT CLOSES,SOLENOID VALVE OPENS, AND FUEL FLOWS ANYTIME GENERATOR IS CRANKING OR OPERATING.CHECK VALVE - SPRINGCHVSGRADELEVELFILL BOXSPIPE TEE FOR PRIMINGCONDUIT ANDCONDUCTORSBY DIVISION 26CLOCK GAUGENORMAL VENT CAPEMERGENCY VENT CAPFV1"1"1-1/4"1-1/4"Page 62 of 652
T1GRADE LEVELFILL BOX1FME12LDP12GENERATOR1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx PROPERTY LINE3PIPE SUPPORTSIMILAR(TYP)FORFOSFOSFOS
FOR PIPING IN TRENCH SEE22-18-COORDINATE LOCATIONS OFPIPING CONNECTIONS WITHGENERATOR FURNISHED45678910PIPESUPPORTSEE(TYP)18-1112131415FORASSV11617FOR1"1"1-1/4"1-1/4"FILL CONNECTION INGRADE LEVEL FILL BOX18" LONG METAL FRAMING CHANNELON TOP OF TANK (TYP)421356791181012TANK SUPPORT LEGWITH (2) 1-1/4" BOLT HOLES (TYP)PIPE CLAMP WITH BOLTSAND CHANNEL NUTS (TYP)FUEL OILPIPING (TYP)2-7/16" HIGH METALFRAMING CHANNEL3/8"Ø EXPANSION ANCHORMINIMUM 2" EMBEDMENT (TYP)CITY PROJECT NO.DATE:PROJECT TITLE:SHEET TITLE:ofSHEET NO.DESIGNED BY:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:APPROVED BY:SCALE:PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATIONLic. Month Day, YearSRSRSRFEBRUARY 2022FOR PRELIMINARY USE ONLY26CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPOWTP GENERATOR PROJECT - FACILITY 98P.O. BOX 1604ARROYO GRANDE, CA 93421 (805) 904-65301000026IRJ ENGINEERS, INC.C8:49PM2/23/2022M-002B.DWGSCALE 1/4" = 1' - 0"ABOVEGROUNDFUEL STORAGE TANK T-1012344824PARTIAL SITE MECHANICAL PLANN16SCALE 1/4" = 1' - 0"0123448PARTIAL SITE MECHANICAL PLANM-002NUMBERED NOTES:(THIS DRAWING ONLY)1ANCHOR TANK TO CONCRETE FOUNDATION.2MOUNT COMPONENT ON SUPPORT FRAME.3STEEL SUPPORT FRAME FOR COMPONENTS, PIPING, AND CONDUIT.174TANK FILL OPENING.5CONNECT FUEL OIL SUPPLY PIPING FOR FME-1 TO TANK.4" FNPT TANK FILL OVERFILL VALVE4" FNPT FOS - FUEL MAINTENANCE ANTISIPHON VALVE4" FNPT FOR - GENERATOR4" FNPT FUEL LEVEL CLOCK GAUGE6" FNPT PRIMARY EMERG. VENT EMERGENCY VENT CAP6" FNPT SECONDARY EMERG. VENT EMERGENCY VENT CAP4" FNPT NORMAL VENT NORMAL VENT CAP4" FNPT FUEL LEVEL LEVEL SWITCHES4" FNPT SPARE THREADED PLUG4" FNPT FOS - GENERATOR ASSV-14" FNPT FOR - FUEL MAINTENANCE ANTISIPHON VALVE2" FNPT MONITOR, LEAK DETECTION SEC. CONT. LEAK SENSOR12345789101112TANK OPENINGSNO. SIZE CONNECTION USE APPURT./COMPONENT6NTSPIPING IN TRENCH22NTSPIPE SUPPORTON PAVING18METALFRAMING CHANNELPIPE CLAMP (TYP)RUBBER SUPPORT BASE1/2" BOLT ANDCHANNEL NUT (TYP)FUEL OILPIPING (TYP)3/8" THREADED ROD, NUT& WASHER (TYP)ASPHALT PAVINGCONNECT NORMAL VENT PIPING TO TANK, EXTEND 12' ABOVE GRADE, ANDTERMINATE WITH NORMAL VENT CAP.6CONNECT FUEL OIL RETURN PIPING FOR GENERATOR TO TANK.7INSTALL CLOCK GAUGE IN TANK OPENING.8INSTALL EMERGENCY VENT CAP ON PRIMARY EMERGENCY VENT TANK OPENING.9INSTALL EMERGENCY VENT CAP ON SECONDARY EMERGENCY VENT TANK OPENING.10INSTALL LEVEL SWITCHES IN TANK OPENING.11PLUG SPARE OPENING IN TANK.12CONNECT FUEL OIL SUPPLY PIPING FOR GENERATOR TO TANK.13CONNECT FUEL OIL RETURN PIPING FOR FME-1 TO TANK.14INSTALL SECONDARY CONTAINMENT LEAK SENSOR IN TANK.15PROVIDE METAL FRAMING CHANNEL TO SUPPORT PIPING. ATTACH METAL FRAMINGCHANNEL TO CHANNEL ON TANK16HAND PUMP FOR PRIMING FUEL OIL SUPPLY PIPING FOR GENERATOR.1771"187"31-5/16"SPACE FORFUTURE CONDUITPage 63 of 652
IRJ ENGINEERS, INC.C7:45PM2/23/2022E193201B.DWGSYMBOL LISTS, LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE, NOTESCITY PROJECT NO.DATE:PROJECT TITLE:SHEET TITLE:ofSHEET NO.DESIGNED BY:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:APPROVED BY:SCALE:PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATIONJEJJVIJVIFEBRUARY 2022FOR PRELIMINARY USE ONLY26P.O. BOX 1604ARROYO GRANDE, CA 93421 (805) 904-6530 18E-001BAFAT3PMOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER. AF=FRAME SIZE, AT=TRIPRATING, P=NUMBER OF POLES, A=AMP RATING.DESIGNATION FOR OCPD OR DISCONNECTION EQUIPMENT BY CIRCUITNUMBER OR LETTER. M=MAIN, B=BRANCH CIRCUIT DEVICE, F=FEEDER,T=TAP, E=EMERGENCY SOURCE, N =NORMAL SOURCE, L=LOAD.XONE LINE DIAGRAM SYMBOL LISTKVATRANSFORMER WITH PRIMARY AND SECONDARY VOLTAGES,PHASES, AND KVA RATING AS INDICATED.STANDBY GENERATORUTILITY SOURCE.CONDUIT RUN CONCEALED IN OR ABOVE CEILING, OR IN WALLS.CONDUIT RUN IN OR BELOW FLOOR, OR BELOW GRADE.CONDUIT RUN EXPOSED.CONDUIT RISER DOWN.CONDUIT RISER UP.DETAIL REFERENCE. TOP NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER.BOTTOM NUMBER INDICATES SHEET WHERE DETAIL IS LOCATED.PLAN SYMBOL LISTUTILITY REVENUE METER WITH CT'SRM:5(3)2422M?AS3PA?DOTTED LINE INDICATES EQUIPMENT TO BE DISCONNECTED ANDREMOVED UON.DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN SURFACE WALL OUTLET BOX UON.DUPLEX GFCI RECEPTACLE IN CAST OUTLET BOX UON.16E1DISCONNECT SWITCH WITH RATINGS AS INDICATED. F INDICATESFUSED SWITCH. PROVIDE TIME DELAY FUSES OF THE SIZE AND TYPEAS REQUIRED BY THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER.FFUSED DISCONNECT SWITCHDOTTED LINE INDICATES EQUIPMENT TO BE DISCONNECTED ANDREMOVED UON.EX WALL MOUNTED LUMINAREWEATHERPROOF LUMINAIREPOLE MOUNTED LUMINAIREALUMINAIRE TYPE, REFER TO SCHEDULETEST: TORQUEBOLT DIAMETER (INCHES): 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4KB-TZ CONCRETE TORQUE VALUE (FT-LBS), ESR-1917: 25 40 60 110KB-TZ GROUT FILLED MASONRY TORQUE VALUE (FT-LBS), ESR-3785: 15 25 35 70WHEN INSTALLING DRILLED-IN ANCHORS IN EXISTING NON-PRESTRESSED REINFORCED CONCRETE,USE CARE AND CAUTION TO AVOID CUTTING OR DAMAGING THE EXISTING REINFORCING BARS.MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF ONE INCH BETWEEN THE REINFORCEMENT AND THEDRILLED-IN ANCHOR.PIPES, DUCTS, AND CONDUITS SHALL BE SUPPORTED AND BRACED PER OSHPDPRE-APPROVAL OF MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION NO. OPM-0043-13 'THE MASONINDUSTRIES INC. SEISMIC RESTRAINT COMPONENTS FOR SUSPENDED UTILITIES' OROPM-0052-13 'THE OSHPD PRE-APPROVED SEISMIC BRACING GUIDELINES.' A COPY OF THEOSHPD PRE-APPROVED DOCUMENTS SHALL BE AT THE JOB SITE AT ALL TIMES. INSTALLATIONOF THIS EQUIPMENT MUST BE DONE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE PRE-APPROVEDDOCUMENTS.EXPANSION ANCHORS FOR USE IN CONCRETE IN DRY LOCATIONS SHALL BE HILTI CARBONSTEEL KWIK BOLT TZ WEDGE ANCHORS. EXPANSION ANCHORS FOR USE IN CONCRETE INDAMP AND WET LOCATIONS SHALL BE HILTI STAINLESS STEEL KWIK BOLT TZ WEDGE ANCHORS.EXPANSION ANCHORS FOR USE IN GROUT FILLED MASONRY IN DRY LOCATIONS SHALL BE HILTIKWIK BOLT TZ CARBON STEEL WEDGE ANCHORS. EXPANSION ANCHORS FOR USE IN GROUTFILLED MASONRY IN DAMP AND WET LOCATIONS SHALL BE HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ STAINLESSSTEEL WEDGE ANCHORS. PROVIDE ANCHORS OF DIAMETER AND MINIMUM EMBEDMENTINDICATED. DRY LOCATIONS ARE DEFINED AS LOCATIONS NOT NORMALLY SUBJECT TODAMPNESS OR WETNESS. DAMP LOCATIONS ARE DEFINED AS PARTIALLY PROTECTEDLOCATIONS UNDER CANOPIES, MARQUEES, ROOFED PORCHES, AND LIKE LOCATIONS ANDINTERIOR LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO MODERATE DEGREES OF MOISTURE, SUCH AS SOMEBASEMENTS. WET LOCATIONS ARE DEFINED AS INSTALLATIONS UNDERGROUND OR INCONCRETE SLABS OR MASONRY IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH THE EARTH, LOCATIONS SUBJECTTO SATURATION WITH WATER OR OTHER LIQUIDS, AND LOCATIONS EXPOSED TO WEATHERAND UNPROTECTED.PROOF LOAD TEST FOR WEDGE TYPE ANCHOR BOLTS: WHERE ANCHOR BOLTS OF THE WEDGEEXPANSION TYPE ARE LOADED IN PULLOUT OR SHEAR, 50% OF THE BOLTS (ALTERNATE BOLTSIN ANY GROUP ARRANGEMENT) SHALL BE PROOF TESTED AT LEAST 24 HOURS AFTERINSTALLATION IN THE PRESENCE OF PROJECT INSPECTOR TO THE TEST VALUES LISTED FORTHE PARTICULAR ANCHOR. IF ANY BOLTS FAIL THE PROOF LOAD TEST, TEST ALL ANCHORBOLTS OF THE SAME TYPE, INSTALLED BY THE SAME TRADE, AND NOT PREVIOUSLY TESTED,UNTIL 20 CONSECUTIVE ANCHORS PASS, THEN RESUME INITIAL TEST FREQUENCY. ANCHORSSHALL BE TESTED WITH A CALIBRATED TORQUE WRENCH AND MUST ATTAIN SPECIFIEDTORQUE VALUE WITHIN 1/2 TURN OF THE NUT.SEISMIC NOTES7QUAN/WATTSTYPEMOUNTINGINPUTWATTS(VA)TYPEDESCRIPTIONCATALOG NUMBERMANUFACTURERLAMPAONE 120 VOLT, FULL-CUTOFF, AREA LIGHTING 4000K LED LUMINAIRE WITH ONE PIECEDIE-CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING, SOLITE GLASS LENS, MOUNTING ARM, SPECULARVACUUM-METALLIZED POLYCARBONATE REFLECTOR, TYPE 5 WIDE DISTRIBUTION,NOMINAL 6000 LUMENS, WHITE POWDER COAT PAINT FINISH, MOUNTING ARM, INTEGRALBUTTON PHOTOCELL, AND NRTL LISTED AS SUITABLE FOR WET LOCATIONAPPLICATIONS.POLE45 (49)1/45LEDLUMINAIRE:TT-C3-LED-E1-5WQ-PM-P-SGCOOPER LIGHTINGMCGRAW-EDISONOR EQUALNOMINAL 4" ROUND STRAIGHT ALUMINUM POLE WITH LUMINIARE/POLE COMBINATIONHAVING A STEADY 85MPH WIND LOADING RATING. POLE SHALL HAVE A 0.125" WALLTHICKNESS, POLYESTER POWDER COAT WHITE FINISH ON POLE AND BASE, HOT DIPGALVANIZED STEEL ANCHOR BOLTS, ALUMINUM BASE COVER, HAND HOLE, VIBRATIONDAMPENER, 15-FOOT POLE LENGTH, AND POLE DRILLED TO ACCOMMODATE ONELUMINAIRE.POLE: RSA-4-T-15-A-W-N-1-VCOOPER LIGHTINGMCGRAW-EDISONOR EQUALSAME LUMINAIRE AND POLE AS TYPE A, EXCEPT POLE SHALL BE 10-FEET IN LENGTH, ANDPOLE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A CAST IN-USE OUTLET BOX/COVER WITH WEATHER-RESISTANT GFCI RECEPTACLE.A1LEDGROUND ROD IN TRAFFIC RATED CURB BOX. REFER TO DETAIL 20 ON DRAWING E-301.CONCRETE ENCASED 2/0AWG B/C GROUNDING ELECTRODECONDUCTOR, UON.12KV OVERHEAD SERVICE CONDUCTORSNTSLUMINAIRE SCHEDULE10120V, NEMA 4X LED LUMINAIRE WITH WHITE FIBERGLASS HOUSING, CONTINUOUSGASKET, DIFFUSE POLYCARBONATE LENS, STAINLESS STEEL LATCHES, WALL MOUNTINGBRACKETS, 4000K COLOR TEMPERATURE AND MINIMUM 5100 LUMEN OUTPUT. NOMINAL4' LONG HOUSING. PROVIDE MINIMUM IP65 RATING AND COLD WEATHER STARTING.BV2WPE51L840-4-UNV-WBKORSHARK4-50NW-CMSHARKPHILIPSRABOR EQUALSURFACE WALL(13 LBS.)48/491/50LEDCOOPER LIGHTINGMCGRAW-EDISONOR EQUALPOLE: RSA-4-T-10-A-W-N-1-E-VElectrical AbbreviationsNOT TO SCALE.NTSEXEXISTING.CONDUIT ONLY WITH NYLONPULLROPE.COAWGG AMERICAN WIRE GAGE GROUNDCONDUCTOR, SIZE AS INDICATED.INDICATES HEIGHT TO CENTER OFOUTLET BOX OR ENCLOSURE.+XX"OCPD OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE.NOT IN CONTRACT.NICTRANSFORMERXFMRUNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.UONTWISTED SHIELDED PAIRTSPSHIELDEDSHAUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHATSMTS MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCHPOLE45 (49)1/45FLEXIBLE CONDUIT CONNECTION1"C. 9-12AWG & 1-12AWGG1"C. 8-12AWG & 1-12AWGG3/4"C. 5-12AWG & 1-12AWGG3/4"C. 4-12AWG & 1-12AWGG1/2"C. 3-12AWG & 1-12AWGG 3/4"C. 7-12AWG & 1-12AWGG3/4"C. 6-12AWG & 1-12AWGGCONDUIT HOME RUN WITH 3-12AWG & 1-12AWGG TO PANEL "A" CIRCUITS 1 & 3.1/2"C. 2-12AWG & 1-12AWGGA-1,3CAT 6 OSP SH CABLECAT6OSP OUTSIDE PLANTTHE NUMBERS IN THE LOAD COLUMN OF THE PANEL SCHEDULES REFER TO THECATEGORY NUMBERS IDENTIFIED BELOW. DEMAND FACTORS ARE APPLIEDBASED ON THE 2019 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE SECTION LISTED FOR EACHCATEGORY. THE PANEL SCHEDULE CALCULATED LOAD IS DETERMINED BYSUBTRACTING FROM THE CONNECTED LOAD THE AMOUNT ALLOWED BYCATEGORIES 2, 4, 7, AND 8. THE CONDUCTOR LOAD IS DETERMINED BY ADDINGTHE AMOUNTS REQUIRED BY CATEGORIES 1, 3, AND 6 TO THE CALCULATEDLOAD.1. CONTINUOUS LOAD (CEC 220-14(A)(D))2. RECEPTACLE LOAD (CEC 220-14I)3. MOTOR LOAD (CEC 220-14C)4. KITCHEN EQUIPMENT LOAD (CEC 220-56)5. CONNECTED LOAD (NON-CONTINUOUS LOAD WITH NO DEMAND FACTOR)7. ELEVATOR LOAD (CEC 620-14)8. X-RAY EQUIPMENT DEMAND (CEC 517-73)6. METERED LOAD (CEC 220-87)PANEL SCHEDULE LOADCATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS12SHORE POWER PANEL SPP SCHEDULE20CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPOWTP GENERATOR PROJECT - FACILITY 981000026Page 64 of 652
IRJ ENGINEERS, INC.C7:45PM2/23/2022E193201B.DWGM2000AF1800A3P1225A3P2500A3P3500A3P4225A3P5800AF800AT3P6600AF600AT3P7600AF300AT3PMCC2OZONEBLDGMCC4FILTERBLDGMCC3CHEMBLDGMCC5PLANTPMPHOUSEMCC1OZONEBLDGMCC6XFERPUMP STAMCC7SANDPUMPSKVAEXT-SVC100012000V- 480Y/277V 3Ø,4W3Ø,4W480Y/277V1250KW/1562.5KVANEW STANDBY GENERATORNEW ATSN480Y/277V, 3Ø, 4W2000A, 4PNELRENTAL (6) SETS OF 4-4/0AWG &1-4/0AWGGM1500A3PM2000AF1800AT3PNEW (5) 4"C. 4-600KCMIL& 1-250KCMILG IN EACHRENTAL (6) SETS OF 4-4/0AWG &1-4/0AWGGRENTAL (6) SETS OF4-4/0AWG & 1-4/0AWGG100HPFIRE PUMPCONTRLRMAIN SWITCHBOARD PB480Y/277V, 3Ø, 4W2000A BUSPARTIAL ONE LINE DIAGRAM870A2PØB ØCKVAT-SP25480- 120/240V 1Ø,3WSHOREPOWERPANELMNEWCB-SP125A2PPARTIAL ONE LINE DIAGRAMDETAIL NOTES1CITY PROJECT NO.DATE:PROJECT TITLE:SHEET TITLE:ofSHEET NO.DESIGNED BY:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:APPROVED BY:SCALE:PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATIONJEJJVIJVIFEBRUARY 2022FOR PRELIMINARY USE ONLY26P.O. BOX 1604ARROYO GRANDE, CA 93421 (805) 904-6530ATS-T150A 3P480, 3Ø, 3WFIRE PUMP ATSE NLATS-T1600A 4P480Y/277V, 3Ø, 4WRENTALE NLM400A3P3Ø,4W480Y/277V230KW/287.5KVASTANDBY GENERATOR3Ø, 4W480Y/277V1000KW/1250KVARENTAL STANDBY GENERATOR SHOREPOWERPANEL SPPM350A3P1225A3P2150A3PALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHOWN IS EXISTING UON.24SWITCHBOARD EPDP480Y/277V, 3Ø, 4W400A BUSCONNECTIONCABINET CC2CONNECT RELOCATED 10KVA TRANSFORMER.19E-002340A3PTRANSFERSWITCHATS-24100A3PTRANSFERSWITCHMTS-32TRANSFERSWITCHATS-13PROVIDE A NEW NORMAL FIRE PUMP FEEDER FROM TRANSFORMER T-SVC TO THE FIREPUMP CONTROLLER. THE FEEDER CONDUCTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED INDEPENDENTOF ANY OTHER CONDUCTORS. INCLUDE THE USE OF NEW CONDUITS WITHIN THEEXISTING HANDHOLES TO PROVIDE THIS SEPARATION.4A PORTION OF THE NEW NORMAL FIRE PUMP FEEDER SHALL BE INSTALLED IN EXISTINGCONDUITS BETWEEN THE SITE HANDHOLES.NEW 2"C. 3-4/0AWG &1-4AWGG5THE EXISTING NORMAL FIRE PUMP FEEDER SHALL BE CONVERTED TO THE EMERGENCYFIRE PUMP FEEDER. RECONNECT THE EXISTING NORMAL FEEDER TO THE EMERGENCYSIDE OF THE FIRE PUMP CONTROL TRANSFER SWITCH ATS-T.5345HH-12"C. 3-4/0AWG & 1-4AWGGNEW 2"C. 3-4/0AWG & 1-4AWGG66NEW NORMAL FIREPUMP FEEDERNEW (5) 4"C. 4-600KCMIL& 1-250KCMILG IN EACHNEW (5) 3-1/2"C. 4-600KCMIL &1-250KCMILG IN EACHNEW & EXISTING EMERGENCYFIRE PUMP FEEDER20E-001M2000AF2000A3P1225A3P2500A3P3500A3P4225A3P5800AF800AT3P6600AF600AT3P7600AF300AT3PNEW MAIN SWITCHBOARD PB480Y/277V, 3Ø, 4W2000A BUS870A2PØB ØCNEW 2"C. 3-1/0AWG &1-4AWGGKVANEW T-SVC150012000V- 480Y/277V 3Ø,4W12,000V 3Ø, 3WPG&E SERVICERM?:5(3)XB2000A3P2150A3PXA2000A3P1800AS3P800ATESLABATTERYTESLAZIG ZAGXFMRKVAT-SP25480- 120/240V 1Ø,3WM125A2P1-1/2"C. 3-1AWG &1-6AWGG(2) 3"C. 4-350KCMIL &1-2/0AWGG IN EACH2-1/2"C. 4-4/0AWG &1-2AWGG(3) 4"C. 3-350KCMIL &1-1/0AWGG IN EACH3"C. 4-350KCMIL &1-2/0AWGG IN EACH2-1/2"C. 3-4/0AWG &1-4AWGG(2)2-1/2"C. 3-250KCMIL &1-2AWGG IN EACH3"C. 3-500KCMIL &1-2AWGGSWITCHBOARD TSP480Y/277V, 3Ø, 4W2000A BUSGFPGFPGFPGFPGFPGFPGFPGFPGFPCITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPOWTP GENERATOR PROJECT - FACILITY 981000026NEW 1-1/2"C.3-1AWG & 1-6AWGGNEW (5) 4"C. 4-600KCMIL& 1-250KCMILG IN EACHNEW (2) 3"C. 4-350KCMIL& 1-2/0AWGG IN EACHNEW 2-1/2"C.4-4/0AWG & 1-2AWGGNEW (3) 4"C. 3-350KCMIL& 1-1/0AWGG IN EACHNEW 3"C. 4-350KCMIL &1-2/0AWGG IN EACHNEW 2-1/2"C.3-4/0AWG & 1-4AWGGNEW (2)2-1/2"C. 3-250KCMIL& 1-2AWGG IN EACHNEW 3"C. 3-500KCMIL& 1-2AWGG2Page 65 of 652
SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SS4SS4SS4SS4SS4SS4SS4SS4SS4SS4SS4SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6SLDG6G2G2G2G2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2 GOx 1-1/2 GOx 1-1/2
$FA
$FA FA
FAPOWERHANDHOLE HH-2POWERHANDHOLE HH-3POWERHANDHOLE HH-416--230KW STANDBYGENERATOR19E-301CONDUITS AND CONDUCTORSTO TRANSFER PUMP STATION19E-301CONDUITS AND CONDUCTORSINCLUDING 4" SPARECONDUITS AND CONDUCTORSINCLUDING 4" SPARECONDUITS AND CONDUCTORSTO/FROM CONTROL BUILDINGCONTROLBUILDINGOZONEBUILDING234424E-201PLANTWATERPUMPSTATION12KV PG&E OVERHEAD TODOWNSTREAM POLE19E-3015512KV PG&E UNDERGROUND SERVICELATERAL TO TRANSFORMER T-SVC12KV PG&E OVERHEADTO UPSTREAM POLE12KV PG&E OVERHEAD SERVICELATERAL TO TRANSFORMER T-SVCAT&T CONDUIT ANDCONDUCTORSAT&T SERVICE CONDUIT ANDCONDUCTORS TO OZONE BUILDINGLOW VOLTAGE COMMUNICATION CONDUITSAND CONDUCTORS TO OZONE BUILDINGCONDUITS AND CONDUCTORSINCLUDING 4" SPARE6CLEARWELL NO. 1BULK OXYGENSTORAGESLUDGE BASINNO. 1CSP-1 LOWERLEVELMCC-2 LOWERLEVELMCC-5 LOWERLEVELCSP-7 LOWERLEVELPANEL LP5MCC5XFMR LP5ATS1EPDPCSP-6AFD9AFD1086-PMP-100215HPPANEL LCP2286-PMP-100115HPCHLORINE RESIDUALANALYZER86-PMP-100315HP86-PMP-100115HP86-PMP-100515HPCONDUITS TO HANDHOLE HH-4.REFER TO DETAIL 24 THIS SHEET.3PULL BOX PWPS45PUMP CONTROLPANEL66IRJ ENGINEERS, INC.C7:45PM2/23/2022E193201B.DWGPARTIAL SITE & PUMP STATION ELECTRICAL PLANS20DETAIL NOTES1SCALE 1" = 20' - 0"PARTIAL SITE ELECTRICAL PLAN051015202040NALL WORK ELECTRICAL WORK SHOWN IS EXISTING UON.CITY PROJECT NO.DATE:PROJECT TITLE:SHEET TITLE:ofSHEET NO.DESIGNED BY:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:APPROVED BY:SCALE:PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATIONJEJJVIJVIFEBRUARY 2022FOR PRELIMINARY USE ONLY26P.O. BOX 1604ARROYO GRANDE, CA 93421 (805) 904-653024DETAIL NOTES1ALL WORK ELECTRICAL WORK SHOWN IS EXISTING UON.SCALE 1/4" = 1' - 0"PARTIAL PLANT WATER PUMPSTATION ELECTRICAL PLAN16E-1012FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER. FIRE CONTROL CATALOG NO.FTA1800-AA100B-AC-7S. REFURBISH FIRE CONTROLLER PERMANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. TEST FIRE PUMPAFTER NEW FEEDERS ARE CONNECTED.2INSTALL NEW NORMAL FIRE PUMP FEEDER IN 4" SPARE CONDUIT BETWEENHANDHOLES HH-3 AND HH-4.3INSTALL NEW NORMAL FIRE PUMP FEEDER IN 4" SPARE CONDUIT BETWEENHANDHOLES HH-2 AND HH-3.4NO WORK IS ANTICIPATED ON THIS PROJECT FOR THE INDICATED CONDUITSAND CONDUCTORS.5EXISTING PG&E 12KV SERVICE POLE WITH REVENUE METER ENCLOSURE. NOWORK IS ANTICIPATED ON THIS PROJECT.6INSTALL NEW NORMAL FIRE PUMP FEEDER IN 4" SPARE CONDUIT BETWEENHANDHOLES HH-1 AND HH-2.3RECONNECT THE EX NORMAL FIRE PUMP FEEDER TO THEEMERGENCY SIDE OF THE FIRE CONTROLLER TRANSFERSWITCH.4EXISTING MTS-3 FEEDER (EPDP-4). AFTER NEW GENERATOR ISOPERATIONAL, REMOVE EXISTING FEEDER CONDUCTORS ANDINTERCEPT THE EXISTING CONDUIT BENEATH PULL BOX PWPS.REROUTE THE CONDUIT DIRECTLY TO THE FIRE PUMPCONTROLLER AND CONNECT THE NORMAL FIRE PUMP FEEDERAT ATS-T. REUSE THE RELEVANT PORTIONS OF THE EXISTINGCONDUIT AS REQUIRED.5EXISTING MTS-3 FEEDER (EPDP-4). AFTER NEW GENERATOR ISOPERATIONAL, REMOVE EXISTING FEEDER CONDUCTORS ANDINTERCEPT THE EXISTING CONDUIT ADJACENT TO THE FIREPUMP CONTROLLER. REROUTE THE CONDUIT DIRECTLY TO THEFIRE PUMP CONTROLLER AND CONNECT THE NORMAL FIREPUMP FEEDER AT ATS-T. REUSE THE RELEVANT PORTIONS OFTHE EXISTING CONDUIT AS REQUIRED.6PUMPS AND CONTROL PANEL INSTALLED UNDER A SEPARATECONTRACT.7NEW 2'6"X36"X DEPTH AS REQUIRED INTERCEPT HANDHOLE. PROVIDE LOADBREAK JUNCTIONS FOR CONNECTION OF EXISTING CABLES TO NEW CABLES.CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPOWTP GENERATOR PROJECT - FACILITY 981000026Page 66 of 652
/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2GOx 1-1/2EX SIGNALHANDHOLE HHI-1DEMOLISH EXSWITCHBOARD PBEX XFMRT-SVCEX ELECTRICAL SERVICECONCRETE PADDEMOLISH EXCONNECTION CABINET CCEX 12KV PG&EOVERHEADEX PG&E 12KV UNDERGROUND SERVICELATERAL (LOCATION UNVERIFIED)1000KW 480Y/277V, 3Ø,4WRENTAL GENERATOR &FUEL TANKSTANDBY GENERATOR1250KW/1504KVA480Y/277V, 3Ø, 4W2500 GALLONDIESEL FUEL TANKSPP-11SPP-11SPP-11SPP-11SPP-1aSPP-1aSPP-1aSPP-1aAAA22SPP-9FPE-1SPP-10LDP-1A1JEX LOW VOLTAGE COMMUNICATION CONDUITSAND CONDUCTORS TO OZONE BUILDING.EX AT&T SERVICE CONDUIT ANDCONDUCTORS TO OZONE BUILDING.HANDHOLE HH-SPP, 11"X17"ID, TRAFFICRATED INCLUDING COVER.POWER AND LOW VOLTAGE COMMUNICATION CONDUITSAND CONDUCTORS TO TRANSFER PUMP STATION.NORMAL FIREPUMP FEEDEREX 12KV PG&EOVERHEAD480Y/277V SERVICELATERALEX 12KV PG&EOVERHEADSPP-11 VIAHANDHOLE HH-SPPSPP-9,10,11,12 VIAHANDHOLE HH-SPPSHORE POWERPANEL SPP66778JEX AT&T SERVICE CONDUITS AND CONDUCTORSTO SERVICE POLE. SEE DETAIL 24, E-1013/4"C. 4-14AWG GENSTART SIGNAL1"C. 10-10AWG & 1-10AWGGSPP-9,10,11, 12, 133/4"C. (1) CAT 61"C. (1) CAT 6,8-14AWGG2EX POWERHANDHOLE HH-1EX ZIG-ZAGXFMREX SWITCHBOARDTSBSPP-11A1EX TRANSFERSWITCH ATS-TAPROPOSED LOCATION OF EXATS-T DURING CONSTRUCTIONTRANSFERSWITCH ATSNSWITCHBOARDPB20E-3014924E-101EX DISTRIBUTION CONDUITS ANDCONDUCTORS TO HANDHOLE HH-2ATSN-L1019E-30112ATSN-EPB-8EX PULL BOX ATWASHWATER RECOVERY24E-1011324E-10124E-101STANDBY POWERINTERFACE PANEL SPIPSPIP2"C. (3) CAT 6 & 26-14AWGIRJ ENGINEERS, INC.C7:45PM2/23/2022E193201B.DWGPARTIAL ELECTRICAL YARD PLANDRAWING NOTES1SCALE 1/4" = 1' - 0"NEW SERVICE YARD AND ELECTRICAL PLAN0123448NALL WORK ELECTRICAL WORK SHOWN IS NEW UON.CITY PROJECT NO.DATE:PROJECT TITLE:SHEET TITLE:ofSHEET NO.DESIGNED BY:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:APPROVED BY:SCALE:PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATIONJEJJVIJVIFEBRUARY 2022FOR PRELIMINARY USE ONLY26P.O. BOX 1604ARROYO GRANDE, CA 93421 (805) 904-65302421E-2012LUMINAIRE SHALL BE PROVIDED PREWIRED WITH THE GENERATOR ENCLOSURE. LUMINAIRE SHALLMEET THE REQUIREMENTS FOR TYPE B.3DEVICE SHALL BE PROVIDED PREWIRED WITH THE GENERATOR ENCLOSURE.4TRANSFORMER T-SVC SECONDARY LATERAL CONDUITS. THE TOPS OF THE (5) 4" CONDUITS SHALLNOT BE INSTALLED MORE THAN 18" BELOW GRADE TO ALLOW FOR CLEARANCE FROM EXISTINGCONDUITS AND TO ALLOW FOR A VERTICAL RISERS WITHIN THE TRANSFORMER LOW VOLTAGECOMPARTMENT.5PROVIDE CONCRETE ENCASEMENT OF TRANSFER SWITCH EMERGENCY SOURCE CONDUITS WHERETHEY PASS UNDER THE FOOTING AND GRADE BEAM PER STRUCTURAL DETAIL 11, DRAWING S-105.6EXOTHERMICALLY WELD A B/C 2AWG CONDUCTOR TO THE CONCRETE ENCASED ELECTRODE.EXTEND CONDUCTOR IN SLAB AND STUB UP THROUGH A 1" CONDUIT SLEEVE AND MECHANICALLYFASTEN TO EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE.7EXOTHERMICALLY WELD A B/C 4AWG CONDUCTOR TO THE CONCRETE ENCASED ELECTRODE.EXTEND CONDUCTOR GROUND ROD IN CURB BOX, PROTECTING THE CONDUCTOR BETWEEN THEEDGE OF SLAB AND CURB BOX WITH A 3/4"C.8PROVIDE A 3/4"C. 1-2/0AWG GROUNDING CONDUCTOR BETWEEN THE OONCRETE ENCASEDELECTRODES AT THE FUEL TANK AND GENERATOR SLABS. PROVIDE EXOTHERMIC WELDS.9FEEDER TSP-XB. INTERCEPT EXISTING CONDUITS STUBBED WEST OF SWITCHBOARD TSP-XB ANDEXTEND TO TRANSFER SWITCH AS INDICATED. ROUTE UNDER CONDUITS BETWEEN SWITCHBOARDPB AND HANDHOLE HH-1, MAINTAINING A 12" SEPARATION WITH THE CONDUITS FROM HH-1.10EXISTING CONDUITS BETWEEN HH-1 AND WASHWATER RECOVERY AREA SHALL BE PROTECTED INPLACE. IMPROVEMENTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED ABOVE THE EXISTING CONDUITS.11TAP BUS IN SWITCHBOARD PB WITH NEW EMERGENCY FIRE PUMP FEEDER CONDUCTORS. ROUTECONDUCTORS THROUGH BASE OF SWITCHBOARD AND INTO EXISTING CONDUIT TO HANDHOLE HH-1.SPLICE CONDUITS AT HANDHOLE HH-1 TO EXISTING NORMAL FIRE PUMP FEEDER AFTER NEWNORMAL FIRE PUMP FEEDER IS INSTALLED.12NORMAL FIRE PUMP FEEDER.13DEMOLISH EXISTING TEMPORARY SHORE POWER PRIMARY DISCONNECT, PRIMARY FEEDER, ANDTRANSFORMER.CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPOWTP GENERATOR PROJECT - FACILITY 981000026Page 67 of 652
GRADE18" DIA3"SECTION A-APROVIDE CROSS BRACING WITHIN CAGE USING #4 REBAR WITH AMINIMUM LENGTH OF 36". TIE CROSS BRACING TO THE VERTICALREBAR WITH A MINIMUM 20 BAR DIAMETER LENGTH AT EACH END.6-#4 VERTICAL REBAR AND 12-#3 HORIZONTAL REBAR.HORIZONTAL REBAR SHALL BE 12" ON CENTER EXCEPTPROVIDE (3) #3 TIES WITHIN TOP 5".(4) MIN 3/4" DIA. X 17" LONG X 3" HOOK GALVANIZED ANCHOR BOLTS.PROVIDE (2) GALVANIZED NUTS AND WASHERS PER BOLT FORLEVELING.1" RADIUSTOP OF CONCRETE FOUNDATION SHALL BE PITCHED 1/8" FROMPOLE ANCHOR BASE TO EDGE FOR DRAINAGE. FOUNDATION SHALLBE CONSTRUCTED OF 3000 PSI CONCRETE (AT +28 DAYS.) THE TOP3'-0" SHALL BE FORMED IN TRUE ALIGNMENT WITH SMOOTH DRYSACK FINISH.LUMINAIRE AS INDICATED IN LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE.POLE WITH ACCESSORIES AS INDICATED IN LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE.60"PROVIDE GROUT BELOW ANCHOR BASE AFTER LEVELING POLE.ACCESS HANDHOLE WITH GROUND LUGS.REFER TOLUMINAIRESCHEDULE FORPOLE HEIGHTAND DIAMETERTYPE A =42"AATYPE A1 =12"ALUMINUM BASE COVER.GFCI-RECEPTACLE WITH IN-USE COVER.MOUNT 36" ABOVE POLE BASE.CONDUITS FROM DEMOLISHED SWITCHBOARDPB AND TRANSFORMER T-SVCCONDUITS TO HANDHOLE HH-2CONDUITS TO TRANSFER PUMP STATION CONDUITS TO WASHWATER TREATMENT45523TO PUMPHOUSE VIAHANDHOLES HH-2, 3, &4FROMSWITCHBOARD PB66CONDUITS FROM NEW SWITCHBOARD PBCONDUITS FROM HANDHOLE HH-2 AND EXISTING CONTROL BUILDING.CONDUITS TO HANDHOLE HH-44533NEW NORMAL FIREPUMP FEEDERCONDUITS TO PLANT WATER PUMP STATION PULL BOX.CONDUITS TO HANDNOLE MM-3CONDUITS FROM STANDBY GENERATOR534CONDUITS FROM HANDHOLE HH-1.CONDUITS TO OZONE BUILDING.CONDUITS TO CHLORINE AND FILTER BUILDINGSCONDUITS TO HANDHOLE HH-345533NEW NORMAL FIREPUMP FEEDERPB-2PB-7PB-1PB-4PB-3PB-3PB-5PB-5PB-5PB-6PB-642"12"22"FIRE PUMP FEEDERFROM SWBD PBIRJ ENGINEERS, INC.C7:45PM2/23/2022E193201B.DWGDETAILS 22E-301NTSLIGHTING STANDARD TYPES A&A124HANDHOLE HH-3HANDHOLE HH-4HANDHOLE HH-2HANDHOLE HH-1NTSHANDHOLE DETAILS19NNNNDETAIL NOTES1ALL WORK ELECTRICAL WORK SHOWN IS EXISTING UON. NOT ALL CONDUITSARE SHOWN THAT ENTER THE SIDES OF THE HANDHOLES. COORDINATE NEWCONDUIT WITHIN HANDHOLE WITH EXISTING CONDUITS AND CONDUCTORS.12EXISTING 2"C. WITH FIRE PUMP FORMER NORMAL FEEDER. REMOVEEXISTING FEEDER FROM CONDUIT AND PROVIDE NEW FEEDER AFTER NEWCONDUIT TO TRANSFORMER SVC AND NEW CONDUITS FOR NEW NORMALFIRE PUMP FEEDER WITHIN HANDHOLES IS INSTALLED. PROVIDE NEWFEMALE ADAPTER TO TRANSITION FROM PVC TO RGS CONDUIT FOR THE NEWCONDUIT WITHIN THE HANDHOLE.3PROVIDE NEW 4" TO 2" REDUCING BUSHING AND FEMALE ADAPTER TOTRANSITION FROM PVC TO RGS CONDUIT.4PROVIDE NEW 2" C MOGUL, LL, OR LR CONDUIT BODY ALONG WITH 2"RGSCONDUIT FOR PHYSICAL PROTECTION OF THE NEW FIRE PUMP FEEDERWITHIN THE HANDHOLE.5CONDUITS FOR CONTROL SYSTEM PROCESSOR (CSP) PANELS SHALL REMAINUNDISTURBED.CONDUIT ANDCONDUCTOR ASINDICATED.FINISHED GRADEPROVIDE APPROVED NRTL LISTEDBRONZE GROUND CLAMP UON.3/4" PEA GRAVEL BASE3/4" X 10' GROUND RODNTSTYPICAL GROUND WELL8"INSIDE DIAMETER X 12"H PRECAST CONCRETECURB BOX WITH CAST COVER. COVER SHALL READ'GROUND'.6"6" TYPLOCATE TOP OF BOX A MINIMUM 1", ANDMAXIMUM 1.5" ABOVE SURROUNDING GRADE206EXISTING SPARE CONDUIT FROM SWITCHBOARD PB PULL SECTIONFORMERLY SERVING FIRE PUMP SHALL BE USED TO FACILITATERECONNECTING THE EXISTING NORMAL FIRE PUMP FEEDER FROM THEPUMPHOUSE TO BE AN EMERGENCY FIRE PUMP FEEDER . INSTALL NEWEMERGENCY FIRE PUMP FEEDER FROM THE BUS IN SWITCHBOARD PB TOHH-1 AND PROVIDE A WATERTIGHT SPLICE TO THE EXISTING FORMERNORMAL FIRE PUMP FEEDER WITHIN THE HANDHOLE.NTSDUCT BANK CROSS SECTION20DETAIL NOTES1MAINTAIN MINIMUM 3"SLURRY ENVELOPE AROUND ALL CONDUITS.2THE FIVE FEEDER CONDUITS FROM SWITCHBOARD TSB TO TRANSFER SWITCHATS ARE ROUTED BELOW THE NEW CONDUITS TO HH-1 AND ARE NOT SHOWNFOR CLARITY.CITY PROJECT NO.DATE:PROJECT TITLE:SHEET TITLE:ofSHEET NO.DESIGNED BY:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:APPROVED BY:SCALE:PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATIONJEJJVIJVIFEBRUARY 2022FOR PRELIMINARY USE ONLY26CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPOWTP GENERATOR PROJECT - FACILITY 98P.O. BOX 1604ARROYO GRANDE, CA 93421 (805) 904-65301000026Page 68 of 652
MMSVCITY SPECIFICATION NO.DATE:PROJECT TITLE:SHEET TITLE:ofSHEET NO.26DESIGNED BY:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:APPROVED BY:SCALE:PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATIONFEBRUARY 2022CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPOWTP GENERATOR PROJECTKnow what'sbelow.before you dig.CallR011/2IF THIS BAR DOES NOTMEASURE 1" THEN DRAWING ISNOT TO FULL SCALEFOR PRELIMINARY USE ONLY1000026P.O. BOX 1604ARROYO GRANDE, CA 93421 (805) 904-6530I-00123FACILITY 98INSTRUMENTATION SYMBOLS AND ABREVIATIONS LEGENDLFTLFTLFT---AS NOTED ON PLANSPage 69 of 652
CITY SPECIFICATION NO.DATE:PROJECT TITLE:SHEET TITLE:ofSHEET NO.26DESIGNED BY:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:APPROVED BY:SCALE:PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATIONFEBRUARY 2022CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPOWTP GENERATOR PROJECTKnow what'sbelow.before you dig.CallR011/2IF THIS BAR DOES NOTMEASURE 1" THEN DRAWING ISNOT TO FULL SCALEFOR PRELIMINARY USE ONLY1000026P.O. BOX 1604ARROYO GRANDE, CA 93421 (805) 904-6530I-00224FACILITY 98STANDBY POWER INTERFACE PANELPROCESS AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAMLFTLFTLFT---AS NOTED ON PLANSPage 70 of 652
PWR1
ETHERNET/IP
MODBUSRS232
PWR1
B
A
MODBUS/TCP
ETHERNET/IP
PWR1BAMODBUS/TCPETHERNET/IPPWR1
ETHERNET/IP
MODBUS
RS232 CITY SPECIFICATION NO.DATE:PROJECT TITLE:SHEET TITLE:ofSHEET NO.26DESIGNED BY:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:APPROVED BY:SCALE:PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATIONFEBRUARY 2022CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPOWTP GENERATOR PROJECTKnow what'sbelow.before you dig.CallR011/2IF THIS BAR DOES NOTMEASURE 1" THEN DRAWING ISNOT TO FULL SCALEFOR PRELIMINARY USE ONLY1000026P.O. BOX 1604ARROYO GRANDE, CA 93421 (805) 904-6530I-00325FACILITY 98STANDBY POWER INTERFACE PANELLAYOUT, BILL OF MATERIALS, AND COMMUNICATION SCHEMATICLFTLFTLFT---AS NOTED ON PLANSPage 71 of 652
&%$7%&%$&%$&%$&%$&%$PWR1
B
A
MODBUS/TCP
ETHERNET/IP7%PWR1
ETHERNET/IP
MODBUS
RS232&% $&%$&%$I-00426FACILITY 98STANDBY POWER INTERFACE PANELPOWER, COMMUNICATION, AND INPUTS WIRING DETAILSLFTLFTLFT---AS NOTED ON PLANSCITY SPECIFICATION NO.DATE:PROJECT TITLE:SHEET TITLE:ofSHEET NO.26DESIGNED BY:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:APPROVED BY:SCALE:PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATIONFEBRUARY 2022CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPOWTP GENERATOR PROJECTKnow what'sbelow.before you dig.CallR011/2IF THIS BAR DOES NOTMEASURE 1" THEN DRAWING ISNOT TO FULL SCALEFOR PRELIMINARY USE ONLY1000026P.O. BOX 1604ARROYO GRANDE, CA 93421 (805) 904-6530Page 72 of 652
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
FOR
CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO
Water Treatment Plant Generator Improvement Project at Facility 98
Specification No. 1000026
October 2021
UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
ENGINEERING AND PLANNING SECTION
879 Morro Street
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
(805) 781-7200
Page 73 of 652
Water Treatment Plant Generator Improvement Project at Facility 98
Specification No. 1000026
Approval Date: <<date of CM or CAR Report Authorizing Advertisement>>
<<Signature Date>>
<<Signature Date>>
Page 74 of 652
TABLE OF CONTENTS
NOTICE TO BIDDERS ..................................................................................................... I
BID SUBMISSION ...................................................................................................................................... I
BID DOCUMENTS .................................................................................................................................... II
PROJECT INFORMATION ....................................................................................................................... III
QUALIFICATIONS .................................................................................................................................... III
AWARD ..................................................................................................................................................... V
ACCOMMODATION .................................................................................................................................. V
BID FORMS .................................................................................................................... A
PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 10285.1 STATEMENT .............................................................. D
PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 10162 QUESTIONNAIRE ......................................................... D
PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 10232 STATEMENT ................................................................. D
LABOR CODE SECTION 1725.5 STATEMENTS ................................................................................... D
NON-COLLUSION AFFADAVIT ................................................................................................................ F
BIDDER ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS .......................................................................................................... G
QUALIFICATIONS .................................................................................................................................... H
ATTACH BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY BID ................................................................................... I
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY CERTIFICATION .................................................................... J
DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION CERTIFICATION .............................................................................. K
NONLOBBYING CERTIFICATION FOR FEDERAL-AID CONTRACTS .................................................. L
DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES ............................................................................................ M
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT DBE COMMITMENT .............................................................................. P
DBE GOOD FAITH EFFORT VERIFICATION ......................................................................................... Q
SPECIAL PROVISIONS .................................................................................................. 1
DIVISION I GENERAL PROVISIONS ....................................................................................................... 1
1 GENERAL ........................................................................................................................................... 1
2 BIDDING ............................................................................................................................................. 1
3 CONTRACT AWARD AND EXECUTION ........................................................................................... 1
4 SCOPE OF WORK ............................................................................................................................. 2
7 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO THE PUBLIC ....................................................... 2
8 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS ................................................................................................... 2
14 ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP ............................................................................................... 2
DIVISION III EARTHWORK AND LANDSCAPE ....................................................................................... 3
17 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................................... 3
19 EARTHWORK................................................................................................................................... 3
DIVISION VI STRUCTURES ..................................................................................................................... 3
51 CONCRETE STRUCTURES ............................................................................................................ 3
Page 75 of 652
52 REINFORCEMENT .......................................................................................................................... 3
DIVISION VIII MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION .............................................................................. 3
75 MISCELLANEOUS METAL .............................................................................................................. 3
DIVISION X ELECTRICAL WORK ............................................................................................................ 3
DIVISION XI MATERIALS ......................................................................................................................... 3
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................................................... 4
DIVISION XIII APPENDICES .................................................................................................................... 6
APPENDIX A - FORM OF AGREEMENT ....................................................................... 1
SAMPLE PAYMENT BOND ............................................................................................ 4
SAMPLE PERFORMANCE BOND.................................................................................. 5
APPENDIX B FEDERAL AID CONTRACT PROVISIONS ........................................... 1
FEMA FUNDING REQUIREMENTS ......................................................................................................... 1
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS .................... 1
APPENDIX C DAVIS-BACON WAGE DETERMINATION ........................................... 1
Page 76 of 652
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
i
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
BID SUBMISSION
Sealed bids will be received by the City of San Luis Obispo at the Public Works
Administration Office located at 919 Palm Street, San Luis Obispo, California 93401, until
2:00 p.m. on <<December 16, 2021>>
at which time they will be publicly opened and read aloud. Submit bid in a sealed envelope
plainly marked:
Water Treatment Plant Generator Improvement Project at Facility 98
Specification No. 1000026
Any bid received after the time and date specified will not be considered and will be
returned to the bidder unopened. Bids received by Fax or Email will not be considered.
By submission of bid you agree to comply with all instruction and requirements in this
notice and the contract documents.
All bids must be submitted on the Bid Item List form(s) provided and submitted with all
other Bid Forms included in these Special Provisions.
Each bid must be accompanied by either a:
1. certified check
2. cashier's check
3. bidder's bond
made payable to the City of San Luis Obispo for an amount equal to ten percent of the
bid amount as a guaranty. Guaranty will be forfeited to the City San Luis Obispo if the
bidder, to whom the contract is awarded, fails to enter into the contract.
The City of San Luis Obispo reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids or waive
any informality in a bid.
All bids are to be compared based on the City Engineer's estimate of the quantities of
work to be done, as shown on the Bid Item List.
Bids will only be accepted from bidders that are licensed in compliance with the provisions
of Chapter 9, Division III of Business and Professions Code.
The award of the contract, if awarded, will be to the lowest responsive bid submitted by a
responsible contractor whose bid complies with the requirements prescribed. If the
contract is awarded, the contract will be awarded within 60 calendar days after the
opening of the bids.
Page 77 of 652
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
ii
Failure to raise defects in the notice to bidders or bid forms prior to bid opening constitute
a waiver of those defects.
BID DOCUMENTS
A copy of the plans and special provisions may be downloaded, free of charge, from the
www.slocity.org/government/department-directory/public-works/public-works-bids-
proposals
A printed copy may be obtained at the office of the City Engineer by paying a non-
refundable fee of:
1. $15.00 if picked up in person, or
2. $25.00 if by mailing to the office of the City Engineer
Request must include Specification Number. The office of the City Engineer is located at:
919 Palm Street
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
Standard Specifications and Engineering Standards referenced in the Special Provisions
may be downloaded, free of
www.slocity.org/government/department-directory/public-works/documents-
online/construction-documents
A printed copy may be obtained by paying a non-refundable fee of:
1. $30.00 if picked up in person, or
2. $40.00 if by mailing to the office of the City Engineer
You are responsible to obtain all issued addenda prior to bid opening. Addenda will be
avai
Engineer.
Contact the project manager, Miguel Barcenas at (805) 781-7507 or the Public Works
Department at (805) 781-7200 prior to bid opening to verify the number of addenda
issued.
You are responsible to verify your contact information is correct on the plan holders list
www.slocity.org/government/department-directory/public-works/public-works-bids-
proposals.
Page 78 of 652
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
iii
PROJECT INFORMATION
In general, the project includes construction of a new 1250kW, 480Y/277V diesel engine-
driven generator, 2500 gallon fuel tank, 2000A Bus Main Switchboard, Automatic Transfer
Switch, and site improvements at the City of San Luis Obispo Water Treatment Plant.
The project estimated construction cost is $2,181,000.
Contract time is established as <<XX>> working days.
The fixed liquidated damages amount is established at $500 per day for failure to
complete the work within the contract time.
In compliance with section 1773 of the Labor Code, the State of California Department of
Industrial Relations has established prevailing hourly wage rates for each type of
workman. Current wage rates may be obtained from the Division of Labor at:
https://www.dir.ca.gov/oprl/DPreWageDetermination.htm
This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of
Industrial Relations.
There will be a walkthrough on December 2, 2021. Bidders should meet at 879 Morro
Street in San Luis Obispo to review the project requirements at 10:00 am, and be
prepared to drive to the Water Treatment Plant where for a mandatory tour scheduled for
10:30 am (1900 Stenner Drive).
QUALIFICATIONS
You must possess a valid Class A Contractor's License at the time of the bid opening.
You and any subcontractors required to pay prevailing wage must be registered
with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Section 1725.5 of the Labor
Code.
You must have experience constructing projects similar to the work specified for this
project. Provide three similar reference projects completed as either the prime or
subcontractor. All referenced projects must have been completed within the last five years
ing date.
One of the three reference projects must have been completed under contract with
a city, county, state or federal government agency as the prime contractor.
One of the referenced projects must be for electrical generators larger than 1 MW.
Failure to provide reference projects as specified in this section and as required on the
qualification form is cause to reject a bid as being non-responsive.
Page 79 of 652
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
iv
The City reserves the right to reject any bid based on non-responsiveness if a bidder fails
to provide a bid that complies with all bidding instructions.
The City reserves the right to reject a responsive bid based on the non-responsibility of
the bidder if the Director of Public Works or Designee finds, after providing notice and a
hearing to the bidder, that the bidder lacks the
1. knowledge
2. experience,
3. or is otherwise not responsible
as defined in Section 3.24 of the San Luis Obispo Municipal Code to complete the project
in the best interest of the City.
Rejected bidders may appeal this determination. Appeal must comply with the
requirements in this Notice to Bidders.
bid submitted by a responsible bidder. If in the b
may be improperly awarded, the bidder may protest the contract award.
Protests must be filed no later than five working days after either:
1. bid opening date
2. notification of rejected bid.
Protest must be in writing and received by the project manager located at:
919 Palm Street
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401.
Valid protests must contain the following information:
1. the reasons for the protest
2. any supporting documentation
3. the ruling expected by the City to remedy the protest.
Any protest not containing all required information will be deemed invalid and rejected.
The City will consider additional documentation or other supporting information regarding
the protest if submitted in compliance to the specified time limits. Anything submitted after
the specified time limit will be rejected and not be considered.
The Director of Public Works or Designee may request additional information to be
submitted within three days of the request, unless otherwise specified, and will notify the
protester of ruling within ten days of determination.
If the protester is not satisfied with ruling, the protester may appeal the ruling to the City
Council in compliance with Chapter 1.20 of the City of San Luis Obispo Municipal Code.
Pursuant to the Public Records Act (Government Code, § 6250, et seq.), the City will
make public records available upon request.
Page 80 of 652
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
v
AWARD
The lowest bidder will be determined using the BASE BID ONLY.
As a condition to executing a contract with the City, two bonds each equal to one hundred
percent of the total contract price are required in compliance with Section 3-1.05 of the
Standard Specifications.
You may substitute securities for moneys withheld under the contract in compliance with
the provisions of the Public Contract Code, Section 10263.
ACCOMMODATION
If any accommodations are needed to participate in the bid process, please contact
Argelia Chang at (805) 781-7200 or by Telecommunications Device for the Deaf at (805)
781-7107. Requests should be made as early as possible in the bidding process to allow
time for accommodation.
Page 81 of 652
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
A
BID FORMS
All bid forms must be completed and submitted with your bid. Failure to submit these forms and
required bid bond is cause to reject the bid as nonresponsive. Staple all bid forms together.
THE UNDERSIGNED, agrees that they have carefully examined:
1.
2.
3.
and propose to furnish all:
4.
5.
to complete all the required work satisfactorily in compliance with
6.
7.
8.
for the prices set forth in the bid item list:
BID ITEM LIST FOR Water Treatment Plant Generator Improvement Project at Facility 98,
Specification No. 1000026
Item Item Unit of Estimated Item Price Total
No. TS or
SS(1) Description Measure Quantity (in figures) (in figures)
1 7 General
Conditions/Mobilization LS 1
2 312300,
77
Site Excavation and Material
Export CY 180
3 312300,
26 Site Grading and Compaction LS 1
4 032000,
033000 Generator Slab LS 1
5 032000,
033000 Fuel Tank Slab LS 1
6 032000,
033000
Electrical Equipment Area
Concrete LS 1
7 39 HMA Paving SF 1169
8
032000,
033000,
73
4-Foot Wide Concrete Cross
Gutter LF 40
9
032000,
033000,
73
Concrete Rolled Curb and
Transitions LF 68
10
312300,
26, 39,
73, 77
Site Improvements LS 1
11 231100 Mechanical LS 1
12 265000 Area Lights EA 6
13 TS Div.
26 Electrical LS 1
Page 82 of 652
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
B
Item Item Unit of Estimated Item Price Total
No. TS or
SS(1)Description Measure Quantity (in figures) (in figures)
14 TS Div.
26
Concrete Encased Electrical
Duct Banks LS 1
15 TS Div.
26 1250 kW Generator LS 1
16
TS
Division
23
2500 Gallon Fuel Tank LS 1
17 TS Div.
26
Transfer Switch and
Switchboard LS 1
18 TS Div.
26 Transformer LS 1
19 TS Div.
26 Site Electrical to Fire Pump LS 1
20 TS Div.
40 Instrumentation and Controls LS 1
21
TS Div.
23, TS
Div. 26,
TS Div.
40
System Integration and Startup LS 1
22 13 WPCP Complinace
23 7 OSHA Compliance LS 1
Bid Total (or Base Bid) $
Company Name:
(1) refers to Technical Specification or section in the Standard Specifications, with modifications in the Special Provisions, that
describe required work.
Page 83 of 652
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
C
LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS
Pursuant to Section 4100 of the Public Contracts Code and section 2-1.33C of the standard
specifications, the Bidder is required to furnish the following information for each Subcontractor
performing more than 1/2 percent (0.5%) of the total base bid. Do not list alternative
subcontractors for the same work. Subcontracting must not total more than fifty percent (50%) of
the submitted bid except as allowed in section 5-1.13 of the standard specifications.
For Streets & Highways projects, subcontractors performing less than ten thousand dollars
($10,000) worth of work need not be mentioned. Subcontractors required to pay prevailing
wage, must be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code
section 1725.5 to be listed.
NOTE:
Name Under Which
Subcontractor is Licensed License Number
DIR Public
Works
Registration
Number
Address and Phone
Number of Office, Mill or
Shop
Specific
Description of
Subcontract
% of
Total
Base
Bid
Attach additional sheets as needed.
Page 84 of 652
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
D
PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 10285.1 STATEMENT
In compliance with Public Contract Code Section 10285.1 (Chapter 376, Stats. 1985), the bidder
hereby declares under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the bidder,
or any subcontractor to be engaged by the bidder, has ____, has not ____ been convicted within
the preceding three years of any offenses referred to in that section, including any charge of fraud,
bribery, collusion, conspiracy, or any other act in violation of any state or federal antitrust law in
connection with the bidding upon, award of, or performance of, any public works contract, as
defined in Public Contract Code Section 1101, with any public entity, as defined in Public Contract
Code Section 1100, including the Regents of the University of California or the Trustees of the
California State University. The term "bidder" is understood to include any partner, member,
officer, director, responsible managing officer, or responsible managing employee thereof, as
referred to in Section 10285.1.
NOTE: The bidder must place a check mark after "has" or "has not" in one of the blank spaces
provided. The above Statement is part of the Bid. Signing this Bid on the signature portion
constitute signature of this Statement. Bidders are cautioned that making a false certification may
subject the certifier to criminal prosecution.
PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 10162 QUESTIONNAIRE
In compliance with Public Contract Code Section 10162, the Bidder must complete, under penalty
of perjury, the following questionnaire:
Has the bidder, any officer of the bidder, or any employee of the bidder who has a proprietary
interest in the bidder, ever been disqualified, removed, or otherwise prevented from bidding on, or
completing a federal, state, or local government project because of a violation of law or a safety
regulation?
Yes No
If the answer is yes, attach a letter explaining the circumstances
PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 10232 STATEMENT
In compliance with Public Contract Code Section 10232, you hereby state under penalty of perjury,
that no more than one final unappealable finding of contempt of court by a federal court has been
issued against you within the immediately preceding two-year period because of your failure to
comply with an order of a federal court which orders you to comply with an order of the National
Labor Relations Board.
LABOR CODE SECTION 1725.5 STATEMENTS
The bidder has delinquent liability to an employee or the state for any assessment of back wages
or related damages, interest, fines, or penalties pursuant to any final judgment, order, or
determination by a court or any federal, state, or local administrative agency, including a confirmed
arbitration award. Any judgment, order, or determination that is under appeal is excluded, provided
that the contractor has secured the payment of any amount eventually found due through a bond
or other appropriate means.
Yes No
Page 85 of 652
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
E
The bidder is currently debarred under Section 1777.1 or under any other federal or state law
providing for the debarment of contractors from public works.
Yes No
NOTE: The above Statements and Questionnaire are part of the Bid. Signing this Bid on the
signature portion constitute signature of this Statement and Questionnaire. Bidders are cautioned
that making a false certification may subject the certifier to criminal prosecution.
Page 86 of 652
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
F
NON-COLLUSION AFFADAVIT
I, , declare that
I am of ,
the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person,
partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that
the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not
directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that
anyone refrained from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement,
communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead,
profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body
awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true;
and, further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the
contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation,
partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a
collusive or sham bid.
Executed on ______ , 20 , in __
I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, and in conformance with Title 23 United
States Code Section 112 and Public Contract Code 7106, the bidder declares that the foregoing is true and correct.
(Signature and Title of Declarant)
(SEAL)
Subscribed and sworn to before me
this _______day of _________, 20_____
Notary Public
Company Name:____________________
Note: The above Noncollusion Affidavit is part of the Proposal. Signing this Proposal on the signature portion thereof shall also constitute signature
of this Noncollusion Affidavit. Bidders are cautioned that making a false certification may subject the certifier to criminal prosecution.
Page 87 of 652
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
G
BIDDER ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
By signing below, the bidder acknowledges and confirms that this bid is based on the information contained in all contract
documents, including the notice to bidders, plans, specifications, special provisions, and addendum number(s)
. (Note: You are responsible to verify the number of addenda prior to the bid opening.)
THE UNDERSIGNED FURTHER AGREES THAT IN CASE OF DEFAULT IN EXECUTING THE REQUIRED
CONTRACT, WITH NECESSARY BONDS, WITHIN EIGHT DAYS, (NOT INCLUDING SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS, AND
LEGAL HOLIDAYS), AFTER HAVING RECEIVED A MAILED NOTICE THAT THE CONTRACT IS READY FOR
SIGNATURE, THE PROCEEDS OF THE CHECK OR BOND ACCOMPANYING HIS BID WILL BECOME THE
PROPERTY OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO.
Licensed in accordance with an act providing for the registration of contractors, License No. , Expiration Date
.
The above statement is made under penalty of perjury, and any bid not containing this information "will be considered
non-
Signature of Bidder
(Print Name and Title of Bidder)
DIR Public Works
Registration No:
Business Name (DBA):
Owner/Legal Name:
Indicate One: Sole-proprietor Partnership Corporation
List Partners/Corporate Officers:
Name Title
Name Title
Name Title
Business Address
Street Address
Mailing Address
City, State, Zip Code
Phone Number
Fax Number
Email Address
Date
Page 88 of 652
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
H
QUALIFICATIONS
Failure to furnish complete reference information ON THIS FORM
Notice to Bidders and indicated below, is cause to reject the bid. Additional information may be
attached but is not a substitute for this form.
Reference Number 1
Customer Name & Contact Individual
Telephone & Email
Project Name (Site Address):
Is this similar to the project being bid or
did this project include xxx activity?
Yes
Describe the services provided and how this project is similar to
that which is being bid:
Date project completed:
Was this contract for a public agency?
Yes
Reference Number 2
Customer Name & Contact Individual
Telephone & Email
Project Name (Site Address):
Is this similar to the project being bid or
did this project include xxx activity?
Yes
Describe the services provided and how this project is similar to
that which is being bid:
Date project completed:
Was this contract for a public agency?
Yes
Reference Number 3
Customer Name & Contact Individual
Telephone & Email
Project Name (Site Address):
Is this similar to the project being bid or
did this project include xxx activity?
Yes
Describe the services provided and how this project is similar to
that which is being bid:
Date project completed:
Was this contract for a public agency?
Yes
Page 89 of 652
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
I
ATTACH BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY BID
Know all men by these presents:
That we ____________________________________________, AS PRINCIPAL, and
_______________________________________________________, AS SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto the
City of San Luis Obispo in the sum of:
____________________________________________________ Dollars (_____________) to be paid to said City or
its certain attorney, its successors and assigns; for which payment, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our
heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents:
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the certain bid of the above
bounden ______________________________________________________________________
to construct ___________________________________________________________________
(insert name of street and limits to be improved or project)
dated _____________________ is accepted by the City of San Luis Obispo, and if the above
bounden _______________________________________________________, his heirs, executors, administrators,
successors, and assigns shall duly enter into and execute a contract for such construction and shall execute and deliver
the two bonds described within ten (10) days (not including Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays) after the above
bounden,
______________________________________________________, has received notice by and from the said City of
San Luis Obispo that said contract is ready for execution, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it
shall be and remain in full force and virtue.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we hereunto set our hands and seals this ___ day of ______, 20____.
Bidder Principal:
Signature Date
Title:
Surety:
Bidder's signature is not required to be notarized. Surety's signature must be notarized.
Equivalent form may be substituted
(Rev. 6-30-14)
Page 90 of 652
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
J
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY CERTIFICATION
The bidder________________________________________________________, proposed subcontractor
______________________________, hereby certifies that he has _____, has not _____, participated in a previous
contract or subcontract subject to the equal opportunity clauses, as required by Executive Orders 10925, 11114, or
11246, and that, where required, he has filed with the Joint Reporting Committee, the Director of the Office of Federal
Contract Compliance, a Federal Government contracting or administering agency, or the former President's Committee
on Equal Employment Opportunity, all reports due under the applicable filling requirements.
Note: The above certification is required by the Equal Employment Opportunity Regulations of the Secretary of Labor
(41 CFR 60-1.7(b) (1)), and must be submitted by bidders and proposed subcontractors only in connection with contracts
and subcontracts which are subject to the equal opportunity clause. Contracts and subcontracts which are exempt from
the equal opportunity clause are set forth in 41 CFR 60-1.5. (Generally only contracts or subcontracts of $10,000 or
under are exempt.)
Currently, Standard Form 100 (EEO-1) is the only report required by the Executive Orders or their implementing
regulations.
Proposed prime contractors and subcontractors who have participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to
the Executive Orders and have not filed the required reports should note that 41 CFR 60-1.7(b) (1) prevents the award
of contracts and subcontracts unless such contractor submits a report covering the delinquent period or such other
period specified by the Federal Contract Compliance, U.S. Department of Labor.
____________________________________________________________________________
Page 91 of 652
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
K
DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION CERTIFICATION
TITLE 49, CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS, PART 29
The bidder, under penalty of perjury, certifies that, except as noted below, he/she or any other person associated
therewith in the capacity of owner, partner, director, officer, manager:
is not currently under suspension, debarment, voluntary exclusion, or determination of ineligibility by any Federal
agency;
has not been suspended, debarred, voluntarily excluded or determined ineligible by any Federal agency within
the past 3 years;
does not have a proposed debarment pending; and
has not been indicted, convicted, or had a civil judgment rendered against it by a court of competent jurisdiction
in any matter involving fraud or official misconduct within the past 3 years.
If there are any exceptions to this certification, insert the exceptions in the following space.
Exceptions will not necessarily result in denial of award, but will be considered in determining bidder responsibility. For
any exception noted above, indicate below to whom it applies, initiating agency, and dates of action.
Notes: Providing false information may result in criminal prosecution or administrative sanctions. The above
certification is part of the Bid Proposal. Signing this Bid Proposal on the signature portion thereof shall also constitute
signature of this Certification.
___________________________________________________________________
Page 92 of 652
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
L
NONLOBBYING CERTIFICATION FOR FEDERAL-AID CONTRACTS
44 C.F.R PART 18 CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING
Certification for Contracts, Grants, Loans, and Cooperative Agreements
the undersigned certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that:
1. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the
undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee
of an agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of
a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making
of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative
agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any
Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.
2. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any
person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a
Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of
Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the
undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, isclosure Form to Report
Lobbying in accordance with its instructions.
3. The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award
documents for all subawards at all tiers (including subcontracts, subgrants, and contracts
under grants, loans, and cooperative agreements) and that all subrecipients shall certify and
disclose accordingly.
This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this
transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making
or entering into this transaction imposed by section 1352, title 31, U.S. code. any person who fails
to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not
more than $100,000 for each such failure.
The Contractor, , certifies or affirms the truthfulness and accuracy of each
statement of its certification and disclosure, if any. In addition, the Contractor understands and
agrees that the provisions of 31 U.S.C. Chap. 38, Administrative Remedies for False Claims and
Statements, apply to this certification and disclosure, if any.
Page 93 of 652
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
M
DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES
COMPLETE THIS FORM TO DISCLOSE LOBBYING ACTIVITIES PURSUANT TO 31 U.S.C. 1352
1. Type of Federal Action: 2. Status of Federal Action: 3. Report Type:
a. contract a. bid/offer/application a. initial
b. grant b. initial award b. material change
c. cooperative agreement c. post-award
d. loan For Material Change Only:
e. loan guarantee year quarter ______
f. loan insurance date of last report ______
4. Name and Address of Reporting Entity 5. If Reporting Entity in No. 4 is Subawardee,
Enter Name and Address of Prime:
Prime Subawardee
Tier , if known
Congressional District, if known Congressional District, if known
6. Federal Department/Agency: 7. Federal Program Name/Description:
CFDA Number, if applicable __________________
8. Federal Action Number, if known: 9. Award Amount, if known:
10. a. Name and Address of Lobby Entity b. Individuals Performing
Services (including (If individual, last name, first name, MI)
address if different from No. 10a)
(last name, first name, MI)
(attach Continuation Sheet(s) if necessary)
11. Amount of Payment (check all that apply) 13. Type of Payment (check all that apply)
$ actual planned a. retainer
b. one-time fee
12. Form of Payment (check all that apply): c. commission
a. cash d. contingent fee
b. in-kind; specify: nature
value
e deferred
f. other, specify
14. Brief Description of Services Performed or to be performed and Date(s) of Service, including
officer(s), employee(s), or member(s) contacted, for Payment Indicated in Item 11:
(attach Continuation Sheet(s) if necessary)
15. Continuation Sheet(s) attached: Yes No
16. Information requested through this form is authorized by
Title 31 U.S.C. Section 1352. This disclosure of lobbying
reliance was placed by the tier above when his transaction was
made or entered into. This disclosure is required pursuant to 31
U.S.C. 1352. This information will be reported to Congress
semiannually and will be available for public inspection. Any
person who fails to file the required disclosure shall be subject
to a civil penalty of not less than
$10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.
Federal Use Only:
Page 94 of 652
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
14
Signature: Print
Name: Title:
Telephone No.: Date:
Authorized for Local Reproduction
(Standard Form LLL Rev. 09-12-97)
Page 95 of 652
BID FORMS
O
INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETION OF SF-LLL,
DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES
This disclosure form shall be completed by the reporting entity, whether subawardee or prime Federal recipient, at the initiation or receipt
of covered Federal action or a material change to previous filing pursuant to title 31 U.S.C. section 1352. The filing of a form is required
for such payment or agreement to make payment to lobbying entity for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any
agency, a Member of Congress an officer or employee of Congress or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with a covered
Federal action. Attach a continuation sheet for additional information if the space on the form is inadequate. Complete all items that apply
for both the initial filing and material change report. Refer to the implementing guidance published by the Office of Management and
Budget for additional information.
1. Identify the type of covered Federal action for which lobbying activity is and/or has been secured to influence, the outcome of
a covered Federal action.
2. Identify the status of the covered Federal action.
3. Identify the appropriate classification of this report. If this is a follow-up report caused by a material change to the information
previously reported, enter the year and quarter in which the change occurred. Enter the date of the last, previously submitted
report by this reporting entity for this covered Federal action.
4. Enter the full name, address, city, state and zip code of the reporting entity. Include Congressional District if known. Check the
appropriate classification of the reporting entity that designates if it is or expects to be a prime or subaward recipient. Identify
the tier of the subawardee, e.g., the first subawardee of the prime is the first tier. Subawards include but are not limited to
subcontracts, subgrants and contract awards under grants.
5. If the organization filing the report in Item 4 checks "Subawardee" then enter the full name, address, city, state and zip code of
the prime Federal recipient. Include Congressional District, if known.
6. Enter the name of the Federal agency making the award or loan commitment. Include at least one organization level below
agency name, if known. For example, Department of Transportation, United States Coast Guard.
7. Enter the Federal program name or description for the covered Federal action (item 1). If known, enter the full Catalog of
Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) number for grants, cooperative agreements, loans and loan commitments.
8. Enter the most appropriate Federal identifying number available for the Federal action identification in item 1 (e.g., Request for
Proposal (RFP) number, Invitation for Bid (IFB) number, grant announcement number, the contract grant. or loan award
number, the application/proposal control number assigned by the Federal agency). Include prefixes, e.g., "RFP-DE-90-001."
9. For a covered Federal action where there has been an award or loan commitment by the Federal agency, enter the Federal
amount of the award/loan commitments for the prime entity identified in item 4 or 5.
10. (a) Enter the full name, address, city, state and zip code of the lobbying entity engaged by the reporting entity identified in item
4 to influenced the covered Federal action.
(b) Enter the full names of the individual(s) performing services and include full address if different from 10 (a). Enter Last Name,
First Name and Middle Initial (Ml).
11. Enter the amount of compensation paid or reasonably expected to be paid by the reporting entity (item 4) to the lobbying entity
(item 10). Indicate whether the payment has been made (actual) or will be made (planned). Check all boxes that apply. If this
is a material change report, enter the cumulative amount of payment made or planned to be made.
12. Check the appropriate box. Check all boxes that apply. If payment is made through an in-kind contribution, specify the nature
and value of the in-kind payment.
13. Check the appropriate box. Check all boxes that apply. If other, specify nature.
14. Provide a specific and detailed description of the services that the lobbyist has performed or will be expected to perform and
the date(s) of any services rendered. Include all preparatory and related activity not just time spent in actual contact with Federal
officials. Identify the Federal officer(s) or employee(s) contacted or the officer(s) employee(s) or Member(s) of Congress that
were contacted.
15. Check whether or not a continuation sheet(s) is attached.
16. The certifying official shall sign and date the form, print his/her name title and telephone number.
Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, including time for reviewing
instruction, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of
information. Send comments regarding the burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for
reducing this burden, to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (0348-0046), Washington, D.C. 20503.
Page 96 of 652
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
P
Local Agency Contract Number:
Federal-Aid Project Number:
Bid Opening Date:
Contract Award Date:
Local Agency certifies that all DBE certifications are valid and information
on this form is complete and accurate.
25. Local Agency Representative's Signature 26.
Date
16. Preparer's Signature 17.
Date
27. Local Agency Representative's Name 28. Phone 18. Preparer's Name 19. Phone
29. Local Agency Representative's Title 20. Preparer's Title
IMPORTANT: Identify all DBE firms being claimed for credit,
regardless of tier. Names of the First Tier DBE Subcontractors
and their respective item(s) of work listed above must be
consistent, where applicable with the names and items of the
work in the "Subcontractor List" submitted with your bid.
Written confirmation of each listed DBE is required.
15. TOTAL CLAIMED DBE PARTICIPATION
Local Agency to Complete this Section
14. DBE
Dollar
Amount
13. DBE Contact Information
(Must be certified on the date bids are opened)
12. DBE
Certification
Number
11. Description of Work, Service, or
Materials Supplied
10. Bid
Item
Number
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT DBE COMMITMENT
established a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) goal for this
project.
1. Local Agency:_City of San Luis Obispo______ 2. Contract DBE Goal:_______3%__________
3. Project Description:_ Generator Improvement Project at Facility 98 (Specification 1000026)_
4. Project Location:__ Water Treatment Plant____________________
Bidder's Name:______________________ 6. Prime Certified DBE: 7. Bid Amount:_______________
8. Total Dollar Amount for ALL Subcontractors: ___________9. Total Number of ALL Subcontractors: ________
DISTRIBUTION: 1. Original Agency. 2. Copy Federal Grant Administrator. Failure to submit to within 30 days of
contract execution may result in de-obligation of federal funds on contract. Include additional copy with award package.
Page 97 of 652
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
Q
DBE GOOD FAITH EFFORT VERIFICATION
Construction Project: Water Treatment Plant Generator Improvement Project at Facility 98
Specification No. 1000026
Bidder Name: ________________________________ Bidder Phone Number: __________________
Bidder Address: ________________________________________________________________________
Bid Meets DBE Goal (yes or no) ________ If no, proceed with Good Faith Effort Verification.
information pertaining to the use of minority businesses, women's business enterprises, and labor surplus
Please provide the following information, using additional sheets of paper if necessary, and submit this form
with your bid. Bidder should also submit mail logs, phone logs, electronic searches and communication,
newspaper clippings or similar records documenting efforts to meet the Good Faith Effort requirements.
1. Solicitation Lists/Publications. The names and dates of each publication in which a request for DBE
participation for this Project was placed by the Bidder (please attach copies of advertisements and/or proofs
of publication), or information related to solicitation lists on which DBEs were included:
Publications/Solicitation Lists Dates of Advertisement
2. Soliciting DBEs as Potential Sources. The names and dates of written notices sent to certified DBEs
soliciting bids for this Project and the dates and methods used for following up initial solicitations to determine
with certainty whether the DBEs were interested (please attach copies of solicitations, telephone records, fax
confirmations, etc.):
Name of DBEs Solicited Date of Initial
Solicitation
Follow Up Methods and Dates
Page 98 of 652
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
R
3. Division of Requirements. The items of work which the Bidder made available to DBE firms including,
where appropriate, any breaking down of the contract work items (including those items normally performed
by the Bidder with its own forces) into economically feasible units to facilitate DBE participation. It is the
Bidder's responsibility to demonstrate that sufficient work to facilitate DBE participation was made available
to DBE firms.
Items of Work Bidder
Normally
Performs
Item?
(Yes/No)
Breakdown of Items Amount ($) Percentage of
Contract (%)
4. Delivery Schedules. Efforts made to establish delivery schedules, where the requirement permits, which
encourage participation by small and minority businesses, and women's business enterprises:
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
5. Contracting with DBE Consortium. Efforts to encourage contracting with a consortium of DBEs when a
contract is too large for one of these firms to handle individually:
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
6. Services of Other Agencies. The names of agencies, organizations or groups contacted to provide
assistance in contacting, recruiting and using DBE firms, such as the Small Business Administration and the
Minority Business Development Agency of the Department of Commerce (please attach copies of requests
to agencies and any responses received, i.e., lists, Internet page download, etc.):
Name of Agency/Organization Method/Date of Contact Results
Any additional data to support a demonstration of good faith efforts (use additional sheets if necessary):
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Page 99 of 652
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
ORGANIZATION
Special provisions are under headings that correspond with the main section heading of
the Standard Specifications. Each special provision begins with a revision clause that
describes or introduces a revision to the Standard Specifications. Any paragraph added
or deleted by a revision clause does not change the paragraph number of the Standard
Specifications for any other reference to a paragraph of the Standard Specifications.
DIVISION I GENERAL PROVISIONS
1 GENERAL
The work must be done in compliance with the City of San Luis Obispo, Department of
Public Works:
1.
2.
3.
4.
In case of conflict between documents, governing ranking must comply with section 5-
Failure to comply with the provisions of these sections is a material breach of contract:
1. Sections 5 through 8 of the Standard Specifications
2. Section 12 through 15 of the Standard Specifications
3. Section 77-1 of the Standard Specifications
4. Section 81 of the Standard Specifications
5. authorized working hours
6. OSHA compliance
2 BIDDING
Furnish bid using blank forms provided in the Special Provisions. Bid must include all
forms and must be signed by the bidder.
3 CONTRACT AWARD AND EXECUTION
3-1.18B Building Permit
Page 100 of 652
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
2
The contractor must obtain a no-fee building permit from the Community Development
Department. All requirements of the building permit shall be applied to the project.
4 SCOPE OF WORK
Comply with the provisions of Sections 7, 26, 39, 73, 77, 032000, 033000, 231100,
312300, TS Div. 26, and TS Div. 40 for general, material, construction, and payment
specifics.
7 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO THE PUBLIC
Add to Section 7-1.03B PUBLIC CONVENIENCE, Traffic Control Plan
You must submit a traffic control and staging plan that is reactive to traffic conditions. You
may be required to stage work in different areas on the same work shift to allow free flow
All work within the plant must be completed during normal working hours of Monday
through Friday 7:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.,
operations and received written approval by the Engineer.
8 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
Replace the 1st paragraph in Section 8-1.02A SCHEDULE, General with:
Provide a Level 1 schedule for this work.
14 ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP
Add to Section 14-9.02 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL, General:
The City has obtained an annual permit for construction from the Air Pollution Control
District (APCD). The annual APCD permit and construction log files are located on the
Page 101 of 652
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
3
http://www.slocity.org/government/department-directory/public-works/documents-
online/construction-documents
A copy of the permit can also be found in Appendix H of the City Standards. You are
required to comply with the APCD permit including all notification and construction logs
using the appropriate equipment. Provide training to all workers in the construction area.
You must comply with section 77-1 of the standard specifications.
DIVISION III EARTHWORK AND LANDSCAPE
17 GENERAL
Add to 17-2.01 General, 8. Project Work area including but not limited to paved areas,
slab areas, foundations, and drainage swales.
19 EARTHWORK
Section 19 to be replaced in its entirety with Technical Specification Section 312316.
DIVISION VI STRUCTURES
51 CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Section 51 to be replaced in its entirety with Technical Specification Section 033000.
52 REINFORCEMENT
Section 52 to be replaced in its entirety with Technical Specification Section 032000.
DIVISION VIII MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
75 MISCELLANEOUS METAL
Section 75 to be replaced in its entirety with Technical Specification Section 055000.
DIVISION X ELECTRICAL WORK
Division X standards to be replaced in its entiety with Division 26 of the Technical
Specifications.
DIVISION XI MATERIALS
Division XI standards to be replaced in its entiety with Division 03 of the Technical
Specifications.
Page 102 of 652
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
4
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 00 CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
002113 FEMA FUNDING REQUIREMENTS
003132 GEOTECHNICAL DATA
DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
011100 COORDINATION OF WORK, PERMITS, AND REGULATIONS
013266 PRECONSTRUCTION DIGITAL AUDIO-VIDEO DOCUMENTATION
015210 RESTROOMS AND TRASH SERVICES
019310 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
DIVISION 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS
020120 PROTECTING EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
DIVISION 03 CONCRETE
032000 CONCRETE REINFORCING
033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
DIVISION 05 METALS
055000 METAL FABRICATIONS
DIVISION 23 MECHANICAL
231100 FUEL OIL SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES
DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
260101 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
260513 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES AND ACCESSORIES
260519 600V WIRES AND CABLES
260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING
260529 SUPPORTING DEVICES
260533 RACEWAYS
260534 ELECTRICAL BOXES
260535 UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES
260553 BASIC ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
260573 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM STUDY
261219 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
262413 SWITCHBOARDS
262726 WIRING DEVICES
262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Page 103 of 652
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
5
263213 STANDBY GENERATOR AND ACCESSORIES
263623 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES
265600 EXTERIOR LIGHTING
DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
312300 EARTHWORK
312316 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING
DIVISION 40 PROCESS INTEGRATION
400775 EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCT, AND VALVE IDENTIFICATION
409510 CONTROL COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT
409513 CONTROL ENCLOSURES
409543 CONTROL PANEL WIRE AND WIRE ACCESSORIES
409741 CONTROL PANEL POWER EQUIPMENT
409742 CONTROL PANEL TERMINALS
409743 CONTROL PANEL RELAYS AND TIMERS
Page 104 of 652
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
6
DIVISION XIII APPENDICES
Page 105 of 652
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
1
APPENDIX A - FORM OF AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, made on _____________, by and between the City of San Luis
Obispo, a municipal corporation and charter city, San Luis Obispo County, California
(hereinafter called the Owner) and COMPANY NAME (hereinafter called the Contractor).
WITNESSETH:
That the Owner and the Contractor for the consideration stated herein agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1, SCOPE OF WORK: The Contractor shall perform everything required to be
performed, shall provide and furnish all of the labor, materials, necessary tools,
expendable equipment, and all utility and transportation services required to complete all
the work of construction of
NAME OF PROJECT, SPEC NO.
in strict compliance with the plans and specifications therefor, including any and all
Addenda, adopted by the Owner, in strict compliance with the Contract Documents
hereinafter enumerated.
ARTICLE II, CONTRACT PRICE: The Owner shall pay the Contractor as full consideration
for the faithful performance of this Contract, subject to any additions or deductions as
provided in the Contract Documents, the contract prices as follows:
Item
No.
Item Unit of
Measure
Estimated
Quantity
Item Price
(in figures)
Total
(in figures)
1.
2.
3.
BID TOTAL: $ .00
Payments are to be made to the Contractor in compliance with and subject to the provisions
embodied in the documents made a part of this Contract.
Should any dispute arise respecting the true value of any work omitted, or of any extra work
which the Contractor may be required to do, or respecting the size of any payment to the
Contractor, during the performance of this Contract, said dispute shall be decided by the
Owner and its decision shall be final, and conclusive.
Page 106 of 652
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
2
ARTICLE III, COMPONENT PARTS OF THIS CONTRACT: The Contract consists of the
following documents, all of which are as fully a part thereof as if herein set out in full, and if
not attached, as if hereto attached:
1. Notice to Bidders and Information for Bidders
2. Standard Specifications and Engineering Standards
3. Special Provisions, any Addenda, Plans and Contract Change Orders
4. Caltrans Standard Specifications and Standard Plans 2015
5. Accepted Bid and Bid Bond
6. List of Subcontractors
7. Public Contract Code Sections 10285.1 Statement
8. Public Contract Code Section 10162 Questionnaire
9. Public Contract Code Section 10232 Statement
10. Labor Code Section 1725.5 Statements
11. Bidder Acknowledgements
12. Qualifications
13. Non-collusion Declaration
14. Agreement and Bonds
15. Insurance Requirements and Forms
ARTICLE IV INDEMNIFICATION: The Contractor shall indemnify, defend with legal
counsel approved by City, and hold harmless City, its officers, officials, employees and
volunteers from and against all liability, loss, damage, expense, cost (including without
limitation reasonable legal counsel fees, expert fees and all other costs and fees of
litigation) of every nature arising out of or in connection with negligence,
recklessness or willful misconduct in the performance of work hereunder or its failure to
comply with any of its obligations contained in this Agreement, except such loss or damage
which is caused by the sole or active negligence or willful misconduct of the City. Should
conflict of interest principles preclude a single legal counsel from representing both the City
and the Contractor, or should the City otherwise find legal counsel
unacceptable, then the Contractor shall reimburse the City its costs of defense, including
without limitation reasonable legal counsel fees, expert fees and all other costs and fees of
litigation. The Contractor shall promptly pay any final judgment rendered against the City
(and its officers, officials, employees and volunteers) with respect to claims determined by
a trier of fact to have been the result of the C negligent, reckless or wrongful
performance. It is expressly understood and agreed that the foregoing provisions are
intended to be as broad and inclusive as is permitted by the law of the State of California
and will survive termination of this Agreement.
The Contractor obligations under this section apply regardless of whether such claim,
charge, damage, demand, action, proceeding, loss, stop notice, cost, expense, judgment,
civil fine or penalty, or liability was caused in part or contributed to by an Indemnitee.
However, without affecting the rights of the City under any provision of this agreement, the
Contractor shall not be required to indemnify and hold harmless the City for liability
attributable to the active negligence of City, provided such active negligence is determined
by agreement between the parties or by the findings of a court of competent jurisdiction. In
Page 107 of 652
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
3
instances where the City is shown to have been actively negligent and where
active negligence accounts for only a percentage of the liability involved, the obligation of
the Contractor will be for that entire portion or percentage of liability not attributable to the
active negligence of the City.
ARTICLE V. It is further expressly agreed by and between the parties hereto that should
there be any conflict between the terms of this instrument and the bid of said Contractor,
then this instrument shall control and nothing herein shall be considered as an acceptance
of the said terms of said bid conflicting herewith.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have hereunto set their hands this
year and date first above written.
CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO
A Municipal Corporation
__________________________________
Derek Johnson, City Manager
APPROVED AS TO FORM CONTRACTOR:
Name of Company
________________________________
By:________________________________
J. Christine Dietrick
City Attorney
Name of CAO/President
Its: CAO/PRESIDENT
(2nd signature required if Corporation):
By:________________________________
Name of Corporate Officer
Its: ____________________
Page 108 of 652
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
4
SAMPLE PAYMENT BOND
(Section 3247, Civil Code)
WHEREAS, The City of San Luis Obispo, acting by and through the Department of Public Works, hereafter referred
City to Contractor , hereafter designated as the
follows:
AND WHEREAS, said Principal is required to furnish a bond in connection with said contract, to secure the payment
of claims of laborers, mechanics, materialmen and other persons as provided by law.
NOW, THEREFORE, we the undersigned Principal and Surety are bound unto the Obligee in the sum of
dollars ($
), for which payment,
we bind ourselves, jointly and severally. Caltrans shall be named as additional obligee.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH,
That if said Principal or its subcontractors shall fail to pay any of the persons named in Civil Code Section 3181, or
amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to work or labor performed by such claimant, or
any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Franchise Tax Board for the wages of employees
of the Principal and his subcontractors pursuant to Section 18806 of the Revenue and Taxation Code, with respect to
such work and labor, that the surety herein will pay for the same in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this
bond, otherwise the above obligation shall be void. In case suit is brought upon this bond, the surety will pay a
Civil Code Section 3181 as to give a right of action to such persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond.
Dated: , 20
Correspondence or claims relating to this bond _________________________________________________
should be sent to the surety at the following _________________________________________________
address: _________________________________________________
Principal
Name of Surety (SEAL)
By : Attorney-in-Fact
NOTE: Signatures of those executing for the surety must be properly acknowledged.
CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
State of California
City of San Luis Obispo SS
On this day of in the year 20 before me
, personally appeared , personally
known to me (or proved to me
Attorney-in-fact
on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to this instrument as the attorney-in-
fact of
and acknowledged to me
that he/she subscribed the name of the said company thereto as surety, and his/her own name as attorney-
in-fact.
(SEAL) Notary Public
Page 109 of 652
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
5
SAMPLE PERFORMANCE BOND
(To Accompany Contract)
Bond No.
WHEREAS, The City of San Luis Obispo, acting by and through the Department of Public Works, hereafter referred
to Contractor ____________________________________ , hereafter designated as
the work described as follows:
AND WHEREAS, the Contractor is required to furnish a bond in connection with said contract, guaranteeing the
faithful performance thereof:
NOW, THEREFORE, we the undersigned Contractor and Surety are held firmly bound to the City of San Luis
Obispo in the sum of $ dollars ($
), to be paid to said City or its
certain attorney, its successors and assigns: for which payment, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our
heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. Caltrans
shall be named as additional obligee.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH,
That if the above bound Contractor, its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand
to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions and agreements in the foregoing
contract and any alteration thereof made as therein provided, on his or their part to be kept and performed at the time
and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and
save harmless the City of San Luis Obispo, its officers and agents, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall
become and be null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and virtue.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, We have hereunto set our hands and seals on this day of
, 20____.
Correspondence or claims relating to this bond _________________________________________________
should be sent to the surety at the following _________________________________________________
address: _________________________________________________
Contractor
Name of Surety (SEAL)
By : Attorney-in-Fact
NOTE: Signatures of those executing for the surety must be properly acknowledged.
CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
State of California, City of San Luis Obispo SS
On this day of in the year 20 before me ________________________,
a notary public in and for the City of San Luis Obispo, personally appeared
________________________________, known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to this
Attorney-in-fact
instrument and known to me to be the attorney-in-fact of ___________________________________and
acknowledged to me that he/she subscribed the name of the said company thereto as surety, and his/her own name as
attorney-in-fact.
(SEAL) NOTARY PUBLIC
Page 110 of 652
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
1
APPENDIX B FEDERAL AID CONTRACT PROVISIONS
This is a Federally assisted project and compliance with Davis-Bacon Act as supplemented by the Department
of Labor regulations will be enforced. If the State and Federal wage rates are applicable the higher of the two
will be used.
The Federal Labor Standards Provisions and the Federal Wage Determination are a part of the contract and
compliance will be enforced.
Any Subcontracts resulting from this original contract must contain the above language and shall incorporate
a copy of the Federal Labor Standards provisions and the Federal Wage Determinations. Incorporation by
reference is not acceptable.
This Section contains the Federal Wage Determinations which were current at the time the contract
documents were published and shall be used for the life of this project. However, the wage determinations
are subject to modifications in order to keep them current. If such modifications occur 10 days prior to bid
opening then the new determination will prevail for the life of the contract. The Contractor shall be responsible
to contact the City to determine if a new wage determination has been issued and to apply the new
determination to its bid.
The current Federal wages are available at the following website: http://www.wdol.gov/dba.aspxn
FEMA FUNDING REQUIREMENTS
See Technical Specification Section 002113.
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACTS
I. General
II. Nondiscrimination
III. Nonsegregated Facilities
IV. Davis-Bacon and Related Act Provisions
V. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act Provisions
VI. Subletting or Assigning the Contract
VII. Safety: Accident Prevention
VIII. False Statements Concerning Federal Projects
IX. Implementation of Clean Air Act and Federal Water Pollution Control Act
X. Compliance with Governmentwide Suspension and Debarment Requirements
XI. Certification Regarding Use of Contract Funds for Lobbying
I. GENERAL
1. Appendix B - Federal Provisions must be physically incorporated in each construction contract funded
under Title 23 (excluding emergency contracts solely intended for debris removal). The contractor (or
subcontractor) must insert this form in each subcontract and further require its inclusion in all lower tier
subcontracts (excluding purchase orders, rental agreements and other agreements for supplies or services).
The applicable requirements of Appendix B - Federal Provisions are incorporated by reference for work done
under any purchase order, rental agreement or agreement for other services. The prime contractor shall be
responsible for compliance by any subcontractor, lower-tier subcontractor or service provider.
Appendix B - Federal Provisions must be included in all Federal-aid design- build contracts, in all subcontracts
and in lower tier subcontracts (excluding subcontracts for design services, purchase orders, rental
Page 111 of 652
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
2
agreements and other agreements for supplies or services). The design-builder shall be responsible for
compliance by any subcontractor, lower-tier subcontractor or service provider.
Contracting agencies may reference Appendix B - Federal Provisions in bid proposal or request for proposal
documents, however, the Appendix B - Federal Provisions must be physically incorporated (not referenced)
in all contracts, subcontracts and lower-tier subcontracts (excluding purchase orders, rental agreements and
other agreements for supplies or services related to a construction contract).
2. Subject to the applicability criteria noted in the following sections, these contract provisions shall apply
to all work performed on the contract by the contractor's own organization and with the assistance of workers
under the contractor's immediate superintendence and to all work performed on the contract by piecework,
station work, or by subcontract.
3. A breach of any of the stipulations contained in these Required Contract Provisions may be sufficient
grounds for withholding of progress payments, withholding of final payment, termination of the contract,
suspension / debarment or any other action determined to be appropriate by the contracting agency.
4. Selection of Labor: During the performance of this contract, the contractor shall not use convict labor
for any purpose within the limits of a construction project on a Federal-aid unless it is labor performed by
convicts who are on parole, supervised release, or probation. The term Federal-aid does not include roadways
functionally classified as local roads or rural minor collectors.
II. NONDISCRIMINATION
The provisions of this section related to 23 CFR Part 230 are applicable to all Federal-aid construction
contracts and to all related construction subcontracts of $10,000 or more. The provisions of 23 CFR Part 230
are not applicable to material supply, engineering, or architectural service contracts.
In addition, the contractor and all subcontractors must comply with the following policies: Executive Order
11246, 41 CFR 60, 29 CFR 1625-1627, Title 23 USC Section 140, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended
(29 USC 794), Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and related regulations including 49 CFR
Parts 21, 26 and 27; and 23 CFR
Parts 200, 230, and 633.
The contractor and all subcontractors must comply with: the requirements of the Equal Opportunity Clause in
41 CFR 60- 1.4(b) and, for all construction contracts exceeding $10,000, the Standard Federal Equal
Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications in 41 CFR 60-4.3.
Note: The U.S. Department of Labor has exclusive authority to determine compliance with Executive Order
11246 and the policies of the Secretary of Labor including 41 CFR 60, and 29 CFR 1625-1627. The
contracting agency have the authority and the responsibility to ensure compliance with Title 23 USC Section
140, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 USC 794), and Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964,
as amended, and related regulations including 49 CFR Parts 21, 26 and 27; and 23 CFR Parts 200, 230, and
633.
The following provision is adopted from 23 CFR 230, Appendix A, with appropriate revisions to conform to the
U.S. Department of Labor (US DOL) requirements.
1. Equal Employment Opportunity: Equal employment opportunity (EEO) requirements not to
discriminate and to take affirmative action to assure equal opportunity as set forth under laws, executive
orders, rules, regulations (28 CFR 35, 29 CFR 1630, 29 CFR 1625-1627, 41 CFR 60 and 49 CFR 27) and
orders of the Secretary of Labor as modified by the provisions prescribed herein, and imposed pursuant to 23
U.S.C. 140 shall constitute the EEO and specific affirmative action standards for the contractor's project
activities under
Page 112 of 652
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
3
this contract. The provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.) set forth
under 28 CFR 35 and 29 CFR 1630 are incorporated by reference in this contract. In the execution of this
contract, the contractor agrees to comply with the following minimum specific requirement activities of EEO:
a. The contractor will work with the contracting agency and the Federal Government to ensure that it
has made every good faith effort to provide equal opportunity with respect toall of its terms and conditions of
employment and in their review of activities under the contract.
b. The contractor will accept as its operating policy the following statement:
"It is the policy of this Company to assure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during
employment, without regard to their race, religion, sex, color, national origin, age or disability. Such action
shall include: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or
termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship,
pre-apprenticeship, and/or on-the- job training."
2. EEO Officer: The contractor will designate and make known to the contracting officers an EEO Officer
who willhave the responsibility for and must be capable of effectively administering and promoting an active
EEO program and who must be assigned adequate authority and responsibility to do so.
3. Dissemination of Policy: All members of the contractor's staff who are authorized to hire, supervise,
promote, and discharge employees, or who recommend such action, or who are substantially involved in such
action, will be made fully cognizant of, and will implement, the contractor's EEO policy and contractual
responsibilities to provide EEO in each grade and classification of employment. To ensure that the above
agreement will be met, the following actions will be taken as a minimum:
a. Periodic meetings of supervisory and personnel office employees will be conducted before the start
of work and then not less often than once every six months, at which time the contractor's EEO policy and its
implementation will be reviewed and explained. The meetings will be conducted by the EEO Officer.
b. All new supervisory or personnel office employees will be given a thorough indoctrination by the EEO
Officer, covering all major aspects of the contractor's EEO obligations within thirty days following their
reporting for duty with the contractor.
c. All personnel who are engaged in direct recruitment for the project will be instructed by the EEO
Officer in the contractor's procedures for locating and hiring minorities and women.
d. Notices and posters setting forth the contractor's EEO policy will be placed in areas readily accessible
to employees, applicants for employment and potential employees.
e. The contractor's EEO policy and the procedures to implement such policy will be brought to the
attention of employees by means of meetings, employee handbooks, or other appropriate means.
4. Recruitment: When advertising for employees, the contractor will include in all advertisements for
employees the notation: "An Equal Opportunity Employer." All such advertisements will be placed in
publications having a large circulation among minorities and women in the area from which the project work
force would normally be derived.
a. The contractor will, unless precluded by a valid bargaining agreement, conduct systematic and direct
recruitment through public and private employee referral sources likely to yield qualified minorities and women.
To meet this requirement, the contractor will identify sources of potential minority group employees, and
establish with such identified sources procedures whereby minority and women applicants may be referred
to the contractor for employment consideration.
Page 113 of 652
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
4
b. In the event the contractor has a valid bargaining agreement providing for exclusive hiring hall
referrals, the contractor is expected to observe the provisions of that agreement to the extent that the system
meets thecontractor's compliance with EEO contract provisions. Where implementation of such an agreement
has the effect of discriminating against minorities or women, or obligates the contractor to do the same, such
implementation violates Federal nondiscrimination provisions.
c. The contractor will encourage its present employees to refer minorities and women as applicants for
employment. Information and procedures with regard to referring such applicants will be discussed with
employees.
5. Personnel Actions: Wages, working conditions, and employee benefits shall be established and
administered, and personnel actions of every type, including hiring, upgrading, promotion, transfer, demotion,
layoff, and termination, shall be taken without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or
disability. The following procedures shall be followed:
a. The contractor will conduct periodic inspections of project sites to insure that working conditions and
employee facilities do not indicate discriminatory treatment of project site personnel.
b. The contractor will periodically evaluate the spread of wages paid within each classification to
determine any evidence of discriminatory wage practices.
c. The contractor will periodically review selected personnel actions in depth to determine whether there
is evidence of discrimination. Where evidence is found, the contractor will promptly take corrective action. If
the review indicates that the discrimination may extend beyond the actions reviewed, such corrective action
shall include all affected persons.
d. The contractor will promptly investigate all complaints of alleged discrimination made to the contractor
in connection with its obligations under this contract, will attempt to resolve such complaints, and will take
appropriate corrective action within a reasonable time. If the investigation indicates that the discrimination
may affect persons other than the complainant, such corrective action shall include such other persons. Upon
completion of each investigation, the contractor will inform every complainant of all of their avenues of appeal.
6. Training and Promotion:
a. The contractor will assist in locating, qualifying, and increasing the skills of minorities and women who
are applicants for employment or current employees. Such efforts should be aimed at developing full journey
level status employees in the type of trade or job classification involved.
b. Consistent with the contractor's work forcerequirements and as permissible under Federal and State
regulations, the contractor shall make full use of training programs, i.e., apprenticeship, and on-the-job training
programs for the geographical area of contract performance. In the event a special provision for training is
provided under this contract, this subparagraph will be superseded as indicated in the special provision. The
contracting agency may reserve training positions for persons who receive welfare assistance in accordance
with 23 U.S.C. 140(a).
c. The contractor will advise employees and applicants for employment of available training programs
and entrance requirements for each.
d. The contractor will periodically review the training and promotion potential of employees who are
minorities and women and will encourage eligible employees to apply for such training and promotion.
7. Unions: If the contractor relies in whole or in part upon unions as a source of employees, the
contractor will use good faith efforts to obtain the cooperation of such unions to increase opportunities for
minorities and women. Actions by the contractor, either directly or through a contractor's association acting
as agent, will include the procedures set forth below:
Page 114 of 652
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
5
a. The contractor will use good faith efforts to develop, in cooperation with the unions, joint training
programs aimed toward qualifying more minorities and women for membership in the unions and increasing
the skills of minorities and women so that they may qualify for higher paying employment.
b. The contractor will use good faith efforts to incorporatean EEO clause into each union agreement to
the end that such union will be contractually bound to refer applicants without regard to their race, color,
religion, sex, national origin, age or disability.
c. The contractor is to obtain information as to the referral practices and policies of the labor union
except that to the extent such information is within the exclusive possession of the labor union and such labor
union refuses to furnish such information to the contractor, the contractor shall so certify to the contracting
agency and shall set forth what efforts have been made to obtain such information.
d. In the event the union is unable to provide the contractor with a reasonable flow of referrals within the
time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agreement, the contractor will, through independent recruitment
efforts, fill the employment vacancies without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or
disability; making full efforts to obtain qualified and/or qualifiable minorities and women. The failure of a union
to provide sufficient referrals (even though it is obligated to provide exclusive referrals under the terms of a
collective bargaining agreement) does not relieve the contractor from the requirements of this paragraph. In
the event the union referral practice prevents the contractor from meeting the obligations pursuant to
Executive Order 11246, as amended, and these special provisions, such contractor shall immediately notify
the contracting agency.
8. Reasonable Accommodation for Applicants / Employees with Disabilities: The contractor must be
familiar with the requirements for and comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act and all rules and
regulations established there under. Employers must provide reasonable accommodation in all employment
activities unless to do so would cause an undue hardship.
9. Selection of Subcontractors, Procurement of Materials and Leasing of Equipment: The contractor
shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability in the
selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. The
contractor shall take all necessary and reasonable steps to ensure nondiscrimination in the administration of
this contract.
a. The contractor shall notify all potential subcontractorsand suppliers and lessors of their EEO
obligations under this contract.
b. The contractor will use good faith efforts to ensure subcontractor compliance with their EEO
obligations.
10. Assurance Required by 49 CFR 26.13(b):
a. The requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 and the State approved DBE program are incorporated by
reference.
b. The contractor or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or
sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part
26 in the award and administration of State-assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these
requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such
other remedy as the contracting agency deems appropriate.
11. Records and Reports: The contractor shall keep such records as necessary to document compliance
with the EEO requirements. Such records shall be retained for a period of three years following the date of
the final payment to the contractor for all contract work and shall be available at reasonable times and places
for inspection by authorized representatives of the contracting agency.
Page 115 of 652
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
6
a. The records kept by the contractor shall document the following:
(1) The number and work hours of minority and non- minority group members and women employed in
each work classification on the project;
(2) The progress and efforts being made in cooperation with unions, when applicable, to increase
employment opportunities for minorities and women; and
(3) The progress and efforts being made in locating, hiring, training, qualifying, and upgrading minorities
and women;
b. The contractors and subcontractors will submit an annual report to the contracting agency each July
for the duration of the project, indicating the number of minority, women, and non-minority group employees
currently engaged in each work classification required by the contract work. The staffing data should represent
the project work force on board in all or any part of the last payroll period preceding the end of July. If on-the-
job training is being required by special provision, the contractor will be required to collect and report training
data. The employment data should reflect the work force on board during all or any part of the last payroll
period preceding the end of July.
III. NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related construction
subcontracts of
$10,000 or more.
The contractor must ensure that facilities provided for employees are provided in such a manner that
segregation on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin cannot result. The contractor may
neither require such segregated use by written or oral policies nor tolerate such use by employee custom.
The contractor's obligation extends further to ensure that its employees are not assigned to perform their
services at any location, under the contractor's control, where the facilities are segregated. The term "facilities"
includes waiting rooms, work areas, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, restrooms, washrooms,
locker rooms, and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment
areas, transportation, and housing provided for employees. The contractor shall provide separate or single-
user restrooms and necessary dressing or sleeping areas to assure privacy between sexes.
IV. DAVIS-BACON AND RELATED ACT PROVISIONS
This section is applicable to all Federal-aid construction projects exceeding $2,000 and to all related
subcontracts and lower-tier subcontracts (regardless of subcontract size). The requirements apply to all
projects located within the right-of- way of a roadway that is functionally classified as Federal-aid. This
excludes roadways functionally classified as local roads or rural minor collectors, which are exempt.
Contracting agencies may elect to apply these requirements to other projects.
1. Minimum wages
a. All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work, will be paid unconditionally
and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except
such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland
Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due
at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary
of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which
may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics.
Page 116 of 652
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
7
Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the
Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or
mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph 1.d. of this section; also, regular contributions made or
costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs
which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such
weekly period.
Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage
determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in
29 CFR 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be
compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, That
the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is
performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under
paragraph 1.b. of this section) and the Davis-Bacon poster (WH 1321) shall be posted at all times by the
contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be
easily seen by the workers.
b.(1) The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is
not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in
conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification
and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met:
(i) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in
thewage determination; and
(ii) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and
(iii) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to
the wage rates contained in the wage determination.
(2) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or
their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the
amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the
contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration,
U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will
approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise
the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is
necessary.
(3) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their
representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate
(including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the
questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to
the Wage and Hour Administrator for determination. The Wage and Hour Administrator, or an authorized
representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will
notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.
(4) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraphs
1.b.(2) or 1.b.(3) of this section, shall be paid to all workersperforming work in the classification under this
contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification.
c. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics
includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor shall either pay the benefit
as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent
thereof.
Page 117 of 652
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
8
d. If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may
consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in
providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found,
upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been
met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the
meeting of obligations under the plan or program.
2. Withholding
The contracting agency shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of
the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract, or any other
Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally- assisted contract subject to Davis-
Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so much of the accrued
payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including
apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages
required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice,
trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work, all or part of the wages required by the contract,
the contracting agency may, after written notice to the contractor, take such action as may be necessary to
cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have
ceased.
3. Payrolls and basic records
a. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of
the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the
site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such
worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs
anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B)
of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid.
Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or
mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or
program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-
Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is
enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been
communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated
or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under
approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and
certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage
rates prescribed in the applicable programs.
b.(1) The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is performed a copy of all
payrolls to the contracting agency. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the
information required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i), except that full social security numbers and
home addresses shall not be included on weekly transmittals. Instead the payrolls shall only need to include
an individually identifying number for each employee (e.g. , the last four digits of the employee's social
security number). The required weekly payroll information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional
Form WH 347 is available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division Web site at
http://www.dol.gov/esa/whd/forms/wh347instr.htm or its successor site. The prime contractor is responsible
for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. Contractors and subcontractors shall maintain
the full social security number and current address of each covered worker, and shall provide them upon
request to the contracting agency for transmission to the State, the Wage and Hour Division of the Department
of Labor for purposes of an investigation or audit of compliance with prevailing wage requirements. It is not a
violation of this section for a prime contractor to require a subcontractor to provide addresses and social
security numbers to the prime contractor for its own records, without weekly submission to the contracting
agency.
Page 118 of 652
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
9
(2) by the
contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed
under the contract and shall
certify the following:
(i) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be provided under §5.5
(a)(3)(ii) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, the appropriate information is being maintained under §5.5 (a)(3)(i) of
Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, and that such information is correct and complete;
(ii) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the
contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly
or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned,
other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations, 29 CFR part 3;
(iii) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe
benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage
determination incorporated into the contract.
(3) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional
Form WH 347 shall satisfy the requirement for
paragraph 3.b.(2) of this section.
(4) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil
or criminal prosecution under section 1001 of title 18 and section 231 of
title 31 of the United States Code.
c. The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph 3.a. of this section
available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the contracting agency, the
State, or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during
working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make
them available, after written notice to the contractor, the contracting agency or the State, take such action as
may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds.
Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be
grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12.
4. Apprentices and trainees
a. Apprentices (programs of the USDOL).
Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when
they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered
with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of Apprenticeship
Training, Employer and Labor Services, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, or if
a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an
apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the
Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where
appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice.
The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater
than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker
listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above,
shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work
actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted
under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination
for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other
Page 119 of 652
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
10
than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the
journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be
observed.
Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's
level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage
determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the
apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be
paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the
Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes
shall be paid in accordance with that determination.
In the event the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or a State Apprenticeship
Agency recognized by the Office, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no
longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed
until an acceptable program is approved.
b. Trainees (programs of the USDOL).
Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate
for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which
has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment
and Training Administration.
The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved
by the Employment and Training Administration.
Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level
of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage
determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program.
If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits
listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that
there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage
determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the
payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment
and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination
for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in
excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage
rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed.
In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the
contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the
work performed until an acceptable program is approved.
c. Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this
part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as
amended, and 29 CFR part 30.
d. Apprentices and Trainees
Apprentices and trainees working under apprenticeship and skill training programs which have been certified
by the Secretary of Transportation as promoting EEO in connection with Federal-aid construction programs
are not subject to the requirements of paragraph 4 of this Section IV. The straight time hourly wage rates for
apprentices and trainees under such programs will be established by the particular programs. The ratio of
apprentices and trainees to journeymen shall not be greater than permitted by the terms of the particular
program.
Page 120 of 652
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
11
5. Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The contractor shall comply with the requirements of
29 CFR part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract.
6. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert Appendix B - Federal Provisions in any
subcontracts and also require the subcontractors to include Appendix B - Federal Provisions in any lower tier
subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible forthe compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier
subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5.
7. Contract termination: debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for
termination of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR
5.12.
8. Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the
Davis- Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference
in this contract.
9. Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this
contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved
in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes
within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and
the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives.
10. Certification of eligibility.
a. By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or
firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government
contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1).
b. No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to anyperson or firm ineligible for award of a
Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1).
c. The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the
U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001.
V. CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT
The following clauses apply to any Federal-aid construction contract in an amount in excess of $100,000 and
subject to the overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. These clauses shall
be inserted in addition to the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5(a) or 29 CFR 4.6. As used in this paragraph,
the terms laborers and mechanics include watchmen and guards.
1. Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work
which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer
or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours
in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and
one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek.
2. Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set
forth in paragraph (1.) of this section, the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable
for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in
the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, tosuch District or to such
territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual
laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in
paragraph (1.) of this section, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required
Page 121 of 652
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
12
or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages
required by the clause set forth in paragraph (1.) of this section.
3. Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. The contracting agency shall upon its own
action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause
to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor
under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-
assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same
prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor
or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph
(2.) of this section.
4. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in
paragraph (1.) through (4.) of this section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these
clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any
subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (1.) through (4.) of this
section.
VI. SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNING THE CONTRACT
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts.
1. The contractor shall perform with its own organization contract work amounting to not less than 30
percent (or a greater percentage if specified elsewhere in the contract) of the total original contract price,
excluding any specialty items designated by the contracting agency. Specialty items may be performed by
subcontract and the amount of any such specialty items performed may be deducted from the total original
contract price before computing the amount of work required to be performed by the contractor's own
organization (23 CFR 635.116).
a.
contractor, and equipment owned or rented by the prime contractor, with or without operators. Such term does
not include employees or equipment of a subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor, agents of the prime
contractor, or any other assignees. The term may include payments for the costs of hiring leased employees
from an employee leasing firm meeting all relevant Federal and State regulatory requirements. Leased
employees may only be included in this term if the prime contractor meets all of the following conditions:
(1) the prime contractor maintains control over the supervision of the day-to-day activities of the leased
employees;
(2) the prime contractor remains responsible for the quality of the work of the leased employees;
(3) the prime contractor retains all power to accept or exclude individual employees from work on the
project; and
(4) the prime contractor remains ultimately responsible for the payment of predetermined minimum
wages, the submission of payrolls, statements of compliance and all other Federal regulatory requirements.
b. "Specialty Items" shall be construed to be limited to work that requires highly specialized knowledge,
abilities, or equipment not ordinarily available in the type of contracting organizations qualified and expected
to bid or propose on the contract as a whole and in general are to be limited to minor components of the
overall contract.
2. The contract amount upon which the requirements set forth in paragraph (1) of Section VI is computed
includes the cost of material and manufactured products which are to be purchased or produced by the
contractor under the contract provisions.
3. The contractor shall furnish (a) a competent superintendent or supervisor who is employed by the
firm, has full authority to direct performance of the work in accordance with the contract requirements, and is
in charge of all construction operations (regardless of who performs the work) and (b) such other of its own
Page 122 of 652
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
13
organizational resources (supervision, management, and engineering services) as the contracting officer
determines is necessary to assure the performance of the contract.
4. No portion of the contract shall be sublet, assigned or otherwise disposed of except with the written
consent of the contracting officer, or authorized representative, and such consent when given shall not be
construed to relieve the contractor of any responsibility for the fulfillment of the contract. Written consent will
be given only after the contracting agency has assured that each subcontract is evidenced in writing and that
it contains all pertinent provisions and requirements of the prime contract.
5. The 30% self-performance requirement of paragraph (1) is not applicable to design-build contracts;
however, contracting agencies may establish their own self-performance requirements.
VII. SAFETY: ACCIDENT PREVENTION
This provisions is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts.
1. In the performance of this contract the contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and
local laws governing safety, health, and sanitation (23 CFR 635). The contractor shall provide all safeguards,
safety devices and protective equipment and take any other needed actions as it determines, or as the
contracting officer may determine, tobe reasonably necessary to protect the life and health of employees on
the job and the safety of the public and to protect property in connection with the performance of the work
covered by the contract.
2. It is a condition of this contract, and shall be made a condition of each subcontract, which the
contractor enters into pursuant to this contract, that the contractor and any subcontractor shall not permit any
employee, in performance of the contract, to work in surroundings or under conditions which are unsanitary,
hazardous or dangerous to his/her health or safety, as determined under construction safety and health
standards (29 CFR 1926) promulgated by the Secretary of Labor, in accordance with Section 107 of the
Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3704).
3. Pursuant to 29 CFR 1926.3, it is a condition of this contract that the Secretary of Labor or authorized
representative thereof, shall have right of entry to any site of contract performance to inspect or investigate
the matter of compliance with the construction safety and health standards and to carry out the duties of the
Secretary under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C.3704).
VIII. FALSE STATEMENTS
This provisions is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and all related subcontracts.
In order to assure high quality and durable construction in conformity with approved plans and specifications
and a high degree of reliability on statements and representations made by engineers, contractors, suppliers,
and workers on Federal- aid projects, it is essential that all persons concerned with the project perform their
functions as carefully, thoroughly, and honestly as possible. Willful falsification, distortion, or
misrepresentation with respect to any facts related to the project is a violation of Federal law. To prevent any
misunderstanding regarding the seriousness of these and similar acts, Federal Forms shall be posted on each
project (23 CFR 635) in one or more places where it is readily available to all persons concerned with the
project (18 U.S.C. 1020)
IX. IMPLEMENTATION OF CLEAN AIR ACT AND FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts.
By submission of this bid/proposal or the execution of this contract, or subcontract, as appropriate, the bidder,
proposer, Federal-aid construction contractor, or subcontractor, as appropriate, will be deemed to have
stipulated as follows:
Page 123 of 652
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
14
1. That any person who is or will be utilized in the performance of this contract is not prohibited from
receiving an award due to a violation of Section 508 of the Clean Water Act or Section 306 of the Clean Air
Act.
2. That the contractor agrees to include or cause to be included the requirements of paragraph (1) of
this Section X in every subcontract, and further agrees to take such action as the contracting agency may
direct as a means of enforcing such requirements.
X. CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY
EXCLUSION
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts, design-build contracts, subcontracts,
lower-tier subcontracts, purchase orders, lease agreements, consultant contracts or any other covered
transaction requiring approval or that is estimated to cost $25,000 or more as defined in 2 CFR Parts 180
and 1200.
1. Instructions for Certification First Tier Participants:
a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective first tier participant is providing the
certification set outbelow.
b. The inability of a person to provide the certification set out below will not necessarily result in denial
of participation in this covered transaction. The prospective first tier participant shall submit an explanation of
why it cannot provide the certification set out below. The certification or explanation will be considered in
connection with the department or agency's determination whether to enter into this transaction. However,
failure of the prospective first tier participant to furnish a certification or an explanation shall disqualify such a
person from participation in this transaction.
c. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed
when the contracting agency determined to enter into this transaction. If it is later determined that the
prospective participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available
to the Federal Government, the contracting agency may terminate this transaction for cause of default.
d. The prospective first tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the contracting agency
to whom this proposal is submitted if any time the prospective first tier participant learns that its certification
was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.
e. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "participant," "person,"
"principal," and "voluntarily exclu
refers to the participant who has entered into a covered transaction with a grantee or subgrantee of Federal
entered into a covered transaction with a First Tier Participant or other Lower Tier Participants (such as
subcontractors and suppliers).
f. The prospective first tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed
covered transactionbe entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a
person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this
covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency entering into this transaction.
g. The prospective first tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include the
clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier
Covered Transactions," provided by the department or contracting agency, entering into this covered
transaction, without modification, in alllower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier
covered transactions exceeding the $25,000 threshold.
Page 124 of 652
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
15
h. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a
lower tier covered transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the
covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant is responsible for ensuring
that its principals are not suspended, debarred, or otherwise ineligible to participate in covered transactions.
To verify the eligibility of its principals, as well as the eligibility of any lower tier prospective participants, each
participant may, but is not required to, check the Excluded Parties List System website (https://www.epls.gov/),
which is compiled by the General Services Administration.
i. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require the establishment of a system of
records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information
of the prospective participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person
in the ordinary course of business dealings.
j. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph (f) of these instructions, if a participant in a
covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended,
debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies
available to the Federal Government, the department or agency may terminate this transaction for cause or
default.
2. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion First Tier
Participants:
a. The prospective first tier participant certifies to the bestof its knowledge and belief, that it and its
principals:
(1) Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily
excluded from participating in covered transactions by any Federal department or agency;
(2) Have not within a three-year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgment
rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting
to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State or local) transaction or contractunder a public transaction;
violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery,
falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property;
(3) Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity
(Federal, State or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (a)(2) of this
certification; and
(4) Have not within a three-year period preceding this application/proposal had one or more public
transactions (Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or default.
b. Where the prospective participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such
prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.
2. Instructions for Certification - Lower Tier Participants:
(Applicable to all subcontracts, purchase orders and other lower tier transactions requiring prior approval or
estimated to cost $25,000 or more - 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200)
a. By signing and submitting this proposal, theprospective lower tier is providing the certification set out
below.
b. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed
when this transaction was entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective lower tier participant
knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal
Page 125 of 652
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
16
Government, the department, or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies,
including suspension and/or debarment.
c. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the person to which
this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective lower tier participant learns that its certification was
erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.
d. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "participant," "person,"
"principal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, are defined in 2 CFR Parts 180 and 1200. You
may contact the person to which this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those
y covered transaction under a First Tier Covered Transaction (such as
a grantee or subgrantee of Federal funds (such as the prime or general c
refers any participant who has entered into a covered transaction with a First Tier Participant or other Lower
Tier Participants (such as subcontractors and suppliers).
e. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed
covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a
person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this
covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency with which this transaction originated.
f. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this
clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier
Covered Transaction," without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for
lower tier covered transactions exceeding the $25,000 threshold.
g. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a
lower tier covered transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the
covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant is responsible for ensuring
that its principals are not suspended, debarred, or otherwise ineligible to participate in covered transactions.
To verify the eligibility of its principals, as well as the eligibility of any lower tier prospective participants, each
participant may, but is not required to, check the Excluded Parties List System website (https://www.epls.gov/),
which is compiled by the General Services Administration.
h. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records
in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of
participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary
course of business dealings.
i. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph e of these instructions, if a participant in a
covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended,
debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies
available to the Federal Government, the department or agency with which this transaction originated may
pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment.
Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion--Lower Tier
Participants:
1. The prospective lower tier participant certifies, by submission of this proposal, that neither it nor its
principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily
excluded from participating in covered transactions by any Federal department or agency.
2. Where the prospective lower tier participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this
certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.
Page 126 of 652
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
17
XI. CERTIFICATION REGARDING USE OF CONTRACT FUNDS FOR LOBBYING
This provision is applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts which
exceed $100,000 (49 CFR 20).
1. The prospective participant certifies, by signing and submitting this bid or proposal, to the best of his
or her knowledge and belief, that:
a. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to
any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member
of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection
with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan,
the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or
modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.
b. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for
influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress,
an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal
contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-
LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions.
2. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this
transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering
into this transaction imposed by 31
U.S.C. 1352. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less
than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.
3. The prospective participant also agrees by submittingits bid or proposal that the participant shall
require that the language of this certification be included in all lower tier subcontracts, which exceed $100,000
and that all such recipients shall certify and disclose accordingly.
Page 127 of 652
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
1
APPENDIX C DAVIS-BACON WAGE DETERMINATION
(Attach Determination after this page - City to provide for inclusion)
Page 128 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
City of San Luis Obispo
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENT
DRAFT 75% TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 00 CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
002113 FEMA FUNDING REQUIREMENTS
003132 GEOTECHNICAL DATA
DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
011100 COORDINATION OF WORK, PERMITS, AND REGULATIONS
013266 PRECONSTRUCTION DIGITAL AUDIO-VIDEO DOCUMENTATION
015210 RESTROOMS AND TRASH SERVICES
019310 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
DIVISION 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS
020120 PROTECTING EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
DIVISION 03 CONCRETE
032000 CONCRETE REINFORCING
033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
DIVISION 05 METALS
055000 METAL FABRICATIONS
DIVISION 23 MECHANICAL
231100 FUEL OIL SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES
DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
260101 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
260513 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES AND ACCESSORIES
260519 600V WIRES AND CABLES
260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING
260529 SUPPORTING DEVICES
260533 RACEWAYS
260534 ELECTRICAL BOXES
260535 UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES
260553 BASIC ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
Page 129 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
260573 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM STUDY
261219 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
262413 SWITCHBOARDS
262726 WIRING DEVICES
262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
263213 STANDBY GENERATOR AND ACCESSORIES
263623 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES
265000 EXTERIOR LIGHTING
DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
312300 EARTHWORK
312316 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING
DIVISION 40 PROCESS INTEGRATION
400775 EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCT, AND VALVE IDENTIFICATION
409510 CONTROL COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT
409513 CONTROL ENCLOSURES
409543 CONTROL PANEL WIRE AND WIRE ACCESSORIES
409741 CONTROL PANEL POWER EQUIPMENT
409742 CONTROL PANEL TERMINALS
409743 CONTROL PANEL RELAYS AND TIMERS
Page 130 of 652
Page 131 of 652
Page 132 of 652
Page 133 of 652
Page 134 of 652
Page 135 of 652
Page 136 of 652
Page 137 of 652
Page 138 of 652
Page 139 of 652
Page 140 of 652
Page 141 of 652
Page 142 of 652
Page 143 of 652
Page 144 of 652
Page 145 of 652
Page 146 of 652
Page 147 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
RESTROOMS AND TRASH SERVICES 015210-1
City of SLO WTP Generator Improvement - 2 Mar 2022
SECTION 015210 RESTROOMS AND TRASH SERVICES
1.01 RESTROOMS
A. Furnish and maintain chemical toilets for use by workers and subcontractors. These
facilities shall be serviced and provided with necessary sanitary supplies by a
janitorial/cleaning service retained by the Contractor on a minimum weekly basis.
B. Use of City restrooms is prohibited.
1.02 TRASH SERVICES
A. Furnish and maintain trash receptacles. Furnish enough closed-lid dumpsters of
sufficient size to contain the solid waste generated by work activities. Dumpsters must
be watertight. Do not wash out dumpsters at the job site.
B. Furnish and use trash containers in the job-site, field trailers, and locations where
workers gather for lunch and breaks.
C. Do not allow litter, trash, or debris to accumulate anywhere on the site. Pick up and
remove litter, trash, and debris from the job site daily.
D. Convey contents to a sanitary landfill on a weekly basis.
E. Use of City waste receptacles is prohibited.
END OF SECTION
Page 148 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 019310-1
City of SLO WTP Generator Improvement - 2 Mar 2022
SECTION 019310 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
Submit six copies of all manufacturer's operation and maintenance manuals and data
pertinent to equipment supplied for the project. Prepare and organize the material in
three-ring binders with divider tabs and labels. Include a table of contents. Include a CD
of all catalog data in pdf format and all drawings in both pdf and CAD formats. All pdf
files shall be formatted to allow word search.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall include:
1. List of equipment furnished for project with name, address, and telephone number
of each vendor.
2. List of serial numbers of equipment furnished.
3. A copy of shop drawings for mechanical, electrical, and instrument equipment in
final form.
4. Manufacturer's operation and maintenance instructions and parts lists.
5. Tabulation of motor nameplate horsepower, nameplate current, field-measured
current, overload relay setting, and catalog number for polyphase motors.
6. List of fuses, lamps, seals, and other expendable equipment and devices. Specify
size, type, and ordering description. List name, address, e-mail address, website
address, fax number, and telephone number of vendor.
B. Provide manuals for each piece of equipment including individual components and
subsystems of complete assemblies. Line out nonapplicable text and illustrations. The
section of the manual on operation shall describe the functions and limitations of each
component and its relationship to the system of which it is a part. Where several models,
options, or styles are described, the manual shall identify the items actually provided.
C. Each manual shall contain the following:
1. Manufacturer's identification, including order number, model, and serial number.
2. Reviewed shop drawings and diagrams of all systems.
3. Certified equipment drawings or reviewed shop drawing data clearly marked for
equipment furnished.
Page 149 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 019310-2
City of SLO WTP Generator Improvement - 2 Mar 2022
4. Complete operating and maintenance instructions for each and every item of
equipment, setting forth in detail and step-by-step the procedure for starting,
stopping, operating, and maintaining the entire system as installed. Include a
schedule of recommended maintenance intervals.
5. Complete parts list of replaceable parts, their part numbers, and the name and
address of their nearest vendor.
6. Any special emergency operating instruction and a list of service organizations
(including addresses and telephone numbers) capable of rendering emergency
service to the various parts of the system.
7. Copy of manufacturer's equipment guarantees and warranties.
D. Brochures shall be loose leaf with durable plastic or fiberboard covers. Each sheet shall
be reinforced to prevent tearing from continued use, and each brochure shall have the
following information clearly printed on its cover:
1. Project name, name of Owner, and address.
2. Name and address of Owner's Representative.
3. Name and addresses of contractors and subcontractors and department to contact.
4. Telephone number of contractors, including night and emergency numbers.
5. Major equipment vendors' names and telephone numbers.
E. Submit complete manuals at least four weeks before the date of the instructions required
by the subsections on "Manufacturer's Services" in the various specification sections.
F. Operation and maintenance manuals specified herein are in addition to any operation,
maintenance, or installation instructions required by the Contractor to install, test, and
start up equipment.
1.03 EQUIPMENT DATA SHEETS
A. Provide six sets of equipment data sheets, bound in three-ring binders, summarizing the
equipment manufacturer's maintenance instructions and recommendations.
B. Provide a digital copy as a searchable PDF.
END OF SECTION
Page 150 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
PROTECTING EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 020120-1
City of SLO WTP Generator Improvement - 2 Mar 2022
SECTION 020120 PROTECTING EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials and procedures for protecting existing underground
utilities.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting: 312316.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 REPLACEMENT IN KIND
Except as indicated below or as specifically authorized by the Owner's Representative,
reconstruct utilities with new material of the same size, type, and quality as that
removed.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Replace in kind street improvements, such as asphalt, concrete, curbs and gutters,
fences, signs, etc., that are cut, removed, damaged, or otherwise disturbed by the
construction.
B. Where utilities are parallel to or cross the construction but do not conflict with the
permanent work to be constructed, follow the procedures given below. Notify the utility
owner 48 hours in advance of the crossing construction and coordinate the construction
schedule with the utility owner's requirements. For utility crossings not shown in the
drawings, refer to the General Provisions and the instructions of the Owner's
Representative for guidance.
C. Determine the true location and depth of utilities and service connections which may be
affected by or affect the work. Determine the type, material, and condition of these
utilities. In order to provide sufficient lead-time to resolve unforeseen conflicts, order
materials and take appropriate measures to ensure that there is no delay in work.
3.02 PROCEDURES
A. Protect in Place: Protect utilities in place, unless abandoned, and maintain the utility in
service, unless otherwise specified in the drawings or in the specifications.
Page 151 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
PROTECTING EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 020120-2
City of SLO WTP Generator Improvement - 2 Mar 2022
B. Remove and Reconstruct: Where so indicated in the drawings or as required by the
Owner's Representative, remove the utility and, after passage, reconstruct it with new
materials. Provide temporary service for the disconnected utility.
3.03 COMPACTION
A. Utilities Protected in Place: Backfill and compact under and around the utility so that no
voids are left.
B. Utilities Reconstructed: Prior to replacement of the utility, backfill the trench and
compact to an elevation 1 foot above the top of the ends of the utility. Excavate a cross
trench of the proper width for the utility and lay, backfill, and compact.
C. Alternative Construction--Sand-Cement Slurry: Sand-cement slurry consisting of one
sack (94 pounds) of portland cement per cubic yard of sand and sufficient moisture for
workability may be substituted for other backfill materials to aid in reducing compaction
difficulties with written approval from the Engineer. Submit specific methods and
procedures for the review of the Owner's Representative prior to construction.
3.04 ADJACENT UTILITIES
A. The Contractor's attention is called to the following utilities:
Description
Overhead Electric - Use extreme caution when working in the vicinity.
Coordinate with Utility for power shutdown if any work is performed within
10 feet of the lines.
Above-ground Cables Associated with the 1000 kW Rental Generator
Three (3) utility duct banks in the vicinity of the new generator slab
1-1/2 inch Gaseous Oxygen Line
1-1/2 inch Water Line
Various Electrical and Communications Utilities
B. The position of these utilities is within the area of construction. Protect these utilities
from any disturbances and repair if they are damaged in any way.
END OF SECTION
Page 152 of 652
Page 153 of 652
Page 154 of 652
Page 155 of 652
Page 156 of 652
Page 157 of 652
Page 158 of 652
Page 159 of 652
Page 160 of 652
Page 161 of 652
Page 162 of 652
Page 163 of 652
Page 164 of 652
Page 165 of 652
Page 166 of 652
Page 167 of 652
Page 168 of 652
Page 169 of 652
Page 170 of 652
Page 171 of 652
Page 172 of 652
Page 173 of 652
Page 174 of 652
Page 175 of 652
Page 176 of 652
Page 177 of 652
Page 178 of 652
Page 179 of 652
Page 180 of 652
Page 181 of 652
Page 182 of 652
Page 183 of 652
Page 184 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
FUEL OIL SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES 231100-1
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
SECTION 231100 FUEL OIL SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Extent of fuel system and appurtenances work is indicated by Drawings and schedules and
specified herein. This section specifies the requirements for the design, manufacturer,
delivery, installation of the fuel oil system and related appurtenances for the generator on
this project. The work shall be complete in all aspects so that a fully functional fuel oil
system is provided for the generator.
B. Types of fuel oil system equipment specified in this Section include the following:
1. Fuel Oil Piping.
2. Piping Components.
3. Supports.
4. Aboveground Fuel Storage Tank and Related Components.
5. Fuel Maintenance Equipment.
6. Leak Detection System.
C. Related Work in Other Sections:
1. Painting: Refer to Section 099000 Painting and Coating for painting of fuel oil
piping system.
2. Wiring and Conduit: Refer to Division 26 sections for wiring and conduit required
for operation of the fuel oil system.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers technical product data for each type of fuel system
product including specifications, capacity ratings, certified performance data with
operating points clearly indicated, gauges and finishes of materials, dimensions, weights
(shipping, installed, and operating), furnished specialties, and accessories.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturers assembly type shop drawings indicating
dimensions, weight loading, required clearances, attachments, and methods of assembly
of components.
C. Installation Instructions: Submit manufacturers installation instructions for each specific
submitted product. Generic installation instructions are not acceptable.
Page 185 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
FUEL OIL SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES 231100-2
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
D.Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturers electrical requirements for power supply and
control wiring. Submit manufacturers ladder-type wiring diagrams for interlock and
control wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory-installed
and portions of wiring that are field-installed.
E. Certification: Submit a copy of the U.L. label that will be affixed to the aboveground fuel
storage tank indicating compliance with U.L. 2085, "Insulated Secondary Containment
Aboveground Tank for Flammable Liquids."
F. Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturers maintenance instructions for each submitted
product including troubleshooting, lubrication instructions, motor and drive replacement,
and spare parts list. Include this data along with product data and shop drawings in
Maintenance Manual.
G. Factory Authorized Start-Up: Submit written confirmation that the fuel oil system was
started-up by a factory authorized representative.
H. Receipt of Spare Parts: Submit signed receipt for spare parts required by this Section.
Receipt shall include the name of the person receiving the spare parts, date received, and
the location where the parts were delivered.
1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Governing Codes: Except at modified or supplemented herein, all materials and
construction methods shall comply with applicable provisions of the following governing
codes:
1. California Mechanical Code (CMC), 2019 edition.
2. California Fire Code (CFC), 2019 edition.
B. Governing Standards: Except as modified or supplemented herein, all materials and
construction methods shall comply with the applicable provisions of the following
governing standards:
1. NFPA 30, National Fire Protection Association, Flammable and Combustible
Liquids Code.
2. NFPA 31, National Fire Protection Association, Standard for Installation of Oil
Burning Equipment.
3. U.L. 142, Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable
and Combustible Liquids.
4. U.L. 2085, Underwriters Laboratories 2 Hour Fire Rating's Standard for Insulated
Page 186 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
FUEL OIL SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES 231100-3
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.Manufacturers Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of products
specified in this Section of the types and sizes required, whose products have been in
satisfactory use in similar service for not less than five years'.
B. Installers Qualifications: Installer of shall have minimum five years' experience with the
installation of products and systems similar to those specified in this Section.
1.05 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver products to the job site in factory containers and on shipping skids. Pipe and other
materials to be protected from damage due to impact and point loading. Pipe shall be
supported during handling to prevent damage due to flexural strains. Maintain caps and
similar closures for piping. Do not allow dirt, debris, or other extraneous materials into
the pipe and fittings and other parts of the fuel oil system.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. Provide a one-year warranty for the fuel oil system and appurtenances.
1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Filters: Provide one set of replacement filters for the fuel maintenance equipment.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 FUEL OIL PIPING
A. Aboveground Piping for Fuel Oil Supply, Fuel Oil Return, and Fuel Oil Vent:
1. Pipe: Schedule 40 seamless black steel pipe conforming to ASTM A53-90a, Grade
B.
2. Fittings 2" and smaller shall be Class 300 malleable iron threaded conforming to
ASME B16.3.
3. Joint Compound: Compatible with diesel fuel.
2.02 PIPING COMPONENTS
A. Antisiphon Solenoid Valves: Provide valve with hydrostatic pressure adjusting design
with weatherproof cap, 24V DC operation, continuous duty Class H coil, and manual
override feature to permit opening the valve without power source. Body aluminum or
ductile iron with internal pressure relief. Manufacturer: Morrison Brothers Co., Franklin
Fueling, or approved equal.
Page 187 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
FUEL OIL SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES 231100-4
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
B. Antisiphon Valves - Inline Type: Provide valves with stainless steel construction and
suitable for operation in horizontal for vertical position. Maximum working pressure 200
psig. Factory set at required water column range. Manufacturer: Morrison Brothers Co.,
Franklin Fueling, or approved equal.
C. Expansion Relief Valve - Angle Style: Provide expansion relief valve of stainless steel
construction and threaded connections to relieve pressure in piping due to thermal
expansion. Manufacturer: Morrison Brothers Co., Franklin Fueling, or approved equal.
D. Priming Tees: Provide priming tees of stainless steel construction, threaded connections,
and threaded plug. Manufacturer: Morrison Brothers Co., Franklin Fueling, or approved
equal.
E. Ball Valves: Stainless steel ball valve with full port, locking handle, blow-out proof stem,
1000 WOG, threaded ends, locking handle, and MSS SP110 compliant. Manufacturer:
Milwaukee Valve BA260 or equivalent from Nibco or Stockham.
F. Padlocks: Provide padlocks for lockable handle valves in fuel oil supply and return piping
serving generator. Padlocks shall be keyed alike and shall match Owner's lock system.
Provide four keys for padlocks. Coordinate padlock and key requirements with Owner.
G. Flexible Pipe Connectors: Provide stainless steel braided metal hose flexible pipe
connectors. Connectors shall have stainless steel threaded ends compatible with the piping
system. Length of hose shall be sufficient to allow for expected movement. Connectors
shall be UL listed and labeled for fuel oil use. Manufacturer: Twin City Hose, Inc.,
Metraflex, or approved equal.
H. Unions for Steel Pipe: Malleable iron class 150 for low pressure service and class 250 for
medium and high pressure service, hexagonal stock, ball and socket joints, metal to
metal bronze seating surfaces, and female threaded ends.
I. Strainers: Wye-pattern with size matching connecting piping. Screens shall be Type 304
stainless steel, with 20x20 mesh for sizes 2" and smaller. Provide strainers with cast iron
body, conforming to ASTM A 48 Class 30, and 250 psi non-shock working pressure.
Strainers size 2" and smaller shall be threaded. Strainer blowdown port shall be drilled,
tapped, and plugged. Provide nipple, shutoff valve, hose thread connector, and cap in each
blowdown port, minimum size 3/4". Manufacturer: Morrison Brothers Co., Mueller
Specialty or approved equal.
J. Foot Valve: Single poppet design, brass body and poppet, metal to metal seat, 20 mesh
stainless steel screen. Manufacturer: Morrison Brothers Co., Franklin Fueling, or
approved equal.
K. Hand Pump: Provide U.L. Listed hand pump with vacuum breaker, suitable for diesel,
and sized to prime the fuel oil supply piping for the generator. Manufacturer: Fill-Rite or
approved equal.
Page 188 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
FUEL OIL SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES 231100-5
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
L. Pressure Gauges: General use type with 1% accuracy, ANSI B40.1 Grade A, phosphor
bronze bourdon type, drawn steel or brass case, glass lens, 4-1/2" diameter, and brass
connector. Range 30" Hg to 30 psi. Provide 1/4 brass snubber and gauge cock for each
gauge. Manufacturer: Trerice (H.O.) Co., Weiss Instruments, Inc., or approved equal.
2.03 SUPPORTS
A. Pipe Clamps: Provide two bolt pipe clamps for attaching fuel piping. Clamps shall be
sized for the piping. Manufacturer: B-line, Powerstrut, Tolco, or approved equal. Piping
shall have support spacing in accordance with the California Mechanical Code.
B. Threaded Rod: Provide galvanized steel threaded rod in sizes indicated.
C. Metal Framing Channel: Provide 12-gauge steel, metal framing channel with hot-dipped
galvanized finish for exterior installations. Paint cut ends of channel with cold galvanizing
paint for exterior installations. Provide fittings with hot-dipped galvanized finish for
exterior installations. Fasteners shall conform to ASTM A307. All fasteners shall be
grade-2 or higher and shall be tightened to manufacturer's recommended values.
Minimum torque for 3/8 diameter bolts is 19 ft-lbs. Minimum torque for 1/2 diameter
bolts is 50 ft-lbs. For exterior installations provide fasteners with a hot-dipped galvanized
finish or provide ASTM A240 Type 304 stainless steel fasteners. Manufacturer: Cooper
B-Line, Power-Strut, or approved equal.
D. Rubber Support Base: Provide rubber support base with 12-gauge galvanized metal
framing channel on top. Rubber shall be UV resistant and have load bearing capacity
suitable for piping supported. Height, width, and length of base shall be as required to
support piping. Manufacturer: B-Line or approved equal.
E. Expansion Anchors: Concrete expansion type stainless steel anchors shall be Hilti KWIK
Bolt TZ Wedge anchors. Masonry expansion type anchors shall be Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ
Wedge for grout filled masonry. Allowable shear and tension values for each anchor shall
comply with the latest ICC-ES Evaluation Report for the specific anchor. Provide anchors
with diameter and minimum embedment as required by the loads and as indicated on the
drawings. Expansion anchors shall be tested as required Code.
2.04 IDENTIFICATION
A. General: Comply with ANSI/ASME A13.1 for lettering size, length of color field, colors,
and viewing angles of identification devices. Comply with ANSI Z535.1 for color codes
used on accident prevention signs, labels, and tags.
B. Pipe Labels: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, permanent adhesive, color-
coded, pressure sensitive vinyl pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1.
C. Valve Tags: Provide 19 gauge polished brass valve tags with stamp-engraved piping
system abbreviation in 1/4" high letters and sequenced valve numbers 1/2" high and with
a hole for fastener. Provide 1-1/2" minimum diameter tags, except as otherwise indicated.
Fill tag engraving with black enamel. Provide manufacturer's standard solid brass chain
Page 189 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
FUEL OIL SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES 231100-6
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
(wire link or beaded type) or solid brass S-hooks of the sizes required for proper
attachment of tags to valves and manufactured specifically for that purpose.
D. Engraved Plastic-Laminate Signs: Provide manufacturer's standard, minimum 1/16"
thick, engraving stock, multilayer, plastic laminate, engraved with engraver's standard
letter style, black with white core (letter color) unless otherwise indicated. Labels shall
be punched with minimum two holes for mechanical fastening. Label text shall be as
indicated. Label size shall be as indicated or required for text. Fasteners shall be self-
tapping stainless steel screws or stainless steel rivets.
E. Lettering and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations, and other designations used in
mechanical identification work, with corresponding designations shown on the drawings
or specified. Provide numbers, lettering, and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise
indicated, as recommended by manufacturers or as required for proper identification and
operation/maintenance of mechanical systems and equipment.
2.05 ABOVEGROUND FUEL STORAGE TANK AND RELATED COMPONENTS
A. General: Tank shall be as described in the Drawings, schedules, and specified herein.
Tank shall be double-wall, fire protected, aboveground fuel storage tank. Construction
shall be inner and outer steel tank with lightweight thermal insulation in the interstitial
space. Tank shall be compatible with a wide range of fuels and chemicals include diesel
and biodiesel. Tank interior shall be clean, bare, steel. Tank exterior shall be coating with
white polyurethane.
B. Materials: Only new material shall be used in the manufacturing process, and the
manufacturer shall ensure that the material used meets all appropriate specifications and
quality assurance requirements.
C. Dimensional Requirements: Tank shall conform to the following:
1. Refer to drawings.
2. Minimum annular space insulation thickness material to be 3". Only UL-2085 listed
insulation material shall be used.
D. Loading Conditions: Tank shall meet the following design criteria.
1. Internal Load: Cylindrical tanks shall be able to withstand an air pressure test of 3
to 5 psi.
2. Tank shall be designed to support accessory equipment such as ladders, pumps,
floating suction, etc. when installed according to manufacturer's instructions and
limitations. See drawings for accessories.
3. Tank shall be provided with suitably designed and located lifting lugs which have a
2:1 safety factor.
Page 190 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
FUEL OIL SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES 231100-7
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
E. Product Storage Requirements:
1. Tank shall be capable of storing liquids with a specific gravity up to 1.0.
2. Tank shall be designed for operation at atmospheric pressure only. Both inner and
outer tanks shall have openings of sufficient size to meet normal and emergency
venting requirements stated in U.L. 142, CFC and NFPA.
3. Tank shall be capable of storing gasoline, gasohol, jet fuel, avgas, diesel fuel,
methanol, or fuel oil at ambient temperatures.
F. Certification Plate: Underwriters Laboratories label "Insulated Secondary Containment
Aboveground Tank for Flammable Liquids." shall be affixed to each tank.
G. Construction: The tank shall include the following:
1. Fittings: Threaded/NPT. All threaded fittings shall be of a material of construction
consistent with the requirements of the Underwriters Laboratories. All fittings shall
be protected using threaded plugs or suitable closure caps. Refer to drawings for
location and size.
2. Steel Tank Supports: Design of the steel supports shall be per approved UL listing
and be able to support the weight of the tank filled to capacity. Tank supports shall
conform to the seismic requirements for the State of California.
3. Pipe Supports: Tank shall be fabricated with tank mounted pipe supports consisting
of bolted metal framing channel welded to the top of the tank. The framing channel
shall be compatible with standard channel nuts and fittings.
H. Testing: The primary and secondary tanks shall successfully complete an air pressure
teste prior to leaving the factory. While maintaining pressure of 3-5 psig on the primary
tank, the annular space bounded by the primary and secondary containment tank shall be
pressurized to 1 1/2 to 3 psig. The secondary tank shall then be checked for tightness.
I. Tank Warranty: Provide a 30 year warranty for tank.
J. Tank Manufacturer: Modern Welding of California or approved equal.
K. Related Components: Provide the tank with the following related components:
1. Grade Level Fill Box: Provide 18-gauge steel cabinet with mounting brackets,
hinged door, locking tab, and power coat epoxy finish inside and out. Manufacturer:
Baker Industries Northwest, Inc. or approved equal.
2. Overfill Protection Valve: Provide overfill prevention valve constructed in
accordance with U. L. C. Listing. Valve shall be installed on tank fill connection
and include a dip tube sized to discharge the fuel into the tank and avoid aeration.
Manufacturer: Morrison Bros. Co. or approved equal.
Page 191 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
FUEL OIL SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES 231100-8
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
3. Hand Pump: Provide U.L. Listed hand pump with vacuum breaker, suitable for
diesel, and sized to remove spilled fuel from grade level fill box. Manufacturer:
Fill-Rite or approved equal.
4. Ball Valve: Provide brass, full port, ball valve with chrome plated ball, blowout
proof stem, Teflon seals, dacronized carbon steel lockable handle, and threaded
connections. Valve shall be U.L. Listed for flammable liquids. Manufacturer:
Morrison Bros. Co. or approved equal.
5. Check Valve - Spring: Provide inline type, spring loaded check valve, bronze and
stainless steel construction, and disc compatible with diesel fuel. Manufacturer:
Morrison Bros. Co. or approved equal.
6. Fill Adapter and Dust Cap: Provide a stainless steel body, dry disconnect type
adapter, with spring loaded poppet. Provide a dust cap that is compatible with the
adapter. Manufacturer: Morrison Bros. Co. or approved equal.
7. Clock Gauge: Provide clock gauge for measuring fuel level in the tank. Gauge shall
readout in feet and inches and be accurate to 1/8". Dial shall be vapor tight and fog
free with minimum diameter of 6" and shall rotate 360-degrees for placement in
desired orientation Gauge body is aluminum, float is stainless steel, and cable is
stainless steel. Float shall be drop tube style to minimize float entanglement.
Provide aluminum drop tube for float. Manufacturer: Morrison Bros. Co. or
approved equal.
8. Normal Vent: Provide die-cast aluminum, atmospheric updraft vent cap, sized for
normal venting. Manufacturer: Morrison Bros. Co. or approved equal.
9. Emergency Vents: Provide U. L Listed emergency vents, sized to accommodate
required tank venting. Manufacturer: Morrison Bros. Co. or approved equal.
10. Bushings: Provide double-tapped bushings for tank fittings, as required. Bushings
shall be fabricated from zinc plated cast iron with male external threads and female
internal threads. Sizes of bushing shall be compatible with tank fittings and devices
installed.
11. Threaded Plugs: Provide zinc plated cast iron plugs with male threads. Install plugs
in unused tank openings.
2.06 FUEL MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT
A. General: The fuel maintenance equipment shall be designed to optimize and maintain
diesel fuel indefinitely. It shall remove particulate, separate water, and condition the fuel.
The equipment shall include 2 micron primary particulate filter, secondary water
separation filter to 5 ppm. In-line fuel conditioner, gear pump, stainless steel piping,
threaded inlet and outlet connections, cabinet heater, and NEMA 3R steel enclosure with
zinc primer and powder coat finish. Controller shall conform to UL 508A and provide
automatic alerts with appropriate shutdowns when service is required and when leak
Page 192 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
FUEL OIL SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES 231100-9
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
detection, high filter vacuum, high filter pressure, and low fuel flow alert. Controller will
also alarm when water is detected, provide a maintenance alert log file, runtime totalizer,
alarm history, and on-screen help. Equipment shall provide remote alarm signals for leak
detection and general alarm. Equipment shall include a foot valve for field installation in
the fuel tank.
B. Manufacturer: Fuel Technologies International AXI International, RCI Technologies,
Inc., or approved equal.:
2.07 LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM
A. The leak detection panel shall be complete with all required sensors to accomplish leak
detection and monitoring indicated on the drawings. Panel shall have 2-input
discriminating/non-discriminating secondary containment leak detection and alarm
functions. Panel shall have a NEMA 4X 304 Stainless Steel locking enclosure with
EEPROM 50 year data retention without requiring batteries, log reports, real-time clock,
lithium battery backed up RAM for 5-10 year data retention, 85 dB local alarm, summary
visual alarms, ultra-high intensity LED display for normal (green), product (red), water
(yellow), and pre-printed and user printable-writable labels. Communications capabilities
shall include RS-232, RJ-13 jack, RS-485 plug-in terminal block, internal secured modem,
and Ethernet connectivity. Panel shall include two output relays as standard and include
four additional Form C contacts for remote alarm signaling. Panel shall be configured to
function with and discretely monitor sensors for fuel tank secondary containment, fuel
overfill, fuel tank low fuel level, and alarms from fuel maintenance equipment. Panel
shall include a printer.
B. Leak Detection Sensor: Provide leak detection sensor for fuel tank interstitial space.
C. Level Switches: Provide switches with stainless steel stem, stainless steel float, wiring
housing, test lever, and mild steel bushing. Stem shall be as required.
D. Manufacturer: Pneumercator Company, Inc. or approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine area where fuel oil system and appurtenances will be installed. Correct defective
work and unacceptable conditions prior to starting installation.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install the fuel oil system and appurtenances in accordance with manufacturer's
written installation instructions and in accordance with Code requirements and recognized
industry practices to insure that the products serve the intended function.
Page 193 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
FUEL OIL SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES 231100-10
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
B. Install work uniform, level, and plumb in relation to lines of building. Do not install any
diagonal or otherwise irregular work unless so indicated on Drawings or approved by
the Owner.
C. Identification: Install mechanical identification in accordance with this Section.
D. Supports and Anchors: Install supports and anchors in accordance with this Section.
Locate spacing for supports and anchors in accordance with the referenced codes and
manufacturers' installation instructions.
E. Install pipe, tube, fittings, fixtures, and equipment in accordance with recognized industry
practices, which will achieve permanently leakproof systems, capable of performing
each indicated service without failure. Install each run with minimum joints and
couplings. Align piping accurately at connections, within 1/16" misalignment tolerance.
Use fittings for all changes in direction and all branch connections
F. Install piping at slopes required by code and as required for operation of the piping system.
G. Provide unions at connections to each piece of equipment, at components that require
removal for maintenance, and elsewhere as indicated.
H. Threaded joints shall be made with pipe joint compound. Comply with ANSI/ASME
B1.20.1 for piping threading.
I. Provide flexible connectors at connections to equipment.
J. Clean exterior of piping systems and prepare for application of specified coatings. Flush
piping for fuel oil piping with compressed air. Clean strainers after flushing
K. Inspect each run of each system for completion of joints, supports, and accessory items.
Inspect pressure piping in accordance with procedures of ANSI B31.9.
L. Test fuel oil and vent systems in accordance with the NFPA 31. Test duration shall be a
minimum of two hours and shall be sufficient to test and observe each joint. Repair leaks
in piping system using specified materials. Stop leak and other temporary methods shall
not be used. Retest the system until the test is passed.
M. During installation, provide caps covering all open ends of pipe until final connections are
made to equipment and fixtures. Caps shall be tight fitting plastic and installed to
keep the interior of the piping system free from contamination.
3.03 SUPPORTS INSTALLATION
A. Supports for piping shall comply with the California Mechanical Code and other
applicable codes. Support piping at each change in direction, at the bottom of risers, at
drops, at connection to fixtures or equipment, and wherever necessary to maintain
alignment and to prevent sagging, bending, or vibrating. Dielectrically isolate piping from
supports fabricated from dissimilar metals.
Page 194 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
FUEL OIL SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES 231100-11
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
B. Support directly from the structure. Provide anchors as required.
3.04 IDENTIFICATION INSTALLATION
A. Install labels upon completion of installation of piping, valves, and equipment. Label
aboveground piping with plastic pipe labels at 20-foot intervals along runs and at each
valve. Pipe label shall indicate fluid carried in pipe and direction of flow. Label valves
with brass valve tags fastened to the valve with brass chain. Valve tag shall indicate valve
number and fluid carried in pipe. Record valve numbers on project record drawings.
Label each piece of equipment installed as part of this work. Equipment label shall be
engraved plastic tag with 1/4-inch-high lettering, fastened to the equipment with stainless
steel screws. Label text shall match drawing designation for equipment or shall have
designation as directed by the Owner.
3.05 ABOVEGROUND FUEL STORAGE TANK AND RELATED COMPONENTS
INSTALLATION
A. Tank shall be installed in strict accordance with the most recent installation instructions
provided by the tank manufacturer, CFC, NFPA, local ordinances, recognized engineering
procedure, and applicable codes.
3.06 FUEL MAINTENANCE SYSTEM INSTALLATION
A. Follow manufacturer's installation instructions. Install foot valve in suction piping to
maintain prime. Install piping between equipment and fuel storage tank. Support
equipment from structure. Prime all piping and test and commission the equipment.
Verify the function of all alarms and the reporting of the remote alarms.
3.07 LEAK DETECTION PANEL INSTALLATION
A. Follow manufacturer's installation instructions. Install sensors in piping and fuel storage
tank in preparation for connection of wiring by others. Provide all required fittings,
supports, and connections to install sensors including junction boxes, grommets, terminal
blocks, and supports. Support panel from structure. Program panel to provide required
functions. Verify the function of all sensors, alarms, and alarm reporting.
3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. General: Upon completion of installation of fuel oil system and appurtenances, and after
equipment has been energized, test equipment to demonstrate compliance with this
Section. Where possible, field correct malfunctioning equipment, and then retest to
demonstrate compliance.
3.09 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Adjusting: Start-up, test, and adjust equipment in presence of manufacturers authorized
representative. Submit written confirmation of start-up, testing, and adjusting.
Page 195 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
FUEL OIL SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES 231100-12
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
B. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched with
manufacturers touch-up paint.
3.10 COMMISSIONING
A. Prime the fuel system and confirm operation of all components, including alarms.
3.11 OWNER TRAINING
A. General: Provide an Operation & Maintenance Manual describing all operating and
routine maintenance service procedures to be used with the control system. Instruct the
Owner in these procedures during the startup and test period. The duration of the
instruction period shall be no less than 8 hours, during normal working hours.
3.12 SPARE PARTS
A. Deliver spare filters for the fuel maintenance equipment to the Owner with signed receipt.
END OF SECTION
Page 196 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260101-1
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
SECTION 260101 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. The Contractor shall furnish, install, connect, make operable and test all luminaires,
electrical equipment and other systems with electrical connections shown on the Drawings
or called for in the Specifications or in Change Orders. In connection therewith, the
Contractor shall also furnish and install all necessary devices, switches, circuit breakers,
hardware and systems required to make said equipment properly and safely operable
including, but not limited to, mounting hardware, framing, and electrical circuits.
1.02 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Temporary electrical services and connections.
B. All luminaires, mounting provisions, backing, accessories, lamps, switches, receptacles,
faceplates, photoelectric controls, and all necessary appurtenances for a complete lighting
and receptacle layout.
C. Grounding of equipment, services, and neutrals as indicated and/or required for normal
and standby generator systems as required and as indicated on Drawings.
D. Electrical work and equipment for connection of equipment as specified herein and/or
shown on Drawings.
E. Electrical rough-in and connections of equipment furnished under other Divisions of the
work or as required.
F. All cutting, excavation, backfill, conduit encasement, and restoration of disturbed surfaces
required in conjunction with the electrical work.
G. Prime painting of electrical surfaces requiring finish painting.
H. Miscellaneous systems and equipment as hereinafter specified, as shown on Drawings, or
as required.
I. Submittals, completion data, tests, identifications, record drawings, maintenance and
operating instructions, and warranties.
J. The word "provide" means: "To furnish, install, and electrically connect under this
Division of the work."
Page 197 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260101-2
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
1.03 ROUGH-IN
A. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. The Drawings serve as working drawings
only, indicating diagrammatically the general layout of the systems and their various
components and equipment.
B. Refer to equipment specifications in other Divisions for rough-in requirements.
1.04 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS
A. Coordinate electrical equipment and materials installation with all other components.
B. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. The Drawings serve as working drawings
only, indicating diagrammatically the general layout of the systems and their various
components and equipment.
C. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured-
in-place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed.
D. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of electrical materials and equipment for
efficient flow of the Work.
E. Install electrical equipment to facilitate maintenance and repair or replacement of
equipment components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of
disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations.
F. American National Standards Compliance: Comply with National Electrical Installation
Standards NECA 1-2010 'Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical
Contracting' as published by the National Electrical Contractors Association.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide minimum one electronic copy in text searchable PDF compatible format for each
submittal. Scanned images are not acceptable.
B. Refer to the Conditions of the Contract (General Provisions) and Division 1 for submittal
definitions, requirements, and procedures.
C. Additional copies may be required by individual sections of these Specifications. Refer
to subsequent sections for specific submittal requirements.
D. Submittals for electrical equipment shall include manufacturer’s installation instructions.
1.06 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Refer to the Conditions of the Contract (General Provisions) and Division 1 for
substitution requirements.
Page 198 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260101-3
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
1.07 RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Refer to the Division 1 for requirements. The following paragraphs supplement the
requirements of Division 1.
B. Obtain from the Owner's Representative at cost a complete set of applicable bond prints.
On these systematically and accurately keep an up-to-date and legible dimensional record
of all work installed differently from the location or manner indicated by the Drawings, as
well as exact conduit routing, locations of stub-outs, and hidden or underground features.
Locate dimensionally to permanent points of reference. Identify by manufacturer and
catalog number, lamp type, and quantity utilized any type luminaires that are different
from those shown on luminaire schedule. Have these Drawings readily available for
reference and review. When job status permits, submit to the Owner and then amend
and/or correct and resubmit if requested.
C. When the above information is complete and acceptable to the Owner, transfer it neatly
and accurately to reproducible mylars purchased at cost from the Owner for this purpose.
Upon completion, deliver reproducibles to the Owner for final review.
D. The record drawing information procedure outlined under Paragraph B above shall be
coordinated with and reviewed by the Owner's full-time Inspector during the course of
construction and shall have his signed approval before submission to the Owner.
E. Mark Specifications to indicate any approved substitutions, Change Orders, actual
equipment, and materials used. This data shall be included with submittals.
1.08 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Refer to the Division 1 Operation and Maintenance Data for procedures and requirements
for preparation and submittal of maintenance manuals. Refer to the Division 1 Spare Parts
and Maintenance Materials for requirements pertaining to spare parts.
B. Operating Instructions: In addition to the information required by Division 1 for
Maintenance Data, include written instructions by manufacturer, fabricator, or installer of
equipment or systems, detailing procedures to be followed by Owner in operation, control,
shut-down, and testing of each operating item of the equipment and each electrical system.
C. Maintenance Manuals: In addition to the information required by Division 1 for
Maintenance Data, compile information provided for Owner's maintenance of each system
of operating equipment, including wiring and control wiring diagrams, lubrication,
emergency control, parts replacement, spare parts inventory recommendation, listing of
tools and accessories needed for maintenance, and similar instructions.
1.09 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS
A. Follow manufacturer's directions and recommendations in all cases where the
manufacturers of articles used for this work furnish directions covering points not shown
or specified.
Page 199 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260101-4
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
B. Delivery, storage, and handling: Deliver equipment in containers, sections or lengths that
can be moved past obstructions in delivery path. Store equipment indoors in clean dry
space with uniform temperature to prevent condensation. Protect from exposure to dirt,
fumes, water, corrosive substances, and physical damage.
1.10 MARKING
A. In general, and except as modified by details or elsewhere herein, before requesting the
Engineer to make final observation, identify all electrical distribution equipment, circuit
breakers, and other equipment by means of neat, approved labels, decals, brass tags,
engraved plastic laminate or metal strips, neatly painted signs or by other approved means.
Provide manufacturer's standard vinyl-cloth self-adhesive cable/conductor markers of
wrap-around type, either pre-numbered plastic coated type or write-on type with clear
plastic self-adhesive cover flap, numbered to show circuit identification. Where
nameplates are indicated, provide engraving stock plastic laminate, complying with FS L-
P-387, in sizes and thicknesses indicated, engraved with engraver's standard letter style of
sizes and wording indicated, black face and white core plies (letter color). Provide
thickness of 1/16", except as otherwise indicated. Punch plastic laminate for mechanical
fastening and provide stainless steel rivets or self-tapping stainless steel screws.
1.11 MOUNTING
A. Provide all materials and accessories necessary to properly mount and secure equipment
furnished and/or installed under the electrical work in compliance with all applicable
codes and authorities.
B. Seismic restraints and anchorage for equipment shall comply with the requirements of
2019 edition of Title 24, Part 2, California Building Code, Chapter 16, Section 1613.
1.12 TESTS
A. Perform all electrical tests as required or as directed. Provide all materials, labor, and
equipment necessary for performance of these tests and at completion of the work perform
a complete "in-service" operation of the entire electrical lighting, power, signal,
communications, and alarm systems to show compliance with the Drawings and
Specifications. Replace any work showing faults under tests without additional cost to the
Owner.
B. Where NETA electrical tests are indicated, testing shall be performed in accordance with
NETA ATS-2009 (International Electrical Testing Association) - Acceptance Testing
Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems.
1.13 CLEANING
A. During construction and upon completion of the work, remove from the site all debris and
excess materials, tools, scaffolding, etc., resulting from this work. Clean all equipment,
including luminaires, distribution and control equipment, and enclosures, free from dust,
dirt, grease, paint, etc.
Page 200 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260101-5
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
1.14 TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL SERVICES
A. Provide temporary light and power as required for construction purposes. Coordinate all
requirements with the Owner.
1.15 OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT
A. Install and connect owner-furnished motor control board and sump termination box. Refer
to Appendices for equipment submittals. The equipment shall be installed and tested per
the manufacturers published installation, operation, and maintenance instructions.
Coordinate device settings with the Electrical System Study report.
PART 2 - MATERIALS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Page 201 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES AND ACCESSORIES 260513-1
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
SECTION 260513 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES AND ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Extent of medium voltage cables and accessories is indicated by Drawings and as specified
herein.
B. Types of medium voltage cables in this section include 15kV conductors. Also included
are accessories for connections of these systems.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of medium voltage cable and
accessories of types and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in
similar service for not less than five years.
B. California Electrical Code (CEC) Compliance: Comply with CEC as applicable to
construction and installation of medium voltage cable and accessories.
C. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) Compliance and Labeling: Comply
with safety standards pertaining to electrical wires and cables and provide products and
components that have been listed and labeled by an NRTL such as UL or equal. Comply
with UL Standard 1072 for Medium Voltage Solid Dielectric Cable (MV90).
D. NEMA/ICEA Compliance: Comply with NEMA/Insulated Cable Engineers Association
standards pertaining to materials, construction, and testing of wire, cable, and accessories
including ICEA Pub. No. S-68-516 (NEMA Pub. WC8) "Ethylene Propylene Rubber
Insulated Cable and Wire".
E. ANSI/ASTM: Comply with ANSI/ASTM standards pertaining to construction of wire
and cable.
F. IEEE Compliance: Comply with IEEE standards pertaining to wire and cable.
G. AEIC Compliance: Comply with AEIC No. 6, latest issue.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on medium voltage cables and accessories.
Identify accessory components by manufacturer and catalog number.
B. Installation Instructions: Submit installation instructions for each termination and splicing
accessory.
C. Splicer Certification: Submit qualifications of medium voltage splicers to be used on the
project. A certificate, certifying the splicers/terminators specific applicable experience of
Page 202 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES AND ACCESSORIES 260513-2
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
making medium voltage splices and terminations during the immediate past five years,
shall be required. Submit experience of proposed cable splicers.
D. Factory Test Reports: Submit factory certified test reports for the proposed cable. The test
shall consist of high-voltage AC, high voltage DC tests and insulation resistance tests
according to ICEA S-68-516 and UL standard 1072 or latest editions.
E. Shop drawings: Submit cabling pulling diagrams for cable installation in the installed
raceway system. Diagrams shall include maximum allowable tension and sidewall
bearing pressure for each cable pull. Include written verification from the cable
manufacturers that the method of installation is acceptable for the proposed cables.
F. Post Installation Test Report: Submit certified reports for post installation high-pot
testing.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products as
manufactured by Cooper Power Systems, Cutler-Hammer, General Electric Company, or
equal.
2.02 GENERAL
A. Except as otherwise indicated, provide medium voltage cable of manufacturer's standard
materials as indicated by published product information, designed and constructed as
recommended by manufacturer, and as required for the installation.
B. Provide new cable in unbroken reels or containers of recent manufacture bearing NRTL
label, manufacturer's trademark, and type and size of wire or cable.
C. Provide electrical accessories as specified herein and as recommended by connector and
terminal manufacturer for intended applications.
2.03 15,000 VOLT MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES
A. Cables shall conform to the specifications of the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., ICEA,
and AEIC standards. Cables shall be capable of operating continuously in wet and dry
locations at a conductor temperature not in excess of 90 degree C for normal operation,
130 degree C for emergency overload conditions, and 250 degree C for short circuit
conditions. Cables shall be rated at 15,000V, 133% insulation level.
B. The conductor shall be Class B uncoated soft or annealed copper in accordance with
ASTM Specs B3 and B8 and ICEA Part 2, Section 2.1 and 2.5. The conductor shall be
shielded with an extruded semi-conducting thermosetting polymeric layer over the
conductor, applied in tandem with and firmly bonded to the insulation.
Page 203 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES AND ACCESSORIES 260513-3
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
C. The insulation shall be EPR (ethylene propylene rubber) meeting the requirements of the
referenced standards. The average thickness shall be 0.115". The insulation shall be
covered with an extruded layer of semi-conducting thermosetting material that shall be
identified as being semi-conducting. Over this layer shall be a 0.005" copper tape helically
applied with 12-1/2% to 25% overlap.
D. The cable shall be provided with a jacket of black sunlight resistant PVC conforming to
the requirements specified for polyvinyl chloride jackets in ICEA. Cable shall be
identified by surface printing on the jacket.
E. All medium voltage cables shall be factory tested prior to shipping. Physical and electrical
tests shall be conducted in accordance with the requirements of ICEA Pub. No. S-68-516
(NEMA WC8), and Underwriters Laboratories Standard 1072 for Medium Voltage Solid
Dielectric Cable (MV90), and AEIC No. 6. Submit factory specification and certified test
reports.
2.04 ACCESSORIES
A. Provide shielded medium voltage cable terminations or splices capable of continuous
operation at the cable rated voltage at a temperature of 90 degree C with an emergency
temperature overload rating of 130 degree C. Each termination or splice shall be supplied
in kit form containing all of the necessary materials required to make three splices. The
manufacturer shall also include cable preparation kits containing solvent, cloth rags and
abrasive.
B. Terminations: Terminations shall meet the requirements of IEEE Standard 48 and shall be
suitable for installation on tape-shielded or braid-shielded cables of the sizes and types
used on this project. Terminations shall be heat or cold shrink. Grounding connections
shall be made with the use of a solderless constant force roll spring.
C. Non-Loadbreak Elbow Terminations: Provide non-loadbreak elbow type for terminations
at medium voltage transformers. Elbows shall be rated 15KV, 200600 amp. Elbow
connectors shall be suitable for installation on tape-shielded or braid-shielded cables of
the sizes and types used on this project. Elbows shall be provided with a capacitively
coupled test point. Provide insert for bushing well and shield adapter as required.
Grounding connections shall be made with the use of a solderless constant force roll
spring. Provide cable adapter as required for use on 15kV cables. BIL: 95KV. Connectors
shall be hot-stick operable.
D. In-line Splices: In line splices shall be heat or cold shrink with two tubes for insulating
and jacketing. Splices shall be rated for direct burial and shall be suitable for continuous
operation under water.
E. Separable Connectors: Separable splice connectors shall use watertight fully submersible
15kV 200 amp non-loadbreak elbow connectors with loadbreak junctions in underground
manholes or pullboxes where noted on the Drawings. The splices shall be fully shielded
and meet the requirements of ANSI/IEEE Standard 386. A capacitive test joint shall be
supplied on the insulating plug to provide a means of testing the circuit without disturbing
Page 204 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES AND ACCESSORIES 260513-4
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
the bolted connection. Splices shall be provided with properly sized cable adapters for
use on 5kV conductors and shall include all necessary components to complete the splice
as recommended by the manufacturer of the connectors. Also provide tape shield adapters
and drain shield adapters to maintain the integrity of the grounding system. The splices
and adapters shall be molded EPDM material.
F. Loadbreak Junction Point: Provide a 3 point 15kV load break junction with 200 amp
deepwell bushing interface and a single parking stand. Mounting brackets shall be
stainless steel. Junctions shall be fully shielded, deadfront, and submersible.
G. Insulated Parking Bushing: Provide 15kV class fully shielded and submersible separable
insulated parking bushing suitable for use with specified elbow connectors. Provide all
mounting hardware necessary for mounting to parking stands. Unit shall include a cast
aluminum bracket, molded EPDM interface, and a stainless eyebolt for hot-stick
operation.
H. Grounding Device: Provide 15kV class grounding device for grounding of metallic shield
cable. Device shall be fully shielded and submersible. Housing shall be molded EPDM
and shall use a corrugated contact with stainless steel clamps.
I. Insulated Cap with Ground: Provide fully shielded and submersible separable insulated
cap with an integral ground lead as part of the assembly. Installation shall not require the
use of special tools or taping of any part of the product.
J. Cable Sealing: Provide jacketed cable sealing for resealing elbows and other terminating
accessories.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Install medium voltage cables and accessories as indicated in accordance with
manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of CEC and NECA's
"Standard of Installation", and recognized industry practices.
B. Install all wiring in conduit unless otherwise noted.
C. Complete all work that may cause cable damage before pulling into conduit. Provide
sufficient slack at the terminations to allow for proper connections.
D. Cables shall be lubricated with an NRTL listed commercial lubricant while they are being
pulled. Use lubricants that are specifically recommended by the cable manufacturer. Do
not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum allowable pulling force.
E. Where connections are made in underground structures or in junction boxes in wet
locations, make completely watertight. Install cables in underground structures with the
Page 205 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES AND ACCESSORIES 260513-5
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
longest route parallel to the walls. Support cables by cable racks and secure to rack
insulators with nylon cord or self-locking nylon cable ties.
F. Prepare cables and wires by cutting and stripping covering armor, jacket, and insulation
properly to ensure uniform and neat appearance where cables and wires are terminated.
G. Trim cables and wires as short as practicable and arrange routing to facilitate inspection,
testing, and maintenance. Train cables the long way around the inside of manholes and
pull boxes. All cables shall have free cable where the cable enters or leaves the enclosures.
H. Cables shall be lubricated with a UL listed commercial lubricant while they are being
pulled. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum allowable pulling force.
Cable shall be pulled at constant velocity, not to exceed 50 feet per minute and not to be
less than 15 feet per minute. Dynamometer readings shall be taken periodically during
the cable pulls and recorded.
I. Connect electrical cable to equipment in accordance with equipment manufacturer's
written instructions and wiring diagrams. Wherever possible, mate and match conductors
of electrical connections for proper interface between electrical power supplies and
installed equipment.
J. Cover splices with electrical insulation equivalent to, or of higher rating than, insulation
on conductors being spliced.
K. Refer to Division 26 "Electrical Identification" section for identification of electrical
power supply conductor terminations with markers approved by Engineer as to types,
colors, letter sizes and marker sizes. Affix markers at each point of termination as close
as possible to each point of connection.
L. Minimum bending radius of any wire or cable shall be not less than that recommended by
the manufacturer and in no case less than twelve (12) times O.D., but cable shall be
installed at all times with as large a radius as possible.
3.02 ACCESSORIES
A. All splices, taps, stress cones, and terminations shall be made up by a qualified journeyman
medium voltage cable splicer with factory kits approved for the specific cable or made up
according to the methods and with materials recommended by the manufacturer supplying
the cable.
B. Splices and terminations shall be made up in the presence of the Engineer. The Contractor
shall provide notification sufficiently in advance so that the representative may be present
during the work.
C. Seal all cable ends unless splicing is to be done immediately.
D. All new medium voltage cables shall be phased out and identified with lead or brass tags
at each terminal and at manholes. Separate phase tags shall be 1-inch in diameter.
Page 206 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES AND ACCESSORIES 260513-6
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
Information shall be stamped into tags with steel dies and stamping filled with red lead.
Tags shall indicate the voltage and cable size. Each cable shall be tagged with phase
identification and date of installation. Attach tags to cables with No. 12 AWG Type TW
copper wire.
E. Cable neutrals, shielding, and each section of metallic covering between splices shall be
grounded with flexible copper braid at all terminals.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform a visual and mechanical inspection for exposed sections of cables subject to
damage, shield grounding, support, and termination, and verify cable bends meet or
exceed the manufacturer’s minimum allowable bending radius.
B. Test each complete circuit prior to energizing. All medium voltage cables shall be DC
high-pot tested after installation in accordance with ANSI/IEEE Standard 400. Test
voltages shall not exceed 80 percent of the manufacturer’s factory test value. The high-
pot test shall be performed on the new cable prior to splicing to existing cable. Provide
corona suppression on terminations. Replace any defective cable at no cost to Owner.
END OF SECTION
Page 207 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
WIRES AND CABLES 260519-1
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
SECTION 260519 600V WIRES AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Extent of electrical wire and cable work is indicated by Drawings and as specified herein.
B. Types of wire and cable in this section include conductors having insulation rated for use
on power systems with voltages of not more than 600 volts, nominal.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical wire and cable
products of types and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in
similar service for not less than five years.
B. NEMA/ICEA Compliance: Comply with NEMA/Insulated Cable Engineers Association
standards pertaining to materials, construction, and testing of wire, cable, and accessories.
C. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) Compliance and Labeling: Comply
with safety standards pertaining to electrical wires, cables, and accessories and provide
products and components that have been listed and labeled by an NRTL such as UL or
equal.
D. ANSI/ASTM: Comply with ANSI/ASTM standards pertaining to construction of wire
and cable.
E. IEEE Compliance: Comply with IEEE standards pertaining to wire and cable.
F. California Electrical Code (CEC) Compliance: Comply with CEC as applicable to
construction and installation of electrical wire, cable and accessories.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on 600 volt wire and cable, low voltage cables
for remote-control, signaling, power-limited, and communication systems, and
accessories. Include data confirming the listing of single terminals, lugs, or connectors
and identifying the maximum size and quantity of conductors to be terminated.
Page 208 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
WIRES AND CABLES 260519-2
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. 600 Volt Wire and Cable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not
limited to General Cable, Pirelli, Southwire, or equal.
B. Low Voltage Cable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not
limited to Alpha, Belden, Carol, and West Penn.
C. Accessories Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to
AMP Products Corp., Burndy Corp., Ideal Industries, Inc., Penn-Union Co., Reliable
Electric Co., Thomas and Betts Corp, 3M, or equal.
2.02 GENERAL
A. Except as otherwise indicated, provide wire and cable of manufacturer's standard materials
as indicated by published product information, designed and constructed as recommended
by manufacturer, and as required for the installation.
B. Provide new wire and cable in unbroken reels or containers of recent manufacture bearing
NRTL Label, manufacturer's trademark, and type and size of wire or cable.
C. Provide electrical accessories as recommended by connector and terminal manufacturer
for intended applications.
2.03 600 VOLT WIRE AND CABLE
A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide 600 volt insulated soft-drawn copper and minimum
12 AWG unless otherwise indicated. Conductors shall be Type THWN/THHN gasoline
and oil resistant. Conductors shall be annealed copper, insulated with flame retardant,
moisture and heat resistant thermoplastic, jacketed with abrasion, moisture, gasoline, and
oil resistant nylon. Comply with CEC and the following for color coding of conductors.
Color code all secondary service, feeder, and branch circuit conductors. 240 volt system
neutrals shall be white. 240 volt ungrounded conductors for phase A, phase B, and phase
C shall be black, red, and blue, respectively. 480 volt ungrounded conductors for phase
A, phase B, and Phase C shall be brown, orange, and yellow, respectively. Where 240
volt system neutrals and 480 volt system neutrals are located within the same enclosure,
provide a yellow stripe on the 480 volt system neutral. The color coding for conductors 6
AWG and smaller shall be continuous along the entire length.
B. Provide solid or stranded conductors for sizes smaller than 8 AWG. Provide stranded
conductors for sizes 8 AWG and larger.
Page 209 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
WIRES AND CABLES 260519-3
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
2.04 REMOTE CONTROL, SIGNALLING, POWER-LIMITED, AND COMMUNICATION
CABLES
A. Wire shall be No. 14 AWG, type THHN/THWN insulation, stranded copper, as
manufactured by Okonite, Co.; Carol Cable Co. Inc.; Pirelli Cable Corp.; or equal.
B. Multi-conductor control cable, where shown on the Drawings, shall be stranded copper,
600V polyvinyl chloride insulated, nylon jacket over insulation, polyvinyl chloride jacket
overall, Type TC as manufactured by the Okonite Co.; Pirelli Cable Corp., or equal.
2.05 INSTRUMENTATION WIRE
A. Wire for 4-20mA analog transmitter output signals shall be single pair cable (or single
triad cable) with two or three 16AWG stranded and twisted on 2-inch lay, 300V polyvinyl
chloride insulation, 105-degree C temperature rating, 100% mylar tape shield with drain
wire, polyvinyl chloride overall jacket, 0.262-inch maximum overall diameter, and NRTL
listed for underground wet location use. Provide Belden 9316 or equal.
2.06 ACCESSORIES
A. Provide electrical insulating tape, heat-shrinkable insulating tubing and boots, solder,
electrical soldering flux, wire nuts, and cable ties as recommended for use by accessories
manufacturers for type services indicated. Splices in wet locations shall be suitable for
continuous operation under water.
B. Use compression type connectors for all taps, joints, and splices. Solderless connectors
may be used for conductors smaller than 8 AWG.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Install electrical wires and cables where indicated, in compliance with this specification
and according to manufacturer's written instructions and recognized industry practices.
B. Install all wiring in conduit unless otherwise noted.
C. Complete all work that may cause wire and cable damage before pulling into conduit.
Provide sufficient slack at the terminations to allow for proper connections. Clean existing
conduits prior to installing new conductors.
D. Group all communication conductors and power conductors that are smaller than 2/0
AWG in panelboards, cabinets, pull boxes, and switchboard wireways; tie with plastic
ties; and fan out to terminals. Secure power conductors 2/0 AWG and larger with a 3/8"
nylon rope using marline lace with installation following the enclosure manufacturer's
instructions. Train wires and cables neatly in panels, cabinets, and equipment.
Page 210 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
WIRES AND CABLES 260519-4
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
E. Wires and cables shall be lubricated with an NRTL listed commercial lubricant while they
are being pulled. Use lubricants that are specifically recommended by the cable
manufacturer. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum allowable pulling
force.
F. Where connections are made in underground structures or in junction boxes in wet
locations, make completely watertight. Install cables in underground structures with the
longest route parallel to the walls. Support cables in underground structures by cable racks
and secure to rack insulators with nylon cord or self locking nylon cable ties.
G. Prepare cables and wires by cutting and stripping covering armor, jacket, and insulation
properly to ensure uniform and neat appearance where cables and wires are terminated.
The stripped length of bare conductor shall not be longer than required for the terminal,
lug, or connector. Ensure all strands of each conductor are secured under the terminal,
lug, or connector.
H. Trim cables and wires as short as practicable and arrange routing to facilitate inspection,
testing, and maintenance.
I. Connect electrical wire and cable to equipment wire and cable in accordance with
equipment manufacturer's written instructions and wiring diagrams. Wherever possible,
mate and match conductors of electrical connections for proper interface between
electrical power supplies and installed equipment.
J. Refer to Division 26 "Basic Electrical Identification" section for identification of electrical
power supply conductor terminations with markers approved by Engineer as to types,
colors, letter sizes, and marker sizes. Affix markers at each point of termination as close
as possible to each point of connection.
K. Make conductors continuous between outlets or junction boxes. Make up splices only in
junction boxes, outlet boxes, auxiliary gutters, or underground structures. Splices and taps
shall have mechanical strength and insulation equivalent or greater than the conductor
material.
L. Tighten pressure type lugs on panels and equipment and then re-tighten 24 hours or more
later.
M. Where communication conductors are located in conduit in the same trench as power
conductors, maintain a 12" separation between the conduits.
N. Tighten wire-binding connector screws firmly.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Insulation resistance tests: Test each complete circuit prior to energizing. Insulation
resistance between conductors and between each conductor and ground shall not be less
than 25 megohms. Repair or replace wires or cables in circuits and repeat the test.
Page 211 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
WIRES AND CABLES 260519-5
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
B. Before energization, test cable and wire for continuity of circuitry and for short circuits.
Correct malfunctions when detected, at no additional cost to Owner.
C. After wire and cable hookups, energize circuitry and demonstrate functioning of each
system in accordance with requirements.
END OF SECTION
Page 212 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
GROUNDING AND BONDING 260526-1
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Extent of grounding work is indicated by Drawings. Types of grounding specified in this
section include solid grounding.
B. Applications of grounding work in this section include underground metal water piping,
grounding electrodes, enclosures, equipment, neutrals, raceways, devices, and outlet,
junction, and pull boxes.
C. Requirements of this section apply to electrical grounding work specified elsewhere in
these specifications and shown on drawings.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical connectors,
terminals, and fittings of types and ratings required and of ancillary grounding materials,
including stranded cable, copper braid and bus, and ground rods, whose products have
been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than three years.
B. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) Compliance and Labeling: Comply
with safety standards pertaining to electrical grounding and bonding and provide products
and components that have been listed and labeled by an NRTL such as UL or equal.
Comply with requirements of UL Standards Nos. 467 and 869 pertaining to electrical
grounding and bonding.
C. IEEE Compliance: Comply with requirements of IEEE Standards 80, 81, 141, and 142
pertaining to electrical grounding.
D. California Electrical Code (CEC) Compliance: Comply with CEC requirements as to
materials and installation of electrical grounding systems, associated equipment, and
wiring.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on grounding systems and accessories. Submit
installation instructions from the manufacturer of the exothermically welded connections.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering grounding products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not
Page 213 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
GROUNDING AND BONDING 260526-2
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
limited to, Burndy Corp., General Electrical Supply Co., Ideal Industries, Inc., Thomas
and Betts Corp., and O-Z Gedney Div; General Signal Corp.
2.02 GROUNDING SYSTEMS
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide electrical grounding systems indicated,
with assembly of materials including, but not limited to, cables/wires, connectors,
terminals (solderless lugs), grounding buses in distribution equipment and panelboards,
and additional accessories needed for complete installation. Where more than one type
unit meets indicated requirements, selection is Installer's option. Where materials or
components are not indicated, provide products complying with CEC, IEEE, and
established industry standards for applications indicated.
B. Conductors: Unless otherwise indicated, provide electrical grounding conductors for
grounding connections matching power supply wiring materials and sized according to
CEC.
C. Bonding Jumper Braid: Copper braided tape, constructed of 30-gage bare copper wires
and properly sized for indicated applications.
D. Flexible Jumper Strap: Flexible flat conductor, 480 strands of 30-gage bare copper wire;
3/4" wide, 9-1/2" long; 48,250 cm. Select braid with holes sized for 3/8" diameter bolts,
and protect braid with copper bolt hole ends.
E. Grounding Rod Electrodes: Steel with copper clad welded exterior, 5/8” diameter x 10'.
F. Concrete-Encased Electrodes: Bare stranded copper conductor of AWG and minimum
lengths indicated, encased within footings and foundations three inches above bottom.
Grounding conductor electrodes shall be exothermically welded together and to ground
rods.
G. Electrical Grounding Connection Accessories: Provide electrical insulating tape, heat-
shrinkable insulating tubing, welding materials, and bonding straps, as recommended by
accessories manufacturers for type of service indicated.
H. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures, appearance, and quality of welds
and for methods used in correcting welding work. Provide welded connections where
grounding conductors connect to underground grounding rods/electrodes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL GROUNDING
A. General: Install electrical grounding systems where shown, in accordance with applicable
portions of CEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation", and with recognized industry
practices to ensure that products comply with requirements.
Page 214 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
GROUNDING AND BONDING 260526-3
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
B. Coordinate with other electrical work as necessary to interface installation of electrical
grounding and bonding system work with other work. Install clamp-on connectors only
on thoroughly cleaned metal contact surfaces, to ensure electrical conductivity and circuit
integrity.
C. Ground electrical service system neutral at new service or separately derived systems and
to grounding electrodes.
D. Raceway grounding: Provide code size insulated equipment grounding conductor in all
raceways. All concrete duct banks shall include a 4/0AWG bare copper equipment ground
conductor buried in the concrete.
E. Connect and bond equipment ground bus, panelboard, exposed non-current-carrying metal
parts of electrical equipment, metal raceway systems, grounding conductor in raceways
and cables, receptacle ground connectors, and piping systems.
F. Grounding electrode connections shall be exothermically welded, unless otherwise noted.
G. Tighten grounding and bonding connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts,
according to manufacturers' published torque tightening values for connectors and bolts.
Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connections to
comply with tightening torque values specified in UL 486A to assure permanent and
effective grounding.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Upon completion of installation of each electrical system ground, test ground resistance
with ground resistance tester. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after
the last trace of precipitation, and without the soil being moistened by any means other
than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means
of reducing natural ground resistance. Perform tests, by the fall-of-potential method
according to IEEE 81. Where tests show resistance to ground is over 5 ohms, take
appropriate action, at no additional costs to Owner, to reduce resistance to 5 ohms or less,
by driving additional ground rods and/or by chemically treating soil encircling ground rod;
then retest to demonstrate compliance.
END OF SECTION
Page 215 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
SUPPORTING DEVICES 260529-1
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
SECTION 260529 SUPPORTING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Extent of supports, anchors, sleeves, and seals is indicated by Drawings and schedules
and/or specified in other Division 26 sections.
B. Types of supports, anchors, sleeves, and seals specified in this Section include clevis
hangers, c-clamps, channel supports, one-hole conduit straps, two-hole conduit straps,
round steel rods, and expansion anchors.
C. Supports, anchors, sleeves, and seals furnished as part of factory fabricated equipment are
specified as part of equipment assembly in other Division 26 sections and/or on the
Drawings.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of supports, anchors, sleeves,
firestopping, and seals of types, sizes, and ratings required, whose products have been in
satisfactory use in similar service for not less than three years.
B. California Electrical Code (CEC): Comply with CEC as to construction and installation
of electrical supporting devices.
C. ANSI/NEMA Compliance: Comply with requirements of ANSI/NEMA Standard
Publication No. FB 1, "Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies".
D. MSS Compliance: Comply with MSS standard requirements pertaining to fabrication and
installation practices for pipe hangers and supports and with the seismic requirements of
OSHPD.
E. NECA Compliance: Comply with National Electrical Contractors Association's
"Standard of Installation" pertaining to anchors, fasteners, hangers, supports, and
equipment mounting.
F. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) Compliance and Labeling: Comply
with safety standards pertaining to electrical supporting devices and provide products and
components that have been listed and labeled by an NRTL such as UL or equal.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit catalog cuts, specifications, installation instructions for each type
of support, anchor, sleeve, and seal.
Page 216 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
SUPPORTING DEVICES 260529-2
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 MANUFACTURED SUPPORTING DEVICES
A. Provide supports, anchors, sleeves, firestopping, and seals complying with manufacturer's
standard materials, design, and construction, in accordance with published product
information, and as required for a complete installation and as herein specified. Where
more than one type of approved device meets indicated requirements, selection is
Installer's option.
2.02 SUPPORTS
A. Provide supporting devices of types, sizes, and materials indicated and having the
construction features indicated.
B. Clevis Hangers: For supporting 2" rigid metal conduit, galvanized steel, with 1/2"
diameter hole for round steel rod, approximately 54 lbs. per 100 units.
C. Reducing Couplings: Steel rod reducing coupling, 1/2" x 5/8", black steel, approximately
16 lbs. per 100 units.
D. C-Clamps: Black malleable iron, 1/2" rod size, approximately 70 lbs. per 100 units.
E. One-Hole Conduit Straps: For supporting 3/4" rigid metal conduit, one-hole malleable
iron with clamp back, approximately 19 lbs. per 100 units.
F. Two-Hole Conduit Straps: For supporting 3/4" rigid metal conduit, galvanized steel, 3/4"
strap width, and 2-1/8" between center of screw holes.
G. Hexagon Nuts: For 1/2" rod size, galvanized steel, approximately 4 lbs. per 100 units.
H. Round Steel Rod: Black steel, 1/2" diameter, approximately 67 lbs. per 100 feet.
I. Offset Conduit Clamps: For supporting 2" rigid metal conduit, black steel, approximately
200 lbs. per 100 units.
2.03 ANCHORS
A. Concrete expansion type anchors shall be equal to Hilti KWIK BOLT TZ Wedge anchors.
Allowable shear and tension values in pounds for each anchor shall comply with latest
issue of ICC-ES Report No. ESR-1917. Provide anchors of diameter and minimum
embedment as required by loads. Provide carbon steel anchors in dry locations. Provide
stainless steel anchors in damp and wet locations.
B. Expansion type anchors shall be proof load tested per requirements of the State of
California.
Page 217 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
SUPPORTING DEVICES 260529-3
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
2.04 SLEEVES, FIRESTOPPING, AND SEALS
A. Provide sleeves and seals of types, sizes, and materials indicated. Provide factory-
assembled watertight seals, of types and sizes indicated, suitable for sealing around
conduit, pipe, or tubing passing through concrete. Construct with steel sleeves, malleable
iron body, neoprene sealing grommets and rings, metal pressure rings, pressure clamps,
and cap screws. Seals shall be NRTL and State Fire Marshal listed.
2.05 U-CHANNEL STRUT SYSTEMS
A. Provide U-Channel seismic restraint strut system for supporting electrical equipment and
for fabricating conduit support trapezes. The channels shall consist of steel strips cold
formed to size with a continuous slot on one side and inturned clamping ridges on each
side. The channels shall be hot dipped galvanized, primed, and finish painted to match
adjacent surfaces. The slot acts as a guide for attachment nuts. Provide all fittings that
mate and match with the U-channel. Fittings shall have same finish as required for
channels.
2.06 PIPE SLEEVES
A. Sheet metal pipe sleeves: Fabricate from galvanized sheet metal, round tube closed with
snaplock joint, welded spiral seams, or welded longitudinal joint. Fabricate from the
following gages: 3" and smaller, 20 gage; 4" to 6", 16 gage; over 6", 14 gage.
B. Steel pipe sleeves: Fabricate from Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe. Remove burrs.
C. Iron pipe sleeves: Fabricate from cast iron or ductile iron pipe. Remove burrs.
D. Plastic pipe sleeves: Fabricate from Schedule 80 PVC plastic pipe. Remove burrs.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF SUPPORTING DEVICES
A. Install hangers, supports, anchors, sleeves, firestopping, and seals as indicated in
accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, recognized industry practices, and
details on Drawings, to ensure supporting devices comply with requirements. Comply
with NECA, CEC, NFPA, and ANSI/NEMA.
B. Coordinate with other electrical work, including raceway and wiring work as necessary to
interface installation of supports, anchors, sleeves, firestopping, and seals with other work.
C. Minimum center to center spacing and edge distance of anchor bolts shall not exceed
manufacturer's specifications.
END OF SECTION
Page 218 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
RACEWAYS 260533-1
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
SECTION 260533 RACEWAYS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Extent of raceways work is indicated by Drawings and schedules.
B. Types of raceways in this section include rigid metal conduit, rigid nonmetallic conduit,
liquidtight flexible metal conduit, and associated fittings.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of raceway systems of types and
sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less
than five years.
B. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) Compliance and Labeling: Comply
with safety standards pertaining to electrical raceway systems and provide products and
components that have been listed and labeled by an NRTL such as UL or equal.
C. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA standards
pertaining to raceways.
D. California Electrical Code (CEC) Compliance: Comply with requirements as applicable
to construction and installation of raceway systems.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data including applicable specifications, installation
instructions, fittings, accessories, and general recommendations for each type of raceway.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Rigid Metal Conduit: Allied Tube and Conduit, Protective Coating Developments,
Robroy Industries, Western Tube and Conduit, and Wheatland Tube Co.
B. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit and Fittings: Allied Tube and Conduit, Cantex.
C. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: Alflex, Anamet Electrical.
D. Metallic Conduit Fittings: Appleton, Bridgeport, Crouse-Hinds, Raco, Thomas and Betts.
Page 219 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
RACEWAYS 260533-2
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
E. Manufacturers offering products that are not named in this section, may be incorporated
into the Work, subject to compliance with the requirements of this section.
2.02 RIGID METAL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A. Rigid Steel Conduit: Rigid steel conduit shall be hot dip galvanized steel manufactured
in accordance with UL Safety Standard #6 and ANSI C80.1.
B. PVC Coated Rigid Steel Conduit: PVC coated rigid steel conduit shall be hot dip
galvanized in accordance with UL Safety Standard #6 and ANSI C80.1. Conduit shall
have a 40-mil PVC exterior coating bonded to the galvanized surface and a urethane
interior coating.
C. Fittings: All locknuts shall be galvanized or zinc plated steel. Fittings shall be threaded.
Insulating bushings shall be high impact thermoplastic. Fittings used outdoors or in other
wet locations shall be NRTL listed for wet location. Fittings for burial in concrete shall
be NRTL listed as concretetight. Fittings used with PVC coated rigid steel conduit shall
have a 40 mil PVC exterior coating bonded to the galvanized surface and a urethane
interior coating. All PVC coated rigid steel condulets and fittings shall be supplied with
stainless steel screws.
2.03 RIGID NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Schedule 40: Rigid nonmetallic conduit shall comply with
NEMA Standards Pub. No. TC2, Type 3, Schedule 40 PVC, for direct burial.
B. Fittings: Fittings used with rigid nonmetallic conduit shall comply with NEMA Standards
Pub No. TC3. Fittings shall match conduit type and material. Adhesive shall be as
recommended by the conduit manufacturer.
2.04 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A. Liquidtight Flexible Steel Conduit: Liquidtight flexible steel conduit shall be constructed
of single strip, flexible, continuous, interlocked, and double-wrapped steel galvanized
inside and outside. Coat with liquidtight jacket of flexible thermoplastic. Conduit shall
include a copper equipment ground conductor in sizes through 1-1/4" trade size.
Aluminum conduit shall not be used.
B. Fittings: Provide galvanized fittings that are NRTL approved for grounding. Angle
connectors shall be accessible. All fittings shall be watertight.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Install electrical raceways where indicated, in compliance with this specification and
according to manufacturer's written instructions and recognized industry practices.
Page 220 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
RACEWAYS 260533-3
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
B. Coordinate installation of electrical raceways with other work, including metal and
concrete deck work, as necessary for proper interface.
C. Complete installation of electrical raceways before starting installation of
cables/conductors within raceways. All raceway fittings shall be made up tight.
D. Keep interior of conduit clean and clear. Keep ends of all conduits closed during
installation, to exclude water and foreign materials. Cap and seal all conduit stub-outs.
E. Cut ends of conduits square and ream to remove any burrs and sharp edges. Provide
conduit terminations at cabinets and boxes with locknuts and bushings as required.
Locknuts shall be installed so that the convex side is against the box. Provide watertight
conduit hubs on each entry into top of electrical equipment where area is protected by fire
sprinklers or where equipment is installed in wet locations.
F. Provide junction or pull boxes where required for pulling conductors due to excessive
number of bends or length of conduit runs.
G. Re-route conduit where necessary to clear structural and mechanical obstructions. All
rerouting shall be approved by the Engineer.
H. Provide polyethylene pullrope, minimum 1/8" diameter, in all empty conduits. Pullrope
shall have minimum 200 lbs. tensile strength. Leave minimum 36" of slack at each end
of pullrope.
I. Field bends in conduit shall be smooth and shall not materially reduce the internal diameter
of the conduit. Bends shall not be made at joints. In no case shall radii be less than
required by applicable codes. All underground bends shall be made with as large a radius
as possible to facilitate pulling of conductors. Radii of bends in conduits for service lateral
shall comply with utility company requirements.
J. Orient all raceways to maintain accessibility to conduit bodies, junction boxes, pull boxes,
and outlet boxes.
K. Install exposed and concealed conduit to maintain 6" clearance from parallel runs of fluid
filled piping, steam piping, and ductwork.
L. Where communication conductors are located in conduit in the same trench as power
conductors, maintain a 12" separation between the conduits.
M. Provide insulated bushings or insulated throat connectors for terminations at all boxes and
cabinets including any underground conduits for installation of utility conductors.
N. Provide expansion fittings or flexible conduit wherever conduits cross building
separations, expansion joints, and seismic separations. Expansion provisions shall allow
for twice the expansion and relative drift of the building elements.
Page 221 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
RACEWAYS 260533-4
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
3.02 WIRING METHOD
A. Rigid steel conduit: Install rigid steel conduit embedded in concrete, in masonry walls,
where subject to mechanical damage, or where exposed.
B. PVC coated rigid steel conduit: Install PVC coated rigid steel conduit underground, where
in direct contact with earth, embedded in concrete, where subject to mechanical damage,
where exposed, and where indicated on the Drawings. All penetrations through concrete
walls in damp or wet locations shall be made with PVC coated rigid steel conduit.
C. Rigid nonmetallic conduit: Rigid nonmetallic conduit may be used in lieu of PVC coated
rigid steel conduit when installed underground or under slabs in contact with earth. Rigid
nonmetallic conduit shall not be used for conduits containing branch circuit conductors.
All vertical elbows and risers in rigid nonmetallic conduit runs shall be PVC coated rigid
galvanized steel conduit.
D. Liquidtight flexible steel conduit: Install liquidtight flexible steel conduit and fittings in
damp locations, wet locations, or where subjected to dripping oil for final connection to
motors or other vibrating equipment and where indicated on the Drawings. It may also be
used in other locations where, due to structural conditions, rigid steel conduit cannot be
used. This use will be allowed only if approved by the Engineer.
3.03 EXPOSED INSTALLATIONS
A. Secure conduit runs with one-hole malleable iron or two-hole galvanized clamp type
straps. Where several conduits are run together or where conduits are suspended, hang
them on metal framing systems.
B. Run exposed conduit at right angles or parallel to structural members, walls, floor, and
ceiling.
3.04 CONCEALED INSTALLATIONS
A. Maximum conduit trade size for embedment in concrete shall be 3/4" trade size. Install
conduit within middle one-third of concrete slab. Conduits shall be installed with a
minimum 1" concrete coverage. Tie raceways to reinforcing rods or otherwise secure
them to prevent sagging or shifting during concrete placement. Laterally space conduits
in parallel runs to allow concrete to pass between them. Coordinate conduit installation
with reinforcement bars.
B. Route concealed conduits with the minimum number of bends in the shortest practical
distance. Care shall be taken to coordinate the installation with other work and to provide
adequate space for future modifications.
Page 222 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
RACEWAYS 260533-5
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
3.05 UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS
A. Bury underground conduits containing maximum 600 volt conductor insulation a
minimum depth of 24" from surface of finished grade to the top surface of the conduit.
Where they run under roadways or parking areas, depth shall be 30" minimum from
finished grade. Coordinate all new underground installations with existing and new piping
systems and utilities.
B. Minimum underground conduit size shall be 3/4" trade size. Underground conduit runs
larger than 1" trade size, in non-traffic areas, shall be buried to a minimum depth of 12"
below slab. Where underground conduits rise through finished grade the curved portion
of bends shall not be visible.
C. Underground conduit runs 3" trade size and larger shall be cleaned by pulling a flexible
mandrel through each conduit and then pulling a wire brush and swab through each
conduit until conduit is clear of particles including earth, sand, and gravel. Underground
conduits smaller than 3" trade size shall be cleaned by pulling a wire brush and swab
through each conduit until conduit is clear of all particles including earth, sand, and gravel.
D. All conduit runs installed underground shall be encased all around in minimum of 3" of
concrete unless otherwise noted. Where PVC coated rigid steel conduit is used, concrete
encasement shall not be required. Rigid nonmetallic conduit in contact with earth installed
under building slabs may be buried directly in the ground, however, they shall be encased
in 3" of concrete where they extend beyond a building wall.
E. Where other utility piping systems are encountered or being installed along a raceway
route, maintain a 12-inch-minimum vertical separation between raceway and other
systems at crossings. Maintain a 12-inch-minimum separation between raceways and
other systems in parallel runs. Do not place raceways over valves or couplings in other
piping systems. Refer conflicts with these requirements to the Engineer for instructions
before further work is done.
F. Trenching and backfill for underground or buried conduit or cable shall be provided as
part of the work of this section of the specifications. Trenching and backfill and testing
and inspection of trenching and backfill for underground buried conduit or cable shall be
performed as specified in Section 312316 - Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting.
G. Concrete encased individual conduits and multiple conduits in the same trench (duct
banks) shall comply with the following:
1. Conduits shall be installed on a grade line of two inches fall per 100 feet, sloping
away from buildings and toward a manhole or pull box.
2. Concrete for conduit encasement shall be Class C (2000 psi). The top three (3)
inches of envelope shall be colored red with red iron oxide pigment that is integrally
mixed with the concrete in the proportion of two pounds per sack of cement.
Pigment shall be shall be commercially pure hydrated oxide, insoluble in water, free
Page 223 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
RACEWAYS 260533-6
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
from soluble salts and acids, with calcium sulfate less than 10%. Pigment shall be
fortified with a plasticizing agent that is compatible with type II portland cement.
Pigment shall be dry batched with the aggregate.
3. Separation of conduits shall be maintained by installing plastic spacers that interlock
horizontally and vertically. Spacers shall be installed to provide a completely
enclosed and supported conduit assembly every eight feet with hold down anchors
installed between each spacer. Include spacers between earth and the bottom duct
row to maintain concrete encasement around the conduits. Stagger the joints of the
conduits by rows and layers.
4. All conduits containing power cables shall be arranged so that exterior surface of
every conduit is within 3 inches of earth in at least one quadrant.
END OF SECTION
Page 224 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
ELECTRICAL BOXES 260534-1
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
SECTION 260534 ELECTRICAL BOXES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Extent of electrical box work is indicated by Drawings and as specified herein.
B. Types of electrical boxes in this Section include outlet boxes, junction boxes, pull boxes,
and conduit bodies.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical boxes of types,
materials, and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar
service for not less than three years.
B. California Electrical Code (CEC) Compliance: Comply with CEC as applicable to
construction and installation of electrical wiring boxes.
C. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) Compliance and Labeling: Comply
with safety standards pertaining to electrical boxes and provide products and components
that have been listed and labeled by an NRTL such as UL or equal.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on pull boxes, junction boxes, outlet boxes, and
conduit bodies. Identify proposed equipment by manufacturer’s catalog numbers.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 OUTLET BOXES
A. Provide corrosion-resistant cast metal outlet boxes of types, number of gangs, shapes, and
sizes including depth of boxes, to suit each respective location and installation. Construct
with threaded rigid hubs of the quantity and size required at each location, and with
threaded screw holes with corrosion-resistant screws for securing box covers and wiring
devices. Exposed outlet boxes in damp or wet locations shall be provided with cast metal
faceplates with spring hinged waterproof caps suitably configured for each application and
device installed, including faceplate gaskets and corrosion-resistant fasteners.
B. Provide boxes of proper code size for the number of and types of devices installed and
number and AWG of wires passing through or terminating therein, but in no case less than
4-9/32" high by 2-3/4" wide by 2-5/8" deep, unless specifically noted as smaller on the
Drawings.
Page 225 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
ELECTRICAL BOXES 260534-2
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
C. For single gang outlet boxes installed in concrete or masonry block walls, use minimum
of 3-1/2" deep, 4" long, and 2" wide, set flush with walls and provided with single gang
wall plate. Mount boxes installed in masonry at vertical center of block.
D. Exposed Outlet Box Accessories: Provide outlet box accessories as required for each
installation that are compatible with outlet boxes being used and fulfilling requirements
of individual wiring situations. Provide cast metal covers either blank or with the proper
configuration for the devices installed at each location. Exposed outlet boxes in damp or
wet locations shall be provided with cast metal faceplates with covers suitably configured
for each application and device installed, including faceplate gaskets and corrosion-
resistant fasteners.
E. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering cast metal outlet boxes that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not
limited to Appleton Electric Co., Bell Electric Co., Crouse Hinds Co., O-Z/Gedney, or
equal.
2.02 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES
A. Provide galvanized code gage sheet steel junction and pull boxes, with screw-on covers,
of types, shapes, and sizes to suit each respective location and installation, with welded
seams and equipped with stainless steel nuts, bolts, screws, and washers. Furnish in prime
coat. Provide NEMA 4X stainless steel in exterior locations. Finish paint all exposed
junction and pull boxes to match adjacent surfaces. Provide screw fastened engraved
nameplate on each pull box and junction box identified with a specific name on the
Drawings.
B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering junction and pull boxes that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not
limited to, Circle A-W, Cross, Hammond, or equal.
2.03 CONDUIT BODIES
A. Provide galvanized cast metal conduit bodies of types, shapes, and sizes to suit respective
locations and installation, constructed with threaded conduit entrance hubs, removable
covers, and corrosion-resistant screws. Covers shall be gasketed Form 8 style.
B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering conduit bodies that may be incorporated in the work include Appleton Electric
Co., Crouse-Hinds Co., Killark Electric Mfg. Co., O-Z/Gedney Co., Pyle-National Co., or
equal.
2.04 KNOCKOUT CLOSURES
A. Provide corrosion-resistant punched steel box knockout closures of types and sizes to
effectively close openings in the box.
Page 226 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
ELECTRICAL BOXES 260534-3
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL BOXES
A. General: Install electrical boxes where indicated, complying with manufacturer's written
instructions, with applicable requirements of CEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation,"
and with recognized industry practices to ensure that products fulfill requirements.
B. Coordinate installation of electrical boxes with wire/cable and raceway installation work.
C. Provide weatherproof outlets boxes in all damp and wet locations unless otherwise noted.
D. Provide cast metal outlet boxes where mounted exposed in dry locations unless otherwise
noted.
E. Provide gasketed weatherproof covers for concealed boxes in all damp and wet locations
unless otherwise noted.
F. Provide knockout closures to cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been
removed.
G. Install boxes and conduit bodies in those locations that ensure ready accessibility of
electrical wiring.
H. Fasten boxes rigidly to substrates or structural surfaces to which attached, or solidly embed
electrical boxes in concrete.
I. Provide electrical connections for installed boxes.
END OF SECTION
Page 227 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES 260535-1
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
SECTION 260535 UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Extent of underground structure work is indicated by Drawings and is hereby defined to
include only those used for installation of electrical cables, wires, and equipment.
B. Types of underground structures in this section include, but are not limited to, handholes.
C. Excavation and backfilling for underground structures shall comply with Section 312300
Earthwork.
D. Concrete for underground structures shall comply with the requirements of this Division
and with manufacturer's standards for construction of underground structures.
E. Comply with manufacturer's directions for waterproofing and dampproofing of handholes.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of underground structures of
types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service
for not less than five years.
B. ANSI Compliance: Comply with requirements of ANSI C2, "National Electrical Safety
Code", pertaining to construction and installation of handholes and manholes.
C. ASTM Compliance: Comply with applicable provisions of American Society for Testing
and Materials (ASTM) standards pertaining to construction and materials for vaults,
manholes, and handholes.
D. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) Compliance: Provide underground
structure accessories that are listed and labeled by an NRTL such as UL.
E. California Electrical Code (CEC) Compliance: Comply with CEC requirements as
applicable to construction and installation of handholes.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's data on each underground structure
including size, concrete strength, cover style, and cover identification provided for each
individual handhole and manhole.
B. Accessories: Submit manufacturer’s data and installation instructions on each accessory
provided with underground structures including ladders, cable racks, and joint sealing
products.
Page 228 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES 260535-2
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Equip and protect factory-fabricated underground structures to prevent damage, including
chipping and cracking during transportation, storage, and handling. Do not install
damaged units; replace and remove from project site.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be
incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: Jensen Precast,
Oldcastle Precast Products, Inc., BES Products, Inc., or equal.
2.02 FACTORY-FABRICATED HANDHOLES
A. Provide handholes for pulling, splicing, and terminating conductors, in types and sizes
indicated, with watertight bolt down cover and knockout access holes.
B. Handholes with inside dimensions less than 17” wide by 30” long shall be provided with
a concrete bolt down cover. Handholes with inside dimensions 17"wide by 30" long and
24” wide by 36” long or smaller shall be provided with a single plate parkway loading
galvanized steel cover. Handholes with inside dimensions 24” wide by 36” long, and
larger, shall be provided with a single plate galvanized steel cover. Covers shall be
fastened with stainless steel hex head bolts.
C. Covers for all other boxes shall be engraved or identified with permanent identification;
"ELECTRICAL" for primary and secondary power.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Provide handhole accessories, including pulling-in irons, embedded cable support
accessories, cable rack arms, porcelain saddles, sump pump pits, mastics, and sealants.
Cable racks shall be hot dip galvanized.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES
A. Install handholes as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions and with
recognized industry practices to ensure compliance with requirements.
B. Place precast concrete sections as indicated. Provide minimum six inches of compacted
crushed rock or base sand material under the full bottom dimension of the unit. The top
of underground structures shall be set to avoid being above or below finished grades. The
Page 229 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES 260535-3
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
units shall be located to avoid the possibility of being located at a low point in the graded
area where drain water may flow.
C. In turfed areas, the top of underground structures shall be adjusted to follow the slope of
the terrain and the top shall not be lower than the grade nor protrude more than one inch
above the grade. In paved areas, the top shall be adjusted to follow the slope of the grade.
It shall be raised approximately half an inch above surrounding grade and the pavement
built up even with the top of the unit to allow for drainage. Use epoxy bonding compound
where steps are mortared into unit walls.
D. Ground permanently and effectively all metal equipment cases, cable racks, etc., in
underground structures. Install ground rod in each handhole where indicated. Locate
ground rod 6" from adjacent walls, with 4" projecting above floor for ground clamps. If
rock bottom is encountered, bury ground rod in horizontal trench with projection into
handhole or manhole
E. Coordinate dampproofing and waterproofing work with installation of precast concrete
units, as necessary for proper interface. The sections of precast handholes shall be
assembled so that the joints shall be watertight. Apply bituminous mastic coating at joints
between sections.
F. Coordinate with other Work, including electrical raceway and wiring Work, as necessary
to interface installation of manholes and handholes with other Work.
3.02 BACKFILLING
A. General: Delay backfilling of excavations surrounding handholes until after initial
inspection has been completed.
END OF SECTION
Page 230 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
BASIC ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 260553-1
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
SECTION 260553 BASIC ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Extent of electrical identification is indicated by Drawings and schedules and this
specification.
B. Types of electrical identification specified in this section include the following:
1. Electrical power, communications, signal, and alarm conductors.
2. Operational instructions and warnings.
3. Equipment/system identification signs.
4. Conduits, outlets, and boxes.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical identification
products of types required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service
for not less than three years.
B. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) Compliance and Labeling: Comply
with safety standards pertaining to electrical identification and provide products and
components that have been listed and labeled by an NRTL such as UL or equal. Comply
with UL Standard 969, "Marking and Labeling Systems", pertaining to electrical
identification systems.
C. NEMA Compliance: Comply with requirements of NEMA Standards Nos. WC-1 and
WC-2 pertaining to identification of power and control conductors.
D. California Electrical Code (CEC) Compliance: Comply with CEC as to installation of
identifying labels and markers for wiring and equipment. Identify all equipment, conduits,
outlets, junction boxes, and pull boxes of emergency systems.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on electrical identification materials and
products.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering electrical identification products that may be incorporated in the work include
Page 231 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
BASIC ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 260553-2
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
W.H. Brady Co., Calpico Inc., Ideal Industries, Inc., National Band and Tag Co., Panduit
Corp., Seton Name Plate Co., or equal.
2.02 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and
types required for each application. Where more than a single type is specified for an
application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single selection for each application.
B. Color-Coded Conduit Markers: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, flexible or
semi-rigid, permanent, plastic-sheet conduit markers, extending 350 degrees around
conduits, designed for attachment to conduit by adhesive. Except as otherwise indicated,
provide lettering that indicates voltage of conductor(s) in conduit. Provide 8" minimum
length. Unless otherwise indicated or required by governing regulation, provide orange
markers with black letters.
C. Color-Coded Plastic Tape: Provide manufacturer's standard self-adhesive vinyl tape not
less than 3 mils thick by 1-1/2" wide. Unless otherwise indicated or required by governing
regulations, provide orange tape.
D. Cable/Conductor Identification Bands: Provide manufacturer's standard vinyl-cloth self-
adhesive cable/conductor markers of wrap-around type, either pre-numbered plastic
coated type or write-on type with clear plastic self-adhesive cover flap, numbered to show
circuit identification.
E. Engraved Plastic-Laminate Signs: Provide engraving stock melamine plastic laminate,
complying with FS L-P-387, in sizes and thicknesses indicated, engraved with engraver's
standard letter style of sizes and wording indicated, black face and white core plies (letter
color). Provide thickness of 1/16", except as otherwise indicated. Punch plastic laminate
for mechanical fastening and provide self-tapping stainless steel screws. Provide contact-
type permanent adhesive where screws cannot or should not penetrate substrate.
2.03 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS
A. Coordinate names, abbreviations, and other designations used in electrical identification
work with corresponding designations shown, specified, or scheduled. Provide numbers,
lettering, and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by
manufacturers, or as required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of
electrical systems and equipment. Comply with ANSI A13.1 pertaining to minimum sizes
for letters and numbers.
Page 232 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
BASIC ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 260553-3
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION
A. General Installation Requirements: Install electrical identification products as indicated,
in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and with requirements of CEC.
Where identification is to be applied to surfaces that require finish, install identification
after completion of painting.
B. Conduit Identification: Where electrical conduit is exposed in spaces with exposed
mechanical piping that is identified by a color-coded method, apply color-coded
identification on electrical conduit in a manner similar to piping identification. Except as
otherwise indicated, use orange as coded color for conduit.
C. Cable/Conductor Identification: Apply cable/conductor identification including voltage,
phase, and feeder number on each cable and conductor in each box/enclosure/cabinet
where wires of more than one lighting or power circuit occur, except where another form
of identification (such as color-coded conductors) is provided. Match identification with
marking system used in panelboards, shop drawings, contract documents, and similar
previously established identification for project electrical work.
D. Danger Signs: Critical Switches/Controls: Install danger signs on switches and similar
controls, regardless of whether concealed or locked up, where untimely or inadvertent
operation (by anyone) could result in significant danger to persons or damage to or loss of
property.
E. Equipment/System Identification: Install engraved plastic-laminate sign on each major
unit of electrical equipment in building, including central or master unit of each electrical
system including communication, signal, and alarm systems, unless unit is specified with
its own self-explanatory identification. Except as otherwise indicated, provide single line
of text, 1/2" high lettering on 1-1/2" sign (2" high where 2 lines are required), white
lettering in black field. Provide text matching terminology and numbering of the contract
documents and shop drawings. Install signs at locations indicated or, where not otherwise
indicated, at location for greatest convenience of viewing without interference with
operation and maintenance of equipment. Secure to substrate with fasteners, except use
adhesive where fasteners should not or cannot penetrate the substrate. Provide signs for
each unit of the following categories of electrical work:
1. Electrical power, signal, and control cabinets and enclosures.
2. Disconnect switches, individually mounted circuit breakers.
3. Control relays and starters.
4. Junction and pull boxes assigned identifying systems, names, or numbers.
END OF SECTION
Page 233 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM STUDY
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022 260573-1
SECTION 260573 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM STUDY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. An Electrical System Study consisting of short circuit studies, protective device evaluation
studies, protective device coordination studies, and arc flash analysis shall be performed
on a portion of the 480Y/277 volt power distribution systems. These studies shall be
performed by an independent firm specializing in such studies such as Eaton Corporation,
KSG Consulting Engineers, or as approved by Engineer. The studies shall be submitted
prior to installation of the new generator. The Electrical System Studies shall be
performed in a timely manner.
B. The studies shall include all portions of the new 480 volt electrical distribution system
from the Pacific Gas & Electric Co. transformer and generator power sources to the
downstream load terminals of the existing switchboard PB distribution breakers and the
fire pump controller.
C. The Short Circuit Study shall be in accordance with ANSI C37.5 - 1979, IEEE Std. 399 -
1997 and IEEE Std. 141-1993.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. The results of the electrical system study shall be summarized in a final report. A pdf
copy of the final report shall be submitted.
B. The report shall include the following sections:
1. Description, purpose, basis and scope of the study and a one line diagram of that
portion of the Electrical System which is included in the scope of the study.
2. Tabulations of circuit breaker, switch, fuse and other protective device ratings
versus calculated short circuit duties, and commentary regarding same.
3. Protective device time versus current coordination curves, tabulations of relay and
circuit breaker trip settings, fuse selection, and commentary regarding same.
4. Fault current calculations including a definition of terms and guide for interpretation
of computer printout.
5. Incident energy levels, protection boundaries, and PPE levels.
6. Provide a sample of the Arc Flash labels in the report to be used for this project.
1.03 SHORT CIRCUIT STUDY
A. The short circuit study shall be performed with the aid of a computer program.
Page 234 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM STUDY
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022 260573-2
B. The study input data shall include the generators' short circuit contribution, resistance, and
reactance components of the branch impedances, the X/R ratios, base quantities selected,
and other source impedances
C. Short circuit momentary duty values and interrupting duty values shall be calculated on
the basis of assumed three-phase bolted short circuits at switchboards, primary distribution
transformer overcurrent protection, and other significant locations through the systems.
The short circuit tabulations shall include symmetrical fault currents and X/R ratios. For
each fault location, the total duty on the bus as well as the individual contribution from
each connected branch shall be listed with its respective X/R ratio.
1.04 PROTECTIVE DEVICE EVALUATION STUDY
A. A protective device evaluation study shall be performed to determine the adequacy of
circuit breakers and fuses by tabulating and comparing the short circuit ratings of these
devices with the calculated fault currents. Appropriate multiplying factors based on
system X/R ratios and protective device rating standards shall be applied. Any problem
areas or inadequacies in the equipment due to short circuit currents shall be promptly
brought to the Engineer's attention.
1.05 PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION STUDY
A. A protective device coordination study shall be performed to provide the necessary
calculations and logic decisions required to select or to check the selection of power fuse
ratings, protective relay characteristics and settings, ratios and characteristics of associated
current transformers, and low voltage breaker trip characteristics and settings. The
objective of the study is to obtain optimum protective and coordination performance from
these devices.
B. The phase and ground overcurrent and ground fault protection shall be included as well as
settings of all other adjustable protective devices.
C. The time-current characteristics of the specified protective devices shall be drawn on
Keuffel and Esser log-log paper. The plots shall include complete titles, representative
one-line diagram and legends, relays or fuse characteristics, significant motor starting
characteristics, complete parameters of transformers, complete operating bands of low
voltage circuit breaker trip curves and fuses. The coordination plots shall indicate the
types of protective devices selected, proposed relay taps, time dial and instantaneous trip
settings, transformer magnetizing inrush and ANSI transformer withstand parameters,
cable thermal overcurrent withstand limits and significant symmetrical and asymmetrical
fault currents. All restrictions of the California Electrical Code shall be adhered to and
proper coordination intervals and separation of characteristic curves shall be maintained.
The coordination plots for phase and ground protective devices shall be provided on a
system basis. A sufficient number of separate curves shall be used to clearly indicate the
coordination achieved.
Page 235 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM STUDY
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022 260573-3
1.06 PROTECTIVE DEVICE TESTING, CALIBRATION, AND ADJUSTMENT
A. The equipment manufacturer or the independent firm specializing in the calibration and
testing shall provide the services of a qualified engineer and necessary tools and
equipment to test, calibrate, and adjust all new and modified existing ground fault settings
and circuit breaker trip devices as recommended in the electrical system studies.
1.07 ARC FLASH ANALYSIS
A. Provide an Arc Flash analysis to identify protection boundaries, incident energy levels
(IE) and personal protective equipment (PPE) to be worn by maintenance personnel when
working on energized equipment.
B. The analysis shall be based on the calculation methods and recommendations in NFPA
70E, Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace, 2009 Edition. Provide calculations
utilizing software as provided by ETAP or SKM. The electrical system shall be modeled
to include the utility incoming utility service, utility transformer, switchboard PB, standby
generators, and the fire pump controller. Completion of the coordination study is required
prior to performing the flash analysis.
C. Using the selected protective device settings, provide analysis of alternative scenarios to
determine the worst case incident energy levels and select appropriate PPE levels. The
scenarios shall include but not limited to: (1) maximum available short circuit current
available from the utility; (2) minimum short circuit current available from the utility; and
(3) available short circuit current when operating the electrical system from the standby
generator.
D. The Arc Flash analysis shall be provided in a report format which includes the one line
diagram, coordination curves, selected protective device settings, available short circuit
currents, documentation of input characteristics for the electrical system, incident energy
levels, protection boundaries and PPE levels. Provide a sample of the Arc Flash labels in
the report to be used for this project.
E. After review and acceptance of the Arc Flash analysis by the Engineer, Contractor shall
provide and install Arc Flash labels on the equipment.
F. The study shall be signed and stamped by an electrical engineer registered in the State of
California.
PART 2 - MATERIALS [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
Page 236 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 261219-1
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
SECTION 261219 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Extent of transformer work is indicated by Drawings.
B. Types of transformers specified in this section include medium voltage liquid filled
transformers.
C. Refer to other Division 26 sections for electrical wiring connections required in
conjunction with transformers.
D. Electrical wiring connections for transformers are specified in applicable Division 26
sections.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of power/distribution
transformers of types and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory use
in similar service for not less than five years.
B. CEC Compliance: Comply with CEC as applicable to installation and construction of
electrical power/distribution transformers.
C. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) Compliance and Labeling: Comply
with safety standards pertaining to medium voltage transformers and provide products and
components that have been listed and labeled by an NRTL such as UL or equal.
D. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of NEMA Std Pub Nos. TR 1 and
TR 27 pertaining to power/distribution transformers.
E. ANSI/IEEE Compliance: Comply with applicable ANSI/IEEE standards pertaining to
power/distribution transformers including ANSI C57.12.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data including rated kVA,
frequency, primary and secondary voltages, percent taps, impedance, and standard
published data. Submit manufacturer’s installation instructions.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's drawings indicating dimensions and weight
loadings for transformer installations, showing layout, fusing including type and size,
mountings and supports, center of gravity, and electrical connections to equipment
external from the transformer. Include certification of transformer performance efficiency
at indicated loads, percentage regulation at 100% and 80% power factor, no-load and full-
Page 237 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 261219-2
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
load losses in watts, percent impedance at 75 C, hot-spot and average temperature rise
above 40 C ambient, and sound level in decibels.
C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit wiring protection and control diagrams for power distribution
transformers. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are manufacturer
installed and portions to be field installed.
D. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit operation and maintenance procedures for
review. Data sheets on all the major components shall be submitted. The data sheets shall
be supplemented by written text and shall include the following:
1. Operating procedures:
a. Start-up routine and normal operating instructions.
b. Control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions.
c. Special operating instructions.
2. Maintenance procedures:
a. Routine maintenance.
b. Adjustment and checking.
c. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and
diagrams required for maintenance.
d. Recommended spare parts list including manufacturer's name and part number
for all components of the system.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products as
manufactured by Cooper Power Systems, Cutler-Hammer, General Electric Company, or
equal.
2.02 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard materials and
components as indicated by published product information, design and construction as
recommended by manufacturer, and as required for complete installation.
B. Liquid Filled Distribution Transformers: Provide factory-assembled, liquidfilled, outdoor
type tamper resistant, deadfront, pad mounted distribution transformers where shown, of
sizes, characteristics, and rated capacities indicated: 3 phase, 60 hertz, minimum 5.6%
impedance, with 4160 volt 95 kV BIL delta primaries, and 480Y/277 volt three phase 30
kV BIL wye secondaries with grounded neutral. Provide primary windings of copper or
aluminum with 4 taps, 2, 2-1/2% increments above and 2, 2-1/2" increments below full
Page 238 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 261219-3
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
rated voltage for de-energized tap changing operation. Limit transformer surface
temperature rise to maximum of 65 C above a 30 C ambient.
C. The dielectric coolant shall be listed less-flammable fluid meeting the requirements of
National Code Section 450-23, including a minimum fire point of 300 C. The fluid shall
be biodegradable, non-toxic, and non-bioaccumulating. It shall be Factory Mutual
Approved and UL Classified. Provide Envirotemp FR3 fluid, no known equal.
D. Equip sealed transformer tank with drain valve and sampling device, liquid level gage,
automatic pressure relief device, grounding block, and top liquid dial type thermometer.
Provide steel enclosure with side hinged, removable weather resistant cover, with hinged
lift-off cabinet doors capable of locking. The high voltage compartment fastenings shall
not be accessible until the low voltage door has been opened. Unit shall be provided with
three universal bushing wells for connection of separable insulated elbows and inserts on
the primary. Provide a parking stand and insulated parking bushing for each primary
bushing well. Provide with low voltage spade type bushings suitable for vertical cable
take off. Provide with a high voltage/low voltage compartment barrier. Apply
manufacturer's standard enamel over cleaned and phosphatized steel enclosure.
Provisions for tank grounding shall be provided for in both the high and low voltage
compartments.
E. The transformer primary shall be furnished with a loadbreak Bay-O-Net assembly with a
flapper valve to minimize liquid spillage. Overcurrent protection shall be provided by a
Bay-O-Net expulsion fuse mounted in series with a partial range under-liquid ELSP
current limiting fuse with the combination providing a minimum interrupting rating of
50,000 amperes.
F. Provide transformer with internal on-off gang operated under oil load break switch
connected between the primary bushings and the primary fuses. Locate operating handle
and nameplate indicating the switch positions shall be located in the high voltage
compartment. This switch shall allow de-energization of the transformer from the primary
source.
G. Finishes: Coat interior and exterior surfaces of transformer, including bolted joints, with
manufacturer's standard color baked-on enamel.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF TRANSFORMERS
A. Install transformers as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions,
applicable requirements of CEC, NEMA, ANSI, and IEEE standards, and recognized
industry practices to ensure that products fulfill requirements.
B. Prior to energization of circuitry, perform each visual and mechanical inspection and
electrical test stated in InterNational Electrical Testing Association (NETA) “Acceptance
Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems”, 2007
Page 239 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 261219-4
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
Edition, Section 7.2.2. Energize primary circuit at rated voltage and frequency from
normal power source and measure primary and secondary voltages for proper tap settings.
Record values and include in Operating and Maintenance instructions.
C. Perform insulation-resistance tests winding-to-winding and each winding-to-ground with
minimum 1000 Vdc for one minute. Results shall be temperature corrected when readings
are performed in other than a 64 F - 72 F ambient environment. Compare with
manufacturer's test data. Record values and include in Operating and Maintenance
instructions.
D. When requested by Engineer, perform sound level measurements to demonstrate audible
sound levels are in compliance with requirements.
E. Coordinate transformer installation work with electrical raceway and wire/cable work as
necessary for proper interface. Provide reinforced concrete equipment pads.
F. Connect transformer units to electrical wiring system. Connection to transformers from
overhead shall be made with flexible steel conduit. Comply with requirements of other
Division 16 sections.
G. Grounding: Provide system and equipment grounding and grounding connections,
sufficiently tight to assure permanent and effective ground, for transformers as indicated.
END OF SECTION
Page 240 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
SWITCHBOARDS 262413-1
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
SECTION 262413 SWITCHBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Extent of switchboards is indicated by Drawings, schedules, and one-line diagram. Types
of switchboards in this section include distribution circuit breaker style.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of switchboards of types and ratings required,
whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than five years.
B. California Electrical Code (CEC) Compliance: Comply with CEC as applicable to
construction and installation of electrical switchboards.
C. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) Compliance and Labeling: Comply
with safety standards pertaining to switchboards and provide products and components
that have been listed and labeled by an NRTL such as UL or equal. UL Labels: Provide
switchboards that have been UL listed and labeled under UL 891 "Dead-Front Electrical
Switchboards."
D. ANSI/IEEE Compliance: Comply with ANSI/IEEE standards pertaining to switchboard
assemblies.
E. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of NEMA Standards No. PB 2,
"Dead-Front Distribution Switchboards," and No. PB 2.1, "Instructions for Safe Handling,
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of Switchboards."
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on switchboards. Data shall include, but not
be limited to; voltages, number of phases, frequency, and short-circuit and continuous
current ratings. Provide manufacturer's application data for main and branch circuit
breakers section, main bus, insulation level, and fixed-position main and distribution
circuit breakers including ground fault protection and circuit breaker trip curves.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit dimensioned drawings of switchboard showing minimum
clearances, conductor entry provisions, gutter space, installed features and devices, and
material lists for each switch. Include the following:
1. Enclosure types and details.
2. Bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings.
3. Short-circuit current rating of switchboards and overcurrent protective devices.
Page 241 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
SWITCHBOARDS 262413-2
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
4. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent
protective devices and auxiliary components.
5. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.
6. Nameplate legend.
7. Submit certification that switchboards and components will remain in place without
separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces
specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event. The specified
seismic forces shall be as indicated in California Building Code Seismic Zone 4.
Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage
provisions.
C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit manufacturer's printed instruction
information, recommended renewal parts list, insulation resistance measurements, and
include information required in 1.03A and 1.03B. Include Manufacturer's written
instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices and Manufacturer's
final assembly and testing report. Provide time-current curves, including selectable ranges
for each type of overcurrent protective device.
D. Field quality-control test reports: Submit test procedures used, test results that comply
with requirements, and results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test
results that comply with requirements.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide switchboards as
manufactured by Schneider Electric Co., Siemens, or equal.
2.02 GENERAL
A. Except as otherwise indicated, provide switchboards of types, sizes, characteristics,
voltages, and ampere ratings indicated, that comply with manufacturer's standard design,
materials, components, and construction, which are in accordance with published product
information, and are as required for a complete installation.
B. Provide front-connected, front-accessible switchboard with fixed, individually-mounted main device, group-mounted branch devices, and sections rear aligned.
C. Equip switchboards exposed to outdoor temperatures and humidity with an internal heater.
Equip with factory-installed electric space heaters of sufficient wattage in each vertical
section to maintain enclosure temperature above expected dew point. Power source shall
be from a 120 volt external branch circuit. Provide thermostat within enclosure to control
heater.
Page 242 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
SWITCHBOARDS 262413-3
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
2.03 EQUIPMENT SECTIONS AND COMPONENTS
A. AC Dead-Front Distribution Switchboards: The switchboards shall be floor-mounted,
self-supporting dead front and rear, front operated, manufactured complete with all parts.
Group mounted breakers shall not require any additional external mounting hardware. All
fittings and equipment, including buses for group, fixed position, or draw-out, shall be
included. Provide padlocking provisions at each circuit breaker; barriers; terminals; top
hats for feeder bus duct and multiple conduit and conductor entries; nameplates; wiring;
and connections as required. Provide thermal magnetic, ground fault, solid state circuit
breakers where indicated. Switchboards shall be rated for 480Y/277 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire
distribution, with ampacity as indicated. Switchboards shall have ground fault
interrupting or ground fault monitoring and alarm on main and distribution circuit breakers
complete with all accessories, where indicated on the one-line diagram.
B. Enclosures and Mounting: The enclosures shall be sized as shown on the drawings with
minimum height of 90 inches. Enclosures shall be fabricated of cold rolled steel on a
structural shape or formed steel frame and ends shall be mounted on continuous channel
iron sills closed on the ends. Mounting channels shall have holes provided with maximum
diameter 1/8" larger than anchor bolts. Diameters of required anchor bolts are as indicated
on drawings for installation of switchboards. All parts and materials shall be furnished by
the switchboard manufacturer. Complete switchboard shall have a short circuit current
withstand rating of 65,000, or as indicated on the Drawings. Switchboards located in
damp or wet locations shall be housed in a NEMA 3R enclosure. The enclosure shall be
treated with a phosphate pretreatment and painted in ANSI #49 medium light gray baked
enamel. Supply each switchboard with one can of matching aerosol spray paint for
touchup after installation.
C. Busing: All the bus bars shall be 90% conductivity silver or tin plated hard drawn copper
and shall be bused for the full continuous load. Busing shall extend to all spares and
spaces. Bus connectors and breaker mounting brackets shall be provided to all circuit
breakers and spaces for future circuit breakers. All bus bar connections shall be bolted
with conical washers. Bus bars shall be accurately formed and all holes made in a manner
permitting bus bars and connections to be fitted into place without being forced. Bus bars
and connections shall be provided with silver plated contact surfaces. Switchboards and
buses shall have provisions for adding full bus capacity sections. Provide minimum 1/4”
x 2” hard-drawn copper ground bus of 98% conductivity, equipped with pressure
connectors for feeder and branch-circuit ground conductors in main and distribution
sections. Provide neutral disconnect link using uninsulated copper bus, arranged to
connect neutral bus to ground bus.
D. Energy-Reducing Maintenance Switching: Provide an energy-reducing maintenance
mode On/Off switch that allows a worker to reduce the clearing time for the associated
circuit breaker. Switch shall have visual local status indicator and be lockable in the On
position. Circuit breaker clearing time shall be reduced to less than 80ms.
E. Metering: Provide a demand meter to monitor phase voltage, line-to-neutral voltage,
current, real power per phase and total, reactive power per phase and total, and apparent
Page 243 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
SWITCHBOARDS 262413-4
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
power per phase and total. Meter shall display present values and maintain a record of the
peak values for each power and current value monitored. Include current transformer with
shorting type terminal blocks for input to the meter.
F. Nameplates: Engraved screw on laminated plastic nameplates with black face/white
lettering shall be provided at the top center of the switchboard indicating the switchboard
designation and operating voltage. A similar nameplate shall be installed adjacent to each
circuit breaker indicating the equipment or panel that each controls.
2.04 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Except as otherwise indicated, provide circuit breakers and ancillary components of types,
sizes, ratings, and electrical characteristics indicated, which comply with manufacturer's
standard design, with materials, components, and construction according to published
product information and as required for a complete installation.
B. The switchboard circuit breakers shall be rated to interrupt the symmetrical short circuit
current indicated on the Drawings.
C. Both the main breaker and the distribution circuit breakers shall be molded case air
breakers, quick-make, quick-break, trip-free, thermal magnetic type except where solid
state, fixed position or draw-out type circuit breakers, with ratings and quantity of poles,
are indicated on the drawings. The operating handle or electrical controls of the circuit
breaker shall open and close all poles of a multipole breaker simultaneously and be trip
indicating. Each circuit breaker shall have provisions for padlocking in "OFF" position.
The breakers shall meet NEMA and/or UL specifications and shall be NRTL labeled.
Provide integrally mounted ground-fault protection consisting of an integrally mounted
relay and trip unit with adjustable pickup and time-delay settings, push-to-test feature, and
ground-fault indicator. Circuit breaker trip settings shall be per the recommendations of
the coordination study as specified in section 260573.
D. Group Mounted Circuit Breakers: Provide as indicated group mounted branch circuit
breakers mounted on a common pan or rail assembly. The interior shall have three flat
mounted bus bars, one per phase, stacked and aligned vertically with glass reinforced
polyester insulators laminated between phases. The molded polyester insulators shall
support and provide phase isolation to the entire length of the bus. The complete assembly
shall be contained between two steel channels permanently secured to a galvanized
mounting pan by tamper-resistant fasteners. Circuit breakers shall require no additional
external mounted hardware and shall be held in place by a self-contained bracket secured
to the mounting pan. Circuit breakers of different frame sizes shall be capable of being
mounted across from each other without means of a common bracket.
E. Solid State Circuit Breakers: Provide electronic trip-unit circuit breakers with RMS
sensing, and field-replaceable rating plug. Include with the following field-adjustable
settings:
1. Instantaneous trip.
Page 244 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
SWITCHBOARDS 262413-5
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
2. Long-time pickup levels.
3. Long-time time adjustments.
4. Ground-fault pickup level, time delay, and I2t response.
F. Ground Fault Protection and Indication: Provide integral solid state ground fault
protection and indication on breakers of types and ratings indicated.
G. Furnish portable test set to test functions of solid-state trip devices without removal from
switchboard. Include relay and meter test plugs suitable for testing switchboard meters
and switchboard class relays.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Prior to delivery to the Project site, ensure that suitable storage space is available to store
materials in a well-ventilated area protected from weather, moisture, soiling, extreme
temperatures, humidity, and corrosive atmospheres. Materials shall be protected during
delivery and storage and shall not exceed the manufacturer stated storage requirements.
As a minimum, store indoors in clean, dry space with uniform temperature to prevent
condensation. In addition, protect electronics from all forms of electrical and magnetic
energy that could reasonably cause damage.
B. Deliver materials to the Project site in supplier’s or manufacturer’s original wrappings and
containers, labeled with supplier’s or manufacturer’s name, material or product brand
name, and equipment tag number or service name as identified within the Contract
Documents.
C. Inspect and report any concealed damage or violation of delivery storage, and handling
requirements to the Engineer.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF SWITCHBOARDS
A. Install new switchboards as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions,
and with recognized industry practices, complying with applicable requirements of CEC,
NEMA's Stds Pub/No. PB 2.1, and NECA's "Standard of Installation."
B. Seismic Restraints and Anchorage: Seismic restraints and anchorage for all switchboards
shall comply with the requirements of the California Building Code. Mount switchboards
on 1-1/2 inch high raised reinforced concrete equipment pads or at height as indicated.
Coordinate equipment configuration to ensure that the height to the center of the grip on
the operating handle of any device does not exceed 6'7" above finish floor. Edge distances
from switchboard shall be minimum of ten anchor bolt diameters to the edge of the
concrete pad. Refer to tables, details, and seismic notes on Drawings.
Page 245 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
SWITCHBOARDS 262413-6
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
C. Adjust and Clean: Adjust operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement. Touch
up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish. Adjust all breaker and relay
settings, including instantaneous, ground fault pickup and delay, and long-time settings as
required for each breaker per coordination study prior to energizing.
D. Grounding: Provide transformer grounding and equipment grounding and connections
sufficiently tight to assure a permanent and effective ground, for switchboards and
grounds to subfed transformers, distribution panels, and panelboards.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
1. Prior to energization of circuitry: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection
and electrical test stated in ANSI/NETA - ATS 2009 “Acceptance Testing
Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems”, section
7.1. Check for electrical continuity of circuits and for short circuits. Verify that
manual transfer warnings are properly placed. Inspect for physical damage, proper
installation and connection, and integrity of barriers, covers, and safety features.
Measure insulation resistance phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground with insulation
resistance tester. Include external annunciation and control circuits. Use test
voltages and procedure recommended by manufacturer. Comply with
manufacturer's specified minimum resistance.
2. Ground-Fault Tests: Perform ground-fault tests to demonstrate compliance with
requirements. Verify grounding connections, locations, and ratings of sensors.
Indicated as left settings in report.
B. Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings,
measured insulation, and contact resistances and time delays. Attach a label or tag to each
tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests.
C. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.
D. Before acceptance of equipment, instruct the Owner’s maintenance and operating staff in
the operation and maintenance of this equipment. Complete written instructions manuals,
operating schedules, parts lists, blueprints, wiring diagrams, maintenance and repair
manuals, shall be submitted to the Engineer before final approval. The foregoing tests and
associated work shall be provided without additional cost to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
Page 246 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
WIRING DEVICES 262726-1
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
SECTION 262726 WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. The extent of wiring device work is indicated by Drawings and as specified herein.
B. Types of electrical wiring devices in this Section include receptacles, switches, faceplates,
plugs and plug connectors, and accessories.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of wiring devices of types,
materials, and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar
service for not less than three years.
B. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) Compliance and Labeling: Comply
with safety standards pertaining to electrical wiring devices and provide products and
components that have been listed and labeled by an NRTL such as UL or equal.
C. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA standards for general and specific purpose
wiring devices.
D. California Electrical Code (CEC) Compliance: Comply with CEC as applicable to
construction and installation of electrical wiring devices.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on electrical wiring devices and faceplates
including color selections for all devices. Identify proposed wiring devices by
manufacturer’s catalog numbers.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Provide factory-fabricated wiring devices in types, colors, and electrical ratings for
applications indicated and complying with NEMA Standards Publication No. WD 1.
Provide ivory color devices except where otherwise indicated. Verify color selections
with Engineer.
2.02 RECEPTACLES
A. Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupter (GFCI) Receptacles: GFCI receptacles shall be duplex,
three-wire, NEMA 5-15R or 5-20R, 125-volt, parallel slot, weather resistant, polarized
Page 247 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
WIRING DEVICES 262726-2
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
where indicated, in ivory color. GFCI receptacles shall be 20A feed-through type, capable
of protecting connected downstream receptacles on single circuit, grounding type UL-
rated Class A, 60 Hz, with solid state ground fault sensing and signaling, with 4-6
milliamperes ground fault trip level. 15 amp devices shall be Hubbell GFR5262SGI,
Leviton G5262-WTI, or equal. NEMA 5-20R receptacles shall be Hubble GFR5362SGI,
Leviton G5362-WTI, or equal.
2.03 FACEPLATES
A. Faceplates: Provide single switch and duplex outlet faceplates for wiring devices of types
and sizes and with ganging and cutouts as indicated.
B. Damp and Wet locations: Receptacle and switch covers shall be cast metal NEMA 3R
wet location labeled plate. Receptacle covers shall be provided with cover hood that
maintains a weatherproof rating with the attachment plug cap inserted or removed. Cover
hood shall be identified as 'extra duty' and shall be capable of being locked in the closed
position with a padlock.
C. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering faceplates that may be incorporated in the work include Hubbell, Leviton, or
equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES
A. Install wiring devices as indicated, in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions
and with applicable requirements of CEC and of the NECA "Standard of Installation" and
in accordance with recognized industry practices to fulfill project requirements.
B. Coordinate with other work, including painting, electrical box and wiring work, as
necessary to interface installation of wiring devices with other work.
C. Install wiring devices only in electrical boxes that are clean and free from building
materials, dirt, and debris.
D. Delay installation of wiring devices until wiring work is completed.
3.02 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Ensure proper and cautious use of convenience outlets, if used during construction. At
time of Substantial Completion, replace those items that have been damaged, including
those burned and scorched by faulty plugs.
Page 248 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
WIRING DEVICES 262726-3
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Prior to energizing circuitry, test wiring devices for electrical continuity and proper
polarity connections. After energizing circuitry, test wiring devices to demonstrate
compliance with requirements.
END OF SECTION
Page 249 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816-1
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
SECTION 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Extent of enclosed switch and circuit breaker work is indicated by Drawings and
schedules.
B. Types of enclosed switch work in the Section include equipment disconnects, appliance
disconnects, and motor circuit disconnects.
C. Types of enclosed circuit breaker work in this Section include individually enclosed
molded case thermal magnetic circuit breakers.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of enclosed switches and circuit
breakers of types, sizes, and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory
use in similar service for not less than five years.
B. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) Compliance and Labeling: Comply
with safety standards pertaining to enclosed switches, circuit breakers and enclosures and
provide products and components that have been listed and labeled by an NRTL such as
UL or equal. Comply with applicable requirements of UL 98, "Enclosed and Dead-Front
Switches and UL 489, "Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures."
C. NEMA Compliance: Comply with requirements of NEMA Standards Publication Nos.
KS 1, "Enclosed Switches," and 250, "Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts
Maximum)." Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA Standards Pub No. AB 1,
AB 2 and SG 3 pertaining to molded case circuit breakers.
D. California Electrical Code (CEC) Compliance: Comply with CEC as applicable to
construction and installation of enclosed switches and circuit breakers.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on enclosed switches and circuit breakers
required, including: voltages and current ratings, interrupting ratings, current limitations,
time current trip characteristic curves, number of poles, and mounting requirements.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's printed operation and
maintenance data. Include data on as installed fuses for fused safety switches and thermal
overload ratings for manual starting switches.
Page 250 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816-2
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products as
manufactured by General Electric Co., Schneider Square D Co., Eaton, or equal.
2.02 FABRICATED SWITCHES
A. Disconnect Switches: Provide surface mounted, heavy duty type, fused or non-fused,
sheet steel enclosed switches of types, sizes, and electrical characteristics indicated, rated
600 volts, 60 hertz, with number of poles indicated, incorporating spring assisted, quick
make, quick break switches that are so constructed that switch blades are visible in OFF
position with door open. Equip with operating handle that is integral part of enclosure
base, has easily recognizable operating position, and is capable of being padlocked in OFF
position. Construct current carrying parts of high conductivity copper, with silver tungsten
type switch contacts and stamped enclosure knockouts. Provide NEMA 1 type enclosure.
For outdoor, wet, and damp locations, provide NEMA 3R type enclosure. Provide fuses
for safety switches as indicated or as recommended by switch manufacturer, of classes,
types, and ratings needed to fulfill electrical requirements for service indicated and
equipment connected.
2.03 MANUAL MOTOR STARTER SWITCHES
A. 600 VAC fractional HP size 0 manual starters with overload protection: Provide manual
single-phase fractional HP manual motor starters of sizes and ratings indicated. Equip
with manually operated quick-make, quick-break toggle mechanisms and with one-piece
melting alloy type thermal units. Starter shall become inoperative when thermal unit is
removed. Provide starters with double break silver alloy contacts visible from both sides
of starter and switch capable of being padlocked in the open or closed position. Enclose
starter unit in NEMA Type 4 enclosure for surface mounting. Provide with pushbutton
operator. Enclosure shall be provided with manufacturer's standard color finish.
B. 600 VAC fractional HP manual motor switches without overload protection: Provide
manual single-phase fractional HP manual motor switches of sizes and ratings indicated.
Equip with manually operated quick-make, quick-break toggle mechanisms. Provide
starters with double break silver alloy contacts visible from both sides of starter and switch
capable of being padlocked in the open or closed position. Enclose starter unit in NEMA
Type 1 enclosure for indoor dry locations and NEMA Type 4 enclosure for damp or wet
locations. Enclosure shall be surface mounted and provided with manufacturer's standard
color finish.
2.04 600 VOLT CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide circuit breakers and ancillary components
of types sizes, ratings, and electrical characteristics indicated which comply with
manufacturer's standard design, materials, components, and construction in accordance
with published product information and as required for a complete installation. Provide
Page 251 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816-3
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
State of California approved lock-offs on all manually operated circuit breakers for
padlocking in the "OFF" position. Provide surface or recessed mounted enclosures for
separately mounted circuit breakers where indicated. Circuit breakers shall be factory
sealed and shall have date code on circuit breaker face. Provide breakers with mechanical
screw type removable connector lugs for use with copper conductors. Circuit breakers
serving mechanical equipment shall be HACR rated.
B. Molded Case Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Provide factory-assembled, molded
case circuit breakers of frame size and number of poles as indicated. Circuit breakers shall
be constructed using glass reinforced insulating material providing superior dielectric
strength. Current-carrying components shall be completely isolated from the handle and
accessory mounting area. Provide breakers with permanent thermal and instantaneous
magnetic trips in each pole and with fault current protection and ampere ratings as
indicated. Construct with overcenter, trip free, toggle type operating mechanisms with
quick-make, quick-break action and positive handle trip indication. Construct breakers
for mounting and operating in any physical position and operating in an ambient
temperature of 40ºC. All circuit breakers shall have an AIC rating matching the panel in
which the breakers are installed.
C. Switch and Circuit Breaker Enclosures: Enclosures for circuit breakers shall be NEMA 1
in dry locations and NEMA 3R in damp and wet locations unless otherwise indicated on
the Drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Install enclosed switches and circuit breakers as indicated, in accordance with
manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of CEC, and NEMA, and the
NECA "Standard of Installation," and with recognized industry practices to ensure that
products fulfill requirements.
B. Coordinate with other work, including electrical raceway and wiring work, as necessary
to interface installation of product with other work.
C. Fasten enclosed switches and circuit breakers without causing mechanical stresses,
twisting, or misalignment to be exerted by clamps, supports, or cabling. Verify tightness
of bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer's
published data.
D. Install disconnect switches used with motor-driven appliances and motors and controllers
within sight of controller position unless otherwise indicated.
E. Set field adjustable circuit breakers for trip settings to coordinate with upstream and
downstream circuit breakers, subsequent to installation of units.
Page 252 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816-4
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
3.02 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Inspect enclosed switch and circuit breaker operating mechanisms for malfunctioning and,
where necessary, adjust units for free mechanical movement
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. Prior to energization of circuitry:
Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in InterNational
Electrical Testing Association (NETA) “Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical
Power Distribution Equipment and Systems”. Check for electrical continuity of circuits
and for short circuits. Verify that manual transfer warnings are properly placed. Inspect
for physical damage, proper installation and connection, and integrity of barriers, covers,
and safety features. Measure insulation resistance phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground
with insulation resistance tester. Comply with manufacturer's specified minimum
resistance.
B. Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record measured insulation, and contact
resistances.
END OF SECTION
Page 253 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
STANDBY GENERATOR AND ACCESSORIES 263213-1
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
SECTION 263213 STANDBY GENERATOR AND ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Extent of emergency generator work is indicated by Drawings and schedules. This section
specifies the requirements for the design, manufacture, testing, delivery, installation, and
testing of one 1250kW, 1562.5kVA, 480Y/277V, 60Hz, 0.8P.F. diesel engine driven
generators and accessories. The generator power shall be applied for standby continuous
electrical service during interruption of normal power. The generator shall include all unit
mounted controls, protection, wiring, enclosure, and accessories for automatic start-stop
operation.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The authorized dealer of the manufacturer shall have qualified factory representatives in
the area and have a parts and service facility within a 150 mile radius of the job site and
be on call 24 hours per day, 365 days per year. The authorized dealer be capable of
providing training, parts and emergency repairs and shall guarantee parts availability
within 48 hours.
B. CEC Compliance: Comply with applicable standby generator requirements of CEC
including but not limited to standby power generating systems as described in Article 700.
C. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of the 2015 Edition of NFPA
37, "Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines", and the
2016 Edition of NFPA 110, "Emergency and Standby Power Systems."
D. NRTL Compliance: Provide generator listed to UL 2200. Battery charger shall be listed
to UL 1236. Control system shall be listed to UL 508. All other components shall be
NRTL listed and/or labeled.
E. ANSI/NEMA Compliance: Comply with requirements of ANSI/NEMA MG 1, "Motors
and Generators," and MG 2, "Safety Standard for Construction and Guide for Selection,
Installation, and Use of Electric Motors and Generators."
F. IEEE Compliance: Comply with 1995 IEEE Std 446, "IEEE Recommended Practice for
Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Industrial and Commercial Applications."
G. Noise Emission: Comply with applicable state and local government requirements for
maximum noise level at adjacent property boundaries due to sound emitted by generator
set including engine, engine exhaust, engine cooling-air intake and discharge, and other
components of installation.
Page 254 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
STANDBY GENERATOR AND ACCESSORIES 263213-2
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
H. The generator set shall comply with Tier 2 emissions limit of U.S. EPA New Source
Performance Standards for stationary non-emergency engines under the provisions of 40
CFR 60 Subpart IIII when tested per ISO8178 D2.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Component List: Submit a breakdown of all components and options including, enclosure,
exhaust silencer and connections to engine, booster heaters, booster fans, seismic spring
isolators, and fuel piping.
B. Engine: Submit manufacturer produced generator set specification or data sheets
identifying make and model of engine including: type, aspiration, compression ratio, and
combustion cycle; bore, stroke, displacement, and number of cylinders; engine lubricating
oil capacity; engine coolant capacity without radiator; engine coolant capacity with
radiator; coolant pump external resistance (maximum); and coolant pump flow at
maximum resistance.
C. Generator: Submit manufacturer produced generator set specification or data sheets
identifying make and model of generator including frame, insulation class, number of
leads, total weight including all liquids, rotor weight, air flow, and efficiency at 0.8 power
factor for 50%, 75%, 100% load. Submit time constants for short circuit transient (T'D)
and armature short circuit (TA). Submit reactance for subtransient - direct axis (X'D),
transient - saturated (X'D), synchronous - direct axis (XD), negative sequence (X2), zero
sequence (X0), and fault current, 3 phase symmetrical.
D. Radiator: Submit manufacturer produced generator set specification or data sheets
identifying make and model of radiator fan drive ratio, fan power, air flow, sound at 23 ft.
and at property line, radiator coolant capacity, and radiator/engine coolant capacity.
E. System Performance: Based on SAE J1349 standard conditions of 29.61"Hg and 77 F;
also at conditions of ISO 3046/1, DIN 6271 and BS 5514. Provide kW and kVA power
rating at 0.8 power factor, exhaust gas stack temperature, combustion air inlet flow rate,
exhaust gas flow rate, exhaust system backpressure (maximum), heat rejection to coolant
and exhaust, heat radiated from engine, heat rejection from generator, and fuel
consumption at 25%, 50%, 75%, and 100% load. Also provide transient response of
frequency and voltage for the generator set when imposing block load changes from 0%
to 25%, 0% to 50%, 0% to 75%, 0% to 100%, 100% to 0%, 75% to 0%, 50% to 0%, and
25% to 0%.
F. Auxiliary Equipment: Specification or data sheets, including, but not limited to, acoustic
enclosure, exhaust silencer, exhaust bellow, booster heaters, booster fans, batteries, battery
charger, shore power panel, enclosure luminaires, enclosure convenience receptacles,
seismic spring isolators, fuel line solenoid valves and controls, and generator governor
and associated controls.
Page 255 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
STANDBY GENERATOR AND ACCESSORIES 263213-3
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
G. Drawings: General dimensioned drawings and all accessories showing overall generator
set and enclosure measurements, mounting location, and interconnect points for load
leads, starter governor, remote controls, and alarm monitoring, fuel, exhaust, and cooling.
H. Wiring Diagrams: Wiring diagrams published by the manufacturer in Joint Industrial
Council (JIC) format for controls, remote controls, and alarms, and switchgear showing
interconnected points and logic diagrams for use by contractor and owner.
I. Manufacturer's Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that enclosure,
engine-generator set, and components will withstand seismic forces as defined in ASCE 7
per the California Building Code. Provide outline drawings that identify the center of
gravity and location and description of mounting and anchorage provisions.
J. Warranty Statements: Warranty verification published by the manufacturer. Provide
manufacturer's five year warranty for the generator set.
K. Service: Location and description of supplier's parts and service facility including parts
inventory and number of qualified generator set service personnel.
L. Service Manuals and Parts Books: The system manufacturer's authorized local dealer shall
furnish three (3) copies each of the manuals and books for each unit under this contract.
All manuals and books shall be contained in 3-ring binders and contained in rigid plastic
pouches. The following information shall be provided: operating Instructions: Include
description and illustration of all switchgear controls and indicators and engine and
generator controls; parts books that illustrate and list all assemblies, subassemblies and
components, except standard fastening hardware (nuts, bolts, washers, etc.); preventative
maintenance instructions for complete system that cover daily, weekly, monthly, biannual,
and annual maintenance requirements and include a complete lubrication chart; routine
test procedures for all electronic and electrical circuits and for the main AC generator;
troubleshooting chart covering the complete generator set showing description of trouble,
probable cause, and suggested remedy; recommended spare parts list showing all
consumables anticipated to be required during routine maintenance and test; and wiring
diagrams and schematics showing function of all electrical components.
1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. The generator set shall include the capability of automatically controlling generator set
operation. After starting, the unit shall attain rated speed and voltage, and accept rated
load. Generator set speed shall be controlled by the engine governor, while generator
output voltage regulation shall be a function of the generator automatic voltage regulator.
Manual adjustment of generator speed and voltage shall be provided.
B. The engine fuel system shall be supplied to operate on diesel fuel.
C. Starting and stopping sequence shall be initiated manually or automatically by closing and
opening of a contact.
Page 256 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
STANDBY GENERATOR AND ACCESSORIES 263213-4
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
D. The set shall immediately shut down in the event of overspeed, low oil pressure, high
water temperature and overcrank. Cause of shutdown shall be indicated at generator. In
addition, a common failure alarm shall be reported to the on-site PLC. System logic shall
prevent restart until fault is cleared.
1.05 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
A. Rating: Engine brake horsepower shall be sufficient to deliver full rated generator set
kW/kVA when operated at rated rpm and equipped with all engine-mounted parasitic and
external loads such as radiator fans and power generators.
B. Start Time and Load Acceptance: Engine shall start, achieve rated voltage and frequency,
and accept load within 10 seconds after a utility outage.
C. Block Load Acceptance: Transient response shall conform to ISO 8528 requirements.
1.06 PARTS AVAILABILITY
A. The generator set supplier shall have sufficient parts inventory to maintain over the
counter availability of at least 90% of any required parts.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: The engine, cooling system, radiator, fuel system solenoid valves, and
generator shall be the product of one manufacturer who has been regularly engaged in the
production of complete generating systems for at least thirty years. Generator sets shall be
as manufactured by Cummins, or equal
2.02 ENGINE
A. Fuel: ASTM D975 #2 diesel fuel.
B. The engine shall be a stationary, liquid cooled, 1800 rpm, four cycle design, V-type, with
dry exhaust manifolds. It shall have 6 cylinders with minimum displacement of 8.9 liters.
It shall not be manufactured with any Class I ozone depleting substances (ODS) as defined
by Federal Register Vol 57 No. 86.
C. The engine shall be equipped with air filters, fuel filters and pressure gauge, lubricating
oil cooler, filters, and pressure gauge, water pump and temperature gauge, service hour
meter, flywheel, and flywheel housing when applicable.
D. The source of fuel for the system shall be diesel. Include carburetor, fuel solenoid valves,
and flexible fuel connectors.
Page 257 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
STANDBY GENERATOR AND ACCESSORIES 263213-5
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
2.03 GOVERNOR
A.Adjustable isochronous, with speed sensing. The governing system dynamic capabilities shall be
controlled as a function of engine coolant temperature to provide fast, stable operation at varying
engine operating temperature conditions. The control system shall actively control the fuel rate as
appropriate to the state of the engine generator. Fuel rate shall be regulated as a function of
starting, accelerating to start disconnect speed, accelerating to rated speed, and operating in various
isochronous states.
2.04 CONTROL AND MONITORING
A.Engine generator control shall be microprocessor based and provide automatic starting,
monitoring, protection and control functions for the unit.
B. Automatic Starting System Sequence of Operation: When mode-selector switch on the control
and monitoring panel is in the automatic position, remote-control contacts in one or more separate
automatic transfer switches initiate starting and stopping of generator set. When mode-selector
switch is switched to the on position, generator set starts. The off position of same switch initiates
generator-set shutdown. (Switches with different configurations but equal functions are
acceptable.) When generator set is running, specified system or equipment failures or
derangements automatically shut down generator set and initiate alarms. Operation of the local
(generator set-mounted) and/or remote emergency-stop switch also shuts down generator set.
C. Manual Starting System Sequence of Operation: Switching on-off switch on the generator control
panel to the on position starts generator set. The off position of same switch initiates generator-
set shutdown. When generator set is running, specified system or equipment failures or
derangements automatically shut down generator set and initiate alarms. Operation of the local
(generator set-mounted) and/or remote emergency-stop switch also shuts down generator set.
D.Configuration: Operating and safety indications, protective devices, system controls, engine gages
and associated equipment shall be grouped in a common control and monitoring panel. Mounting
method shall isolate the control panel from generator-set vibration. AC output power circuit
breakers and other output power equipment shall not be mounted in the control enclosure.
E.Indicating and protective devices and controls including the following:
1. AC voltmeter (3-phase, line to line and line to neutral values).
2. AC ammeter (3-phases).
3. AC frequency meter.
4. AC kW output (total and for each phase). Display shall indicate power flow
direction.
5. AC kVA output (total and for each phase). Display shall indicate power flow
direction.
6. AC Power factor (total and for each phase). Display shall indicate leading or
lagging condition.
Page 258 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
STANDBY GENERATOR AND ACCESSORIES 263213-6
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
7. Ammeter-voltmeter displays shall simultaneously display conditions for all three
phases.
8. Emergency Stop Switch: Switch shall be a red “mushroom head” pushbutton
device complete with lock-out/tag-out provisions. Depressing switch shall cause
the generator set to immediately stop the generator set and prevent it from
operating.
9. Fault Reset Switch: Supply a dedicated control switch to reset/clear fault
conditions.
10. DC voltmeter (alternator battery charging).
11. Engine-coolant temperature gauge.
12. Engine lubricating-oil pressure gauge.
13. Running-time meter.
14. Generator-voltage and frequency digital raise/lower switches. Rheostats for these
functions are not acceptable. The control shall adjustment of these parameters in a
range of plus or minus 5% of the voltage and frequency operating set point (not
nominal voltage and frequency values.) The voltage and frequency adjustment
functions shall be disabled when the paralleling breaker is closed.
15. AC Protective Equipment: The control system shall include over/under voltage,
reverse kVAR, reverse kW, over load (kW) short circuit, over current, loss of
voltage reference, and over excitation shut down protection. There shall be a
ground fault alarm for generator sets rated over 1000 amps, overload warning, and
overcurrent warning alarm.
16. Status LED indicating lamps to indicate remote start signal present at the control,
existing shutdown condition, existing alarm condition, not in auto, and generator
set running.
17. A graphical display panel with appropriate navigation devices shall be provided to
view all information noted above, as well as all engine status and alarm/shutdown
conditions (including those from an integrated engine emission control system).
The display shall also include integrated provisions for adjustment of the gain and
stability settings for the governing and voltage regulation systems.
18. Panel lighting system to allow viewing and operation of the control when the
generator room or enclosure is not lighted.
Page 259 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
STANDBY GENERATOR AND ACCESSORIES 263213-7
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
19. Data Logging: The control system shall log the latest 20 different alarm and shut
down conditions, the total number of times each alarm or shutdown has occurred,
and the date and time the latest of these shutdown and fault conditions occurred.
20. DC control Power Monitoring: The control system shall continuously monitor DC
power supply to the control, and annunciate low or high voltage conditions. It
shall also provide an alarm indicating imminent failure of the battery bank based
on degraded voltage recover on loading (engine cranking).
21. Provide communication module for transmitting alarms and conditions over the
ethernet to the existing treatment plant SCADA system using Modbus TCP
protocol.
2.05 COOLI.NG SYSTEM
A. Cooling System: The engine jacket water cooling system shall be a closed circuit design
with provision for filling, expansion, and deaeration. The cooling pump shall be driven by
the engine. Auxiliary coolant pumps required for heat exchangers or separate circuit
aftercooling shall also be engine driven. The radiator cooling fan shall be a blower type
driven from the engine. Air shall be drawn from the engine side and exhausted through
the radiator core. The engine air cleaner shall be engine mounted with dry element
requiring replacement no more frequently than 250 operating hours or once each year.
2.06 EXHAUST SILENCER
A. The exhaust silencer shall be sized and supplied by the engine supplier. It shall be
mounted near the engine to minimize noise and condensation, and pitched away from the
engine. A provision for draining moisture shall be included.
B. The silencer shall provide extreme noise attenuation for environments with low
background noise and slight noise emissions would be objectionable. The silencer shall
be located inside the generator enclosure.
2.07 WIRING AND CONDUIT
A. Engine and generator control wiring shall be multi-strand annealed copper conductors
encased by cross-linked polyethylene insulation resistant to heat, abrasion, oil, water, and
antifreeze. Wiring shall be suitable for continuous use at 250 F with insulation not brittle
at -60 F. Each cable will be heat stamped throughout the entire length to identify the
cable's origin and termination. Cables shall be enclosed in nylon flexible conduit which
is slotted to allow easy access and moisture to escape. Reusable bulkhead fittings will
attach the conduit to generator set mounted junction boxes.
2.08 ELECTRIC STARTING SYSTEM
A. The engine starting system shall include 24 volt DC starting motor(s), starter relay, and
automatic reset circuit breaker to protect against butt engagement. Batteries shall be
Page 260 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
STANDBY GENERATOR AND ACCESSORIES 263213-8
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
maintenance free, lead acid type mounted near the starting motor. A corrosion resistant
or coated steel battery rack shall be provided for mounting. Required cables shall be
furnished and sized to satisfy circuit requirements.
B. A jacket water heater shall be provided to maintain coolant temperature of 90 F while the
engine is idle. Heaters shall be rated 1.5kW shall accept 240 volt AC single phase power
and include thermostatic controls. Include isolation valves to isolate the heater for
replacement of the element without draining the engine cooling system or significant
coolant loss.
C. Batteries for starting and control shall be selected and supplied by the generator set
manufacturer.
D. Batteries shall be located as close to the starting motor as practical, away from spark
sources, in a relatively cool ambient, and permit easy inspection and maintenance.
E. A dual rate 10 ampere battery charger shall be provided which shall accept 120 volt AC
single phase input to provide 24 volt DC output. It shall be fused on the AC input and DC
output, and incorporate current limiting circuitry to avoid the need for a crank disconnect
relay. An AC voltage power switch shall be mounted on the face of the charger and
shielded from accidental switching. The charger shall include an AC ammeter and
voltmeter, and be housed in a NEMA enclosure suitable for the space within the generator
enclosure. The battery charger shall have charger loss of power, charger failure, and
overvoltage and undervoltage local alarm indication and form C contacts for remote
indication. Battery charger shall be manufactured by La Marche, Master, Sens, or equal.
F. Provide all required cables, and lugs for proper connection of the batteries to the engine
and to the battery charger.
G. Battery warranty shall be the responsibility of the generator set manufacturer.
2.09 GENERATOR
A. The generator shall be rated for Standby service at 1250kW, 1562.5kVA, 0.8 PF,
480Y/277V, three phase.
B. The generator shall be capable of withstanding a three phase load of 300% rated current
for 10 seconds, and sustaining 150% of continuous load current for 2 minutes with field
set for normal rated load excitation. The permanent magnet excitation system shall derive
excitation current from a pilot exciter mounted on the rotor shaft. It shall enable the
generator to sustain 300% of rated current for ten seconds during a fault condition.
C. The generator shall be close coupled, drip proof and guarded, constructed to NEMA 1 and
IP 22 standards, single bearing, salient pole, revolving field, synchronous type with
amortisseur windings in the pole faces of the rotating field.
D. The generator housing shall be one piece and mount directly to the engine flywheel
housing without bolted adaptors. Engine torque shall be transmitted through flexible steel
Page 261 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
STANDBY GENERATOR AND ACCESSORIES 263213-9
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
plates to the generator rotor. The generator ventilating fan shall mount to the engine
flywheel and act as a pressure plate to secure the flexible plates.
E. The alternator shall be rated for a 105 degree C temperature rise over a 40 degree C
environment. Provide alternator with a 100 watt, 120 volt anti-condensation heater.
2.10 AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATOR
A.Solid-state type, separate from exciter, providing performance as specified. The voltage regulation
system shall be microprocessor-controlled, 3-phase true RMS sensing, full wave rectified, and
provide a pulse-width modulated signal to the exciter.
2.11 MOUNTING/ENCLOSURE
A. The engine and generator shall be assembled to a common base by the engine-generator
manufacturer. The generator set base shall be designed and built by the engine-generator
manufacturer to resist deflection, maintain alignment, and minimize resonant linear
vibration.
B. Multiple panels shall be lockable and provide adequate access to components requiring
maintenance. Instruments, control, and battery system shall be mounted within enclosure.
C. Construction:
1. Louvers: Equip with bird screen to permit air circulation when engine is not running while
excluding birds and rodents,
2.Hinged Doors: Include padlocking provisions. Provide restraint/hold back hardware to
prevent door to keep door open at 180 degrees during maintenance. Provide with rain lips
over all doors.
3.Hardware: All hardware and hinges shall be stainless steel.
D. Shore power panel: Provide a 120/240V, 125A shore power panel with circuit breakers
and spaces as indicated on the Drawings. Interiors shall be designed so that circuit
breakers can be replaced without disturbing adjacent units and without removing the main
bus connectors.
1. Bus bars for the main and cross connectors shall be copper. Provide copper neutral
and ground bus bars.
2. All wire connectors and terminals shall be of the anti-turn solderless type and shall
be suitable for copper or aluminum wire of the sizes indicated.
3. Circuit breakers shall be molded case type. Each pole of the circuit breaker shall
provide inverse time delay overload and instantaneous short-circuit protection. All
circuit breakers shall be operated by a toggle-type handle and multi-pole circuit
breakers shall have an internal common trip mechanism. The circuit breakers shall
incorporate trip mechanisms that are mechanically trip-free from the handle. The
Page 262 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
STANDBY GENERATOR AND ACCESSORIES 263213-10
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
handle position shall provide good visual trip indication. Breakers shall be SWD
rated and/or HACR rated as required. Identification labels denoting circuit number
shall be provided for each circuit.
4. Panel shall have NEMA 1 enclosure and shall be surface mounted. Box shall be
made from galvannealed, or equivalent, rust-resistant steel. Boxes shall be of
sufficient size to provide at least a minimum code gutter space on all sides.
5. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, hinged doors covering all circuit breaker
handles shall be included in all trims. Trim doors shall not uncover any live parts in
making the circuit breaker handles accessible. Doors shall have a manually operated
spring latch. Provide door mounted directory label and nameplate identifying panel
designation.
E. Luminaires: Provide 120 volt nominal 50"L X 7"W X 5"D LED luminaire with fiberglass
reinforced polyester body, medium distribution, high impact acrylic lineal rib frosted lens,
stainless steel latches, IP65 rating, nominal 6,000 lumens at 4000K and top mounting
bracket. Provide 3-way line voltage switch at each door to enclosure for control of
luminaires within the enclosure.
F. Receptacles: Provide duplex convenience outlets, three-wire, NEMA 5-20R, industrial
grade, 125-volt, parallel slot, polarized where indicated. Devices shall have nylon face,
thermoplastic body, brass strap, triple wipe brass line contacts, and brass ground contacts.
Devices shall be furnished in ivory color. Devices shall be Hubbell, Cooper, or Leviton
5352, or equal.
2.12 MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER
A. Provide a main circuit breaker within the generator enclosure with the source connected
to the generator and the load connected to the motor control board. Circuit breaker shall
be molded case and provided with an electronic trip package including instantaneous,
long-time, and short-time.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION
A. A pre-delivery inspection shall be performed by the system manufacturer's local dealer at
the dealer's facility to ensure no damage occurred in transit and all generator set
components, controls, and accessories are included as specified herein.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. The complete installation shall be checked for procedural and operational compliance by
a representative of the system manufacturer's authorized local dealer. The engine
lubricating shall be provided by the generator set dealer.
Page 263 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
STANDBY GENERATOR AND ACCESSORIES 263213-11
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
B. The system manufacturer's dealer representative for the generator sets and motor control
board shall be present to assist the Contractor during start-up, systems check, adjusting,
and any site testing required after the installation is complete.
3.03 PREDELIVERY TESTING
A. Prior to delivery and acceptance, the generator sets shall be tested to show they are free of
any defects and will start automatically and carry full load. This testing shall be performed
at the facility of the system manufacturer's authorized local dealer.
B. The testing shall be done on dry type, resistive load banks capable of definite and precise
incremental loading. Salt water brine tanks or load banks requiring water as a source of
cooling will not be allowed.
C. The load banks shall not be dependent on the generator control instruments to read
amperage and voltage on each phase. Rather, the test instrumentation will serve as a check
of the generator set meters.
D. Load bank testing shall be done in the presence of the Engineer or his appointed
representative. Testing shall be for a minimum of four (4) hours under full load.
E. All consumables necessary for testing shall be furnished by the bidder. Any defects which
become evident during the test shall be corrected by the bidder at his own expense prior
to shipment to the jobsite.
3.04 SHIPMENT TO JOBSITE
A. Delivery shall be FOB to the jobsite by the system manufacturer's authorized dealer.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. The complete installation shall be checked for procedural and operational compliance by
a representative of the system manufacturer's authorized local dealer. The engine
lubricating shall be provided by the generator set dealer. If switchgear and generator sets
are furnished by different manufacturers, technical representatives of both generator sets
and switchgear manufacturers' authorized dealers shall verify the installation meets
requirements. Any deficiencies shall be noted and corrected by the Contractor.
B. The system manufacturer's dealer representative for the generator sets and switchgear shall
be present to assist the Contractor during start-up, systems check, adjusting, and any site
testing required after the installation is complete.
3.06 POST INSTALLATION TESTING
A. Provide a test for proper operation of the generator set after installation for proper
operation. The test shall include but not be limited to visual inspection of components to
determine compliance with the contract documents along with simulation of safety
shutdowns and alarms.
Page 264 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
STANDBY GENERATOR AND ACCESSORIES 263213-12
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
1. Load test 10 minutes at 25%, and 50% rated load, one hour at 75% of rated load
followed by two hours at 100% load. Equipment conditions shall be recorded in 10
minute intervals.
2. Maximum vibration levels shall be recorded at no load and full load. The recording
instrument shall be an IRD 350 mechanalysis meter. All readings shall be 5 mils or
less throughout the operating frequency range. The measurement points shall be
dictated by the end user and be in accordance with standard practice.
3. The Engineer shall be notified a minimum of five working days prior to test.
B. Provide necessary facilities, instrumentation, and equipment, including a load bank, and
arrange for a final jobsite test. The field test shall be run at 1.0 power factor.
C. Readings required during the test shall be taken on recently calibrated laboratory
instruments as well as those on the equipment and shall include frequency, voltage,
current, wattage, ambient temperature, water temperature, exhaust air temperature,
generator frame temperature at hottest spot, oil pressure and temperature. Frequency and
voltage tests shall include a record response time for recovery from load changes.
D. All adjustments and replacement of unsatisfactory equipment shall be made by the
Contractor at his own expense and no additional expense to the Owner.
E. Before acceptance of set, the Contractor shall instruct the Owner's maintenance and
operating staff in the operation and maintenance of this equipment. Complete written
instructions manuals, operating schedules, parts lists, blueprints, wiring diagrams,
maintenance and repair manuals, engine and generator specifications including actual
performance curves, shall be submitted in quintuplicate to the Engineer before final
approval. The foregoing tests and associated work shall be provided without additional
cost to the Owner.
3.07 ENGINEERING SERVICES AND MAINTENANCE
A. Engineering Services and Maintenance: For a period of 12 months after Substantial
Completion, at no expense to the Owner, provide on-call mechanical and electrical
adjustments to the equipment and replacement of any defective materials. During these
12 months, ordinary servicing will be performed by the Owner.
3.08 ORIENTATION
A. The system manufacturer's authorized dealer shall provide a complete orientation for the
Owner's engineering and maintenance personnel. Orientation shall include both
classroom and hands-on instruction. Topics covered shall include control operation,
schematics, wiring diagrams, meters, indicators, warning lights, shutdown system, and
routine maintenance.
END OF SECTION
Page 265 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES 263623-1
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
SECTION 263623 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Extent of automatic transfer switch work is indicated by Drawings and as specified herein.
B. Types of automatic transfer switches in this section include switches rated for use on
power systems with voltages of 600 volts or less and designated as open-transition type.
C. Transfer switches shall monitor the normal and standby power source and, upon failure of
one of the sources, initiate transfer to the remaining source.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of automatic transfer switches of
types and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service
for not less than five years. Firms shall maintain a service center capable of providing
training, parts, and emergency maintenance repairs within a response period of less than
eight hours from time of notification.
B. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) Compliance and Labeling: Comply
with safety standards, including UL 1008 Standard for Transfer Switch Equipment,
pertaining to automatic transfer switches and provide products and components that have
been listed and labeled by an NRTL such as UL or equal.
C. IEEE Compliance: IEEE Compliance: Comply with IEEE Standard 446, "IEEE
Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Commercial and
Industrial Applications" pertaining to standby power and IEEE 446 Recommended
Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Commercial and Industrial
Applications.
D. All new transfer switches shall be qualified for installation in Seismic Zone 4 as detailed
in the CBC. Submit substantiating data on each piece of equipment with the shop drawing
submittals.
E. California Electrical Code (CEC) Compliance: Comply with CEC requirements as to
materials and installation of automatic transfer switches and accessories.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data on automatic transfer
switches. The manufacturer's application data shall include, but not be limited to the
voltage, phase, number of poles, frequency, bus capacity, bus bracing levels and short
circuit rating, type of wiring, and enclosures.
Page 266 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES 263623-2
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
B. Shop Drawings: Submit dimensioned drawings of automatic transfer switches showing
minimum clearances, conductor entry provisions, gutter space, installed features and
devices, and material lists for each switch.
C. Submit certification that transfer switches accessories, and components will remain in
place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces
specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event. The specified
seismic forces shall be as indicated in California Building Code Seismic Zone 4. Identify
center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.
D. Operator's Manual & Spare Parts: Submit maintenance data and detailed spare parts list
including furnished specialties and accessories and include with product data, shop
drawings, and wiring diagrams in an operating and maintenance manual. The spare parts
list shall include manufacturer's name and part number for all components of the system.
Furnish each transfer switch with an operator's manual providing installation and
operation instructions.
E. Field quality-control test reports: Submit test procedures used, test results that comply
with requirements, and results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test
results that comply with requirements.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be
incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to ASCO 7000 Series, or equal.
2.02 GENERAL
A. Repetitive accuracy of all settings for solid-state controls shall be plus or minus 2 percent
or better over an operating temperature range of minus 20 deg C to plus 70 deg C.
B. Resistance to Damage by Voltage Transients: Components shall meet or exceed voltage-
surge withstand capability requirements when tested according to IEEE C62.41.
Components shall meet or exceed voltage-impulse withstand test of NEMA ICS 1.
C. Electrical Operation shall be accomplished by a nonfused, momentarily energized
solenoid or electric motor-operated mechanism, mechanically and electrically interlocked
in both directions.
D. Switch shall be designed for continuous-duty repetitive transfer of full-rated current
between active power sources. Switch Action shall be double throw and be mechanically
held in both directions. Provide contacts with silver composition or silver alloy for load-
current switching.
Page 267 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES 263623-3
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
E. Provide overlapping neutral contacts. The neutral terminal shall be solid and fully rated,
unless otherwise indicated.
F. Train and bundle factory wiring and label, consistent with Shop Drawings, either by color-
code or by numbered or lettered wire and cable tape markers at terminations. Provide
pressure type terminals suitable for types and sizes of field wiring indicated. The power
terminal arrangement and wiring space shall be suitable for top, side, or bottom entrance
of feeder conductors as indicated. Control wiring shall be equipped with lugs suitable for
connection to terminal strips.
G. Devices at transfer switches for communicating with remote programming devices,
annunciators, or annunciator and control panels shall have communication capability
matched with remote device.
2.03 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES
A. The transfer switch unit shall be electrically operated and mechanically held. The
electrical operators shall be a solenoid mechanism, momentarily energized. The transfer
switch unit shall include both electrical and mechanical interlocks to prevent both sets of
main contacts from being closed at the same time. Main operators which include
overcurrent disconnect devices OR do not include electrical and mechanical interlocks
will not be accepted. Transfer switch shall be double-throw type, incapable of pauses or
intermediate position stops during normal functioning, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Switch shall be capable of being manually operated under load, with door closed and with
either or both sources energized. Transfer time shall be the same as for electrical operation.
Control circuit shall automatically disconnect from electrical operator during manual
operation.
C. The switch shall be positively locked and unaffected by momentary outages, so that
contact pressure is maintained at a constant value and contact temperature rise is
minimized for maximum reliability and operating life.
D. All main contacts shall be silver composition. Switches rated 800 amperes and above
shall have segmented, blow-on construction for high withstand and close-on capability
and be protected by separate arcing contacts.
E. Inspection of all contacts shall be possible from the front of the switch without
disassembly of operating linkages and without disconnection of power conductors.
Switches rated 800 amps and higher shall have front removable and replaceable contacts.
All stationary and moveable contacts shall be replaceable without removing power
conductors and/or bus bars.
F. Provide factory wired in-phase monitor with internal relay controls so that transfer occurs
only when the two sources are synchronized in phase. Relay shall compare phase
relationship and frequency difference between normal and alternate sources and initiates
transfer when both sources are within 15 electrical degrees, and only if transfer can be
Page 268 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES 263623-4
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
completed within 60 electrical degrees. Transfer shall be initiated only if both sources are
within 2 Hz of nominal frequency and 70 percent or more of nominal voltage.
G. Microprocessor Controller
1. The controller's sensing and logic shall be provided by a single built-in
microprocessor for maximum reliability, minimum maintenance, and the ability to
communicate serially through an optional serial communication module.
2. The controller shall provide twelve selectable nominal voltages for maximum
application flexibility and minimal spare part requirements. Voltage sensing shall
be true RMS type and shall be accurate to 1% of nominal voltage. Frequency
sensing shall be accurate to 0.2%. The panel shall be capable of operating over a
temperature range of -20 to +60 degrees C and storage from -55 to +85 degrees C.
3. The controller shall be connected to the transfer switch by an interconnecting wiring
harness. The harness shall include a keyed disconnect plug to enable the controller
to be disconnected from the transfer switch for routine maintenance. Sensing and
control logic shall be provided on multi-layer printed circuit boards. Interfacing
relays shall be industrial grade plug-in type with dust covers. The panel shall be
enclosed with a protective cover and be mounted separately from the transfer switch
unit for safety and ease of maintenance. The protective cover shall include a built-
in pocket for storage of the operator’s manuals.
4. All customer connections shall be wired to a common terminal block to simplify
field-wiring connections.
5. A four-line, 20 character LCD display and keypad shall be an integral part of the
controller for viewing all available data and setting desired operational parameters.
Operational parameters shall also be available for viewing and limited control
through the serial communications input port. Nominal line voltage and frequency,
single or three phase sensing, operating parameter protection, and transfer mode
configuration shall only be adjustable via DIP switches on the controller.
6. The controller shall be capable (when activated by the keypad or through the serial
port) of sensing the phase rotation of both the normal and emergency sources. The
source shall be considered unacceptable if the phase rotation is not the preferred
rotation selected (ABC or CBA).
7. Source status screens shall be provided for normal and emergency to provide digital
readout of voltage on all three phases, frequency, and phase rotation.
8. The controller shall include a user selectable algorithm to prevent repeated transfer
cycling to a source on an installation which experiences primary side, single phase
failures on a Grounded Wye – Grounded Wye transformer which regenerates
voltage when unloaded. The algorithm shall also inhibit retransfer to the normal
(utility) source upon detection of a single phasing condition until a dedicated timer
expires, the alternate source fails, or the normal source fails completely and is
Page 269 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES 263623-5
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
restored during this time delay period. The time delays associated with this feature
shall be adjustable by the user through the controller keypad and LCD.
9. The controller shall have the ability to log data and to maintain the last 99 events,
even in the event of total power loss.
H. Communications Module
1. Provide remote interface module to support Owner's monitoring of transfer switch
and controller. Module shall provide status, analog parameters, event logs,
equipment settings & configurations over embedded webpage and open protocol.
2. Email notifications and SNMP traps of selectable events and alarms may be sent to
a mobile device or PC.
3. Modbus TCP/IP, SNMP, HTTP, SMTP open protocols shall be simultaneously
supported.
4. Include web app interface requiring user credentials to monitor and control the
transfer switch supporting modern smart phones, tablets and PC browsers. User will
be able to view the dynamic one-line; ATS controls status, alarms, metering, event
logging as well as settings.
5. Secure access shall be provided by requiring credentials for a minimum of 3 user
privilege levels to the web app, monitor (view only), control (view and control) and
administrator (view, control and change settings). 128-Bit AES encryption standard
shall be supported for all means of connectivity.
6. Allow for the initiating of transfers, retransfers, bypassing of active timers and the
activating/deactivating of engine start signal shall be available over the embedded
webpage and to the transfer switch vendor’s monitoring equipment.
7. An event log displaying a minimum of ninety-nine (99) events shall be viewable
and printable from the embedded webpages and accessible from supported open
protocols.
8. Include four (4) 100 Mbps Ethernet copper RJ-45 ports, five (5) serial ports,
Termination dip-switches and LEDs for diagnostics.
I. Enclosure
1. The enclosure shall be rated NEMA 3R and fabricated from code gauge steel. The
enclosure shall include a service equipment section containing the service
disconnect circuit breaker, grounding, and bonding provisions; plus, a second non-
service section containing the power transfer switch and controls.
2. All standard and optional door-mounted switches and pilot lights shall be 16-mm
industrial grade type or equivalent for easy viewing & replacement. Door controls
Page 270 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES 263623-6
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
shall be provided on a separate removable plate, which can be supplied loose for
open type units.
3. A pressure disconnect link shall be provided to disconnect the normal source neutral
connection from the emergency and load neutral. A ground bus shall be provided
for connection of the grounding conductor to the grounding electrode. A pressure
disconnect link for the neutral to ground bonding jumper shall be provided to
connect the normal neutral connection to the ground bus.
4. Provide exterior doors with padlockable handles and three point latch.
5. Provide with ANSI 61 Gray Polyester semi-gloss electrostatic finish.
J. Time Delays
1. An adjustable time delay of 0 to 6 seconds shall be provided to override momentary
normal source outages and delay all transfer and engine starting signals. Capability
shall be provided to extend this time delay to 60 minutes by providing an external
24 VDC power supply.
2. A time delay shall be provided on transfer to emergency, adjustable from 0 to 60
minutes, for controlled timing of transfer of loads to emergency.
3. An adjustable time delay of 0 to 6 seconds to override momentary emergency source
outage to delay all retransfer signals during initial loading of engine generator set.
4. Two time delay modes (which are independently adjustable) shall be provided on
re-transfer to normal. One time delay shall be for actual normal power failures and
the other for the test mode function. The time delays shall be adjustable from 0 to
60 minutes. Time delay shall be automatically bypassed if the emergency source
fails and the normal source is acceptable.
5. A time delay shall be provided on shut down of engine generator for cool down,
adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes.
6. The controller shall also include built-in time delay for delayed transition operation
adjustable from 0 to 5 minute time delay for the load disconnect position for delayed
transition operation.
7. All time delays shall be adjustable in 1 second increments, except the extended
parallel time, which shall be adjustable in .01 second increments.
8. All time delays shall be adjustable by using the LCD display and keypad or with a
remote device connected to the serial communications port. The time delay value
displayed on the LCD or remote device shall be the remaining time until the next
event occurs.
Page 271 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES 263623-7
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
K. Automatic Transfer Switch Features:
1. Provide three-phase undervoltage sensing for each phase of the normal and
emergency sources. Sense low phase-to-ground voltage on each phase. Pickup
voltage shall be adjustable from 85 to 100 percent of nominal, and dropout voltage
shall be adjustable from 70 to 98 percent of pickup value.
2. Provide three-phase overvoltage sensing of each phase of the normal and emergency
sources. Dropout voltage shall be adjustable from 102 to 115% of nominal, and
pickup voltage set at 2% below trip.
3. Provide continuous underfrequency monitoring of the normal and emergency
sources with pickup frequency adjustable from 90 to 100% and dropout frequency
adjustable from 85 to 98%.
4. Provide continuous overfrequency monitoring of the normal and emergency
sources. Dropout frequency shall be adjustable from 102 to 110% with pickup
frequency adjustable at 2% below trip.
5. Provide continuous voltage unbalance monitoring of the emergency and normal
sources. Dropout unbalance shall be adjustable from 5-20% with pickup at 1%
below trip.
6. Voltage and frequency settings shall be field adjustable in 1% increments either
locally with the display and keypad or remotely via serial communications port
access. Repetitive accuracy of all settings shall be within ± 0.5% over an operating
temperature range of -20 C to 60 C
7. An adjustable time delay shall be included for override of normal-source voltage
sensing to delay transfer and engine start signals. Adjustable from zero to six
seconds.
8. Include test switch to simulate normal-source failure.
9. Switch shall be provided with LED position pilot lights to indicate the source to
which load is connected. Source-available indicating lights shall supervise sources
via transfer-switch normal- and emergency-source sensing circuits.
a. Normal Power Supervision shall have a green light with nameplate engraved
"Normal Source Available."
b. Standby Power Supervision: Red light with nameplate engraved " Standby
Source Available."
10. Two normally open, single-pole, double-throw auxiliary contacts for each switch
position, rated 10 A at 250-V ac shall be provided.
Page 272 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES 263623-8
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
11. Provide switch that overrides automatic retransfer control so automatic transfer
switch will remain connected to standby power source regardless of condition of
normal source. Include a pilot light to indicate override status.
12. Engine starting contacts shall consist of one isolated normally closed and one
isolated and normally open; rated 10 A at 32-V dc minimum.
13. Provide engine shutdown contacts consisting of a time delay adjustable from zero
to five minutes. Set for five minutes. Contacts shall initiate shutdown at remote
engine-generator controls after retransfer of load to normal source.
14. Include engine-generator exerciser. Unit shall be solid-state, programmable-time
switch that starts engine generator and transfers load to it from normal source for a
preset time, then retransfers and shuts down engine after a preset cool-down period.
It shall also Initiate exercise cycle at preset intervals adjustable from 7 to 30 days.
Running periods shall be adjustable from 10 to 30 minutes. Set for 30-day exercise
cycle, 30-minute running period, and 5-minute cool-down period. Include exerciser
with the following:
a. Exerciser transfer selector switch to permit selection of exercise with and
without load transfer.
b. Push-button programming control with digital display of settings.
c. Integral battery operation of time switch when normal control power is not
available.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Install automatic transfer switches where shown in accordance with manufacturer's written
instructions and recognized industry practices to ensure compliance with NEMA
requirements, CEC standards, applicable portions of NECA's "Standard of Installation,"
and requirements of the State of California.
B. Seismic Restraints and Anchorage: Seismic restraints and anchorage for all automatic
transfer and bypass/isolation switches shall be designed to resist the effects of earthquake
motions as required by 2019 California Building Code Section 1613 and 2010 ASCE 7.
C. Adjust and Clean: Adjust operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement. Touch
up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish. Adjust all timing and sensing
settings prior to energizing.
D. Set field-adjustable intervals and delays, relays, and engine exerciser clock.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform tests and inspection and prepare test reports.
Page 273 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES 263623-9
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
B. Prior to energization of circuitry: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and
electrical test stated in InterNational Electrical Testing Association (NETA) “Acceptance
Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems”. Check
for electrical continuity of circuits and for short circuits. Verify that manual transfer
warnings are properly placed. Inspect for physical damage, proper installation and
connection, and integrity of barriers, covers, and safety features. Measure insulation
resistance phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground with insulation resistance tester. Include
external annunciation and control circuits. Use test voltages and procedure recommended
by manufacturer. Comply with manufacturer's specified minimum resistance.
C. After energizing circuits, demonstrate interlocking sequence and operational function for
each switch at least three times. Simulate power failures of normal source to automatic
transfer switches and of standby source with normal source available. Simulate loss of
phase-to-ground voltage for each phase of normal source. Verify time-delay settings.
Verify pickup and dropout voltages by data readout or inspection of control settings. Test
bypass/isolation unit functional modes and related automatic transfer-switch operations.
Verify proper sequence and correct timing of automatic engine starting, transfer time
delay, retransfer time delay on restoration of normal power, and engine cooldown and
shutdown.
D. Coordinate tests with tests of generator and run them concurrently. Report results of tests
and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings, measured insulation, and
contact resistances and time delays. Attach a label or tag to each tested component
indicating satisfactory completion of tests.
E. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.
F. Before acceptance of equipment, instruct the District's maintenance and operating staff in
the operation and maintenance of this equipment. Complete written instructions manuals,
operating schedules, parts lists, blueprints, wiring diagrams, maintenance and repair
manuals, switchgear specifications, shall be submitted to the Engineer before final
approval. The foregoing tests and associated work shall be provided without additional
cost to the District.
END OF SECTION
Page 274 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265000-1
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
SECTION 265000 EXTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Extent of luminaire work is indicated by Drawings and Schedules.
B. Types of luminaires in this Section include units using LED lamp sources.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of luminaires of types and ratings
required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than
five years.
B. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) Compliance and Labeling: Comply
with safety standards pertaining to luminaires and provide products and components that
have been listed and labeled by an NRTL such as UL or equal.
C. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of NEMA Stds. No. LE 1 and LE
2 pertaining to lighting equipment.
D. ANSI/IES Compliance: Comply with ANSI 132.1 standards pertaining to lighting.
E. California Electrical Code (CEC) Compliance: Comply with CEC as applicable to
construction and installation of electrical luminaires.
F. City of San Luis Obispo Compliance: Comply with City of San Luis Obispo Municipal
Code 17.70.100.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on luminaires in booklet form with separate
sheet for each fixture, assembled in luminaire "type" alphabetical order with proposed
fixture and accessories clearly indicated on each sheet. Indicate specific lamp and driver
types. Include input watts, starting, operating, and open-circuit current, power factor, and
minimum starting temperature. Submit information indicating the type of LED lamps to
be provided with each luminaire including color temperature and color rendering index.
Provide certified photometric data for each luminaire.
B. Submit a photometric plan depicting the location of all new light poles and a maximum
ten-foot by ten-foot grid of both the initial and maintained lighting levels on the site, and
including impact on adjacent properties.
C. Provide paint chip color samples for proposed luminaires and poles.
Page 275 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265000-2
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of
manufacturers as specified on the Drawings.
2.02 LUMINAIRES
A. General: Provide luminaires of sizes, types, ratings and manufacturer, complete with, but
not necessarily limited to, housings, lamps, reflectors, lenses, and wiring as specified on
the Drawings.
B. Luminaires shall be full cut-off with no emitted light breaking a horizontal plane passing
through the lowest point of the luminaire housing.
2.03 POLES AND STANDARDS
A. Metal Lighting Poles: Provide metal, raceway-type lighting poles and standards, of sizes
and types indicated, comprised of shaft, bracket, and anchor base. Construct of the
following materials with additional construction features:
1. Material: Extruded aluminum as indicated on luminaire schedule.
2. Configuration: Anchor base type with hand hole and cover as indicated on luminaire
schedule.
3. Handhole: Provide minimum 2”x4” handhole with watertight cover. Provide
grounding terminal connection readily accessible from handhole.
B. Metal Lighting Pole Accessories: Provide accessories for metal lighting poles, including
galvanized anchor bolts, double nuts, and washers, as recommended by lighting standard
manufacturer, of sizes and materials needed to meet erection and loading application
requirements of new standards.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF LUMINAIRES
A. Install luminaires at locations and heights as indicated, complying with manufacturer's
written instructions, and recognized industry practices to ensure that products fulfill
requirements.
B. Coordinate with other electrical work and work of all other Divisions as necessary for
proper interface.
C. Fasten luminaires securely to indicated structural support.
Page 276 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 265000-3
CITY OF SLO WTP GENERATOR IMPROVEMENTS - 23 Feb 2022
D. Wire luminaires with conductors suitable for the voltage, current, and temperature to
which the conductors will be subjected.
E. Install new lighting poles where shown in accordance with drawings and manufacturer’s
written instructions and in compliance with National Electrical Safety Code and NECA’s
“Standards of Installation” to ensure that poles comply with requirements.
F. To protect finishes, use belt slings or rope (not chain or cable) to raise and set finished
poles.
G. Set poles plumb. Support adequately during anchoring to foundations. Poles shall be
leveled, and then the base shall be dry packed and surface troweled to provide drainage.
H. Provide sufficient space encompassing hand access and cable entrance holes for
installation of cables from underground where indicated.
3.02 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Clean luminaires of dirt and debris and replace burned-out lamps before final acceptance
of the installation.
B. Protect installed luminaires from damage during remainder of construction period.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Upon completion of installation of luminaires and after circuitry has been energized, apply
electrical energy to demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. Where
possible, correct malfunctioning units at site, then retest to demonstrate compliance.
Otherwise, remove and replace with new units, and proceed with retesting.
B. Protect luminaires from damage during the remainder of construction period.
3.04 GROUNDING
A. Provide tight equipment grounding connections for each exterior luminaire installation.
B. Provide where indicated for installed poles tight equipment bonding and ground
connections, sufficiently tight to assure permanent and effective grounds.
END OF SECTION
Page 277 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
EARTHWORK 312300-1
City of SLO WTP Generator Improvement - 2 Mar 2022
SECTION 312300 EARTHWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials, testing, and installation of earthwork for excavations,
fills, structures, and accessory items such as filter fabrics (geotextiles).
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Existing Conditions: General Provisions.
B. Protecting Existing Underground Utilities: 020120.
C. Cast in Place Concrete: 033000.
D. Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting: 312316.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit excavation and shoring drawings for worker protection in accordance with the
Standard Specifications.
B. Submit 2 copies of a report from a testing laboratory verifying that the material contains
less than 0.25% asbestos by weight or volume and conforms to the gradation specified.
Submit asbestos test results with the submittals for materials gradation. Material
gradation reports without the accompanying asbestos test results will be rejected as
incomplete.
C. Submit manufacturer's catalog data for geotextiles. Submit manufacturer's installation
instructions and details for and geotextiles.
1.04 TESTING FOR COMPACTION
A. The Owner will test for compaction and relative density as described below.
B. Determine the density of soil in place by nuclear methods, ASTM D6938. Additional
densities will be required if the backfill material is visually variable. Compaction tests
will be performed for each lift or layer.
C. Determine laboratory moisture-density relations of soils per ASTM D1557. The
compaction test results for maximum dry density and optimum water content shall be
adjusted in accordance with ASTM D4718. This will be required for determination of
percent relative compaction and moisture variation from optimum.
D. Determine the relative density of cohesionless soils per ASTM D4253 and D4254.
Page 278 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
EARTHWORK 312300-2
City of SLO WTP Generator Improvement - 2 Mar 2022
E. Sample materials per ASTM D75.
F. "Relative compaction" is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the inplace dry density
to the laboratory maximum dry density.
G. Compaction shall be deemed to comply with the specifications when no more than one
test falls below the specified relative compaction. The Contractor shall pay the costs of
any retesting of work not conforming to the specifications.
1.05 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIALS
Excess site excavated or wasted material shall be disposed of offsite by the Contractor at
his expense. No prearranged disposal site or related permits have been determined or
secured by the Owner.
1.06 MATERIAL AVAILABILITY
Sufficient earthwork material to complete the work may not be available at the site.
Secure source of material and permits to complete the project requirements.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 STRUCTURAL FILL
A. Structural fill is imported material that is to be placed beneath structures to the limits
indicated in the drawings.
B. Imported material to be placed below the generator or equipment pads should be non-
expansive material having an Expansion Index of less than 20 when tested according to
latest approved edition of ASTM D4829. Approved material types include SC, SM, SP,
SW. Fill and borrow sources to be approved by geotechnical engineer before being
imported to site.
2.02 FILL
Fill material is material that is to be placed in locations that are not to be constructed as
structural fill or structural backfill. Fill material shall consist of imported or on-site
material free of organics, oversize rock (greater than 3 inches), trash, debris, corrosive,
and other deleterious materials. Fill materials should comply with all specified material
requirements for the designated placement location as placed at the site.
2.03 SAND, INCLUDING IMPORTED SAND FOR PIPE ZONE AND PIPE BASE IN PIPE
TRENCHES
Refer to City Standard Details 6020, 6030, and 6035.
Page 279 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
EARTHWORK 312300-3
City of SLO WTP Generator Improvement - 2 Mar 2022
2.04 CONTROLLED LOW-STRENGTH MATERIAL BACKFILL
A. CLSM slurry cement backfill shall consist of one sack (94 pounds) conforming to
Section 19-3.02E of Caltrans 2018 Standard Specifications.
B. CLSM backfill shall be a stable flowable mix and shall be consolidated using vibration
during placement. Subsequent backfill or compacted material shall not be placed above
slurry cement backfill until CLSM can support foot-traffic without more than 1/4 -inch
indentation.
C. Contractor shall stabilize pipe as necessary to prevent movement during CLSM
placement.
2.05 AGGREGATE BASE
Aggregate base shall be free imported material and shall conform to the following
gradation:
Sieve Size Percent Passing By Weight
1 inch 100
3/4 inch 90 to 100
No. 4 35 to 60
No. 30 10 to 30
No. 200 2 to 9
The coarse aggregate (material retained by the No. 4 sieve) shall consist of material of
which at least 25% by mass shall be fractured or crushed particles as determined per
ASTM D5821. Aggregate base material shall be Class 2 material per Caltrans Standard
Specifications (2018). Class 3 material shall not be permitted.
Aggregate base material shall meet the following requirements:
Parameter Minimum Value Test Standard
Durability index 35 CT 229
Resistance (R value) 78 CT 301
Sand equivalent 22 CT 217
2.06 FILTER FABRIC
A. Filter fabric shall be manufactured from polyester, polypropylene, or a combination of
polyester and polypropylene material; shall be of nonwoven and permeable construction;
and shall meet the following requirements:
1. Conform to Caltrans Standard Specifications (2018) Section 96-1.02B. .
Page 280 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
EARTHWORK 312300-4
City of SLO WTP Generator Improvement - 2 Mar 2022
2.07 SUBGRADE ENHANCEMENT GEOTEXTILE
A. Subgrade enhancement geotextile consist of woven geosynthetic fabric; and shall meet
the following requirements:
1. Conform to Caltrans Standard Specifications (2010) Section 96-1.02O .
B. Overlaps between adjacent rolls of geotextile shall be at least 2-feet wide or shall be
spliced per the manufactures recommendations.
C. Shall be placed such that the fabric on the upstream or upslope side of the overlap is on
top.
D. Rocks, protrusions or sharp objects that could damage geotextile shall be removed from
subgrade prior to placing fabric. Depressions or holes left in subgrade from obstruction
removal shall be filled with sand.
E. Placement, anchorage, and construction methods should comply with the manufacturers
recommendations.
2.08 WATER FOR COMPACTION
Water shall be free of organic materials and shall have a pH of 7.0 to 9.0, a maximum
chloride concentration of 500 mg/L, and a maximum sulfate concentration of 500 mg/L.
Provide all water needed for earthwork. Provide temporary piping and valves to convey
water from the source to the point of use. Provide any meters if the water is taken from a
city, water district, or agency pipeline.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DEWATERING
Provide and operate equipment adequate to keep excavations and trenches free of water.
Dewater subgrade to a minimum of 2 feet below bottom of excavation. Remove water
during period when concrete is being deposited, when pipe is being laid, and during the
placing of backfill. Avoid settlement or damage to adjacent property. Dispose of water in
a manner that will not damage adjacent property. When dewatering open excavations,
dewater from outside the structural limits and from a point below the bottom of the
excavation. See Specification Section 312319.
3.02 EXCAVATION
A. Excavations shall have sloping, sheeting, shoring, and bracing conforming with
29CFR1926 Subpart P-Excavations, CAL/OSHA requirements, and the General
Provisions.
Page 281 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
EARTHWORK 312300-5
City of SLO WTP Generator Improvement - 2 Mar 2022
B. Excavation is unclassified. Perform excavation regardless of the type, nature, or
condition of the material encountered to accomplish the construction. Do not operate
excavation equipment within 5 feet of existing structures or newly completed
construction. Excavate with hand tools in these areas.
C. After the required excavation has been completed, the Owner will observe the exposed
subgrade to determine the need for any additional excavation. It is the intent that
additional excavation is to be conducted in all areas within the influence of the structure
where unacceptable subgrade materials exist at the exposed subgrade. Overexcavation
shall include the removal of all such unacceptable material that exists directly beneath
the structure or within a zone outside and below the structure defined by a line sloping at
1-horizontal to 1-vertical from 1 foot outside the edge of the footing. Refill the
overexcavated areas with structural backfill material.
D. The Contractor will not receive any additional payment for refill material used for his
convenience.
3.03 LIMITS OF FOUNDATION EXCAVATION
A. Excavate to the depths and widths needed to accomplish the construction. Allow for
forms, working space, structural backfill, and site grading. Do not excavate for footings,
slabs, or conduits below elevations indicated. Unless unacceptable material is
encountered and over-excavation is authorized by the Owner, backfill overexcavations
with compacted crushed gravel material. Correct cuts below grade by benching
adjoining areas and creating a smooth transition. The Contractor shall bear all costs for
correcting unauthorized overexcavated areas
B. Limits of excavation and subgrade preparation shall be made for the following
structures:
Location Approximate
Excavation
Depth
Excavation and Subgrade Preparation
Generator/Fuel
Tank
3 feet a. Soil within the foundation area of
the generator pad shall be
removed to a level plane at a
depth of 2 feet below the bottom
of the foundation or 3 feet below
the lowest existing grade within
the foundation area, whichever is
deeper.
b. Scarify 9-inches, moisture
condition and compact exposed
bottom to at least 95% relative
Page 282 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
EARTHWORK 312300-6
City of SLO WTP Generator Improvement - 2 Mar 2022
compaction.
c. Place structural fill in 6-inch lifts
to 12 inches below the
foundation and compact to 95%
relative compaction.
d. Upper 12 inches of material shall
consist of aggregate base placed
in 6-inch lifts and compact to
95% relative compaction.
Electrical
Equipment
Slabs/Walkways
2 feet a. Soil within the foundation area of
the electrical equipment slabs and
walkways shall be removed to a
level plane at a depth of 1 foot
below the bottom of the
foundation or 2 feet below the
lowest existing grade within the
foundation area, whichever is
deeper.
b. Scarify 9-inches, moisture
condition and compact exposed
bottom to at least 95% relative
compaction.
c. Place aggregate base in 6-inch
lifts to bottom of slab and
compact to 95% relative
compaction.
3.04 PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION SUBGRADE
A. The finished subgrade shall be within a tolerance of ±0.08 of a foot of the grade and
cross section indicated, shall be smooth and free from irregularities, and shall be at the
specified relative compaction. The subgrade shall extend over the full width and extend
a minimum of 3 feet beyond the edge of the foundations.
B. Remove soft material encountered and replace with structural backfill. Fill holes and
depressions to the required line, grade, and cross sections with structural backfill.
C. Areas that will be graded, receive fill, or serve as borrow sources shall have stumps,
roots, vines, fencing, and buried vegetation removed. Soil containing pavement, debris,
organics, unsuitable, loose, or disturbed material shall be removed prior to placing fill.
Page 283 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
EARTHWORK 312300-7
City of SLO WTP Generator Improvement - 2 Mar 2022
D. Bottom of excavation shall be reviewed by the geotechnical professional prior to placing
fill to evaluate whether the subgrade is suitable for fill placement.
3.05 PREPARATION OF UNSUITABLE EXCAVATION
A. Subgrade stabilization shall be provided in areas where unsuitable materials or soft
subgrade conditions may prevent proper compaction of the subgrade materials.
B. Remove existing soil to a depth at least 2 feet below the bottom of excavation or bottom
of unsuitable material, whichever is deeper.
C. If subgrade is wet or yielding, backhoe type equipment shall be used for sub-excavation
such that construction equipment does not operate on exposed subgrade during
excavation.
D. Geotextile for stabilization shall be placed over the undisturbed subgrade without gaps.
A 12-inch thick layer of Aggregate Base shall be placed over the geotextile fabric.
Aggregate Base shall be fully encased in the geotextile to reduce erosion potential.
3.06 PLACING AND COMPACTING FILL
A. Excavated material shall not be used for fill. Provide Structural Fill per Section 2.01.
B. Place in maximum 8-inch lifts and compact each lift to 90% relative compaction.
C. Jetting or ponding shall not be permitted for placement or compaction of fill materials.
D. Where fill is to be constructed on slopes steeper than 5:1, bench the fill into competent
undisturbed materials as the fill progresses up the slope. Benches shall be sloped at least
2% into the slope and shall be of a width at least equal to the height of fill lift.
3.07 PLACING AND COMPACTING STRUCTURAL BACKFILL AND AGGREGATE
BASE
A. Place structural backfill material around piping, structures, channels, and other areas,
including authorized overexcavation areas, to the lines and grades shown or specified.
Do not exceed loose lifts of 8 inches.
B. Limits of Structural Backfill: Limits of structural backfill shall be at least 3 feet from
edge of footing and shall extend at a 1:1 slope (H:V) to the finish grade.
C. Compact each lift to 95% relative compaction, unless otherwise shown in the drawings.
Stop structural backfill at least 6 inches below finished grade in all areas where topsoil is
to be placed.
D. Backfill around concrete structures as specified in Section 030500.
Page 284 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
EARTHWORK 312300-8
City of SLO WTP Generator Improvement - 2 Mar 2022
E. Do not operate earthmoving equipment within 5 feet of walls of concrete structures.
Place and compact backfill adjacent to concrete walls with hand-operated tampers or
other equipment that will not damage the structure.
3.08 MOISTURE CONTROL
During the compacting operations, maintain optimum practicable moisture content
required for compaction purposes in each lift of the material. Drainage shall be provided
such that surface water does not pond on pavements, slabs, or adjacent to foundations.
Maintain uniform moisture content throughout the lift. Insofar as practicable, add water
to the material at the site of excavation. Supplement by sprinkling the material. At the
time of compaction, the water content of the material shall be at optimum water content
or within 2 percentage points above optimum. Aerate material containing excessive
moisture by blading, discing, or harrowing to hasten the drying process.
3.09 SITE GRADING
Perform earthwork such that upper 3 feet of generator and fuel tank pad consist of
imported non-expansive material and aggregate base. Shape, trim, and finish slopes of
channels to conform to the slopes no steeper than 1:1 (H:V) and to the limits outlined in
3.03B. Remove exposed roots and loose rocks exceeding 3 inches in diameter. Round
tops of banks to circular curves of not less than a 6-foot radius. Neatly and smoothly trim
rounded surfaces. Do not overexcavate and backfill to achieve the proper grade.
END OF SECTION
Page 285 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 312316-1
City of SLO WTP Generator Improvement - 2 Mar 2022
SECTION 312316 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials, testing, and installation for pipeline and ductbank trench
excavation, backfilling, and compacting. Use this specification in conjunction with the
City of San Luis Obispo Standard Specifications and Engineering Standards; refer to
Specification Section 19 for earthwork and section 26 for backfill material and
Engineering Standard drawings 6020, 6030, and 6035 for Trench Details.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Existing Conditions: General Provisions.
B. Protecting Existing Underground Utilities: 020120.
C. Cast in Place Concrete: 033000.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit electronic copies of a report from a testing laboratory verifying that material
contains less than 0.25% asbestos by weight or volume and conforms to the specified
gradations or characteristics for pea gravel, granular material, imported sand, rock refill
for foundation stabilization, and water. Submit asbestos test results with the submittals
for materials gradation. Material gradation reports without the accompanying asbestos
test results will be rejected as incomplete.
B. Submit method(s) of compaction including removal sequence of shoring where used.
1.04 TESTING FOR COMPACTION
A. The Owner will test for compaction as described below.
B. Determine the density of soil in place by the sand cone method, ASTM D1556 or by
nuclear methods, ASTM D6938. Compaction tests will be performed for each lift or
layer. If nuclear methods are used for in-place density determination, verify the accuracy
with one sand cone and one maximum laboratory dry density, for every five nuclear tests
taken if the backfill material is processed fill or visually consistent. More sand cones and
densities will be required if the backfill material is visually variable. The minimum
depth for the sand cone test hole shall be 12 inches. The minimum size shall be 8 inches,
and size 16/30 or 10/20 silica sand shall be used.
C. Determine laboratory moisture-density relations of soils by ASTM D1557. If nuclear
methods are used for in-place density determination, the compaction test results for
maximum dry density and optimum water content shall be adjusted in accordance with
Page 286 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 312316-2
City of SLO WTP Generator Improvement - 2 Mar 2022
ASTM D4718. This will be required for determination of percent relative compaction
and moisture variation from optimum.
D. Determine the relative density of cohesionless soils by ASTM D4253 and D4254.
E. Sample backfill materials per ASTM D75.
F. "Relative compaction" is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the in-place dry density
to the laboratory maximum dry density.
G. Compaction shall be deemed to comply with the specifications when no test falls below
the specified relative compaction. The Contractor shall pay the costs for any retesting or
additional testing of work not conforming to the specifications.
H. Where compaction tests indicate a failure to meet the specified compaction, the Owner
will take additional tests every 25 feet in each direction until the extent of the failing
area is identified. Rework the entire failed area until the specified compaction has been
achieved.
1.05 PAVEMENT ZONE
The pavement zone includes the asphalt concrete and aggregate base pavement section
placed over the trench backfill.
1.06 STREET ZONE/WTP ACCESS ROADS AND DRIVEWAYS
The street zone is the top 30 inches of the trench immediately below the pavement zone
in paved areas. Where the depth of cover over the pipe does not permit the full specified
thickness of the street zone, construct a thinner street zone, extending from the top of the
pipe zone to the bottom of the pavement zone.
1.07 TRENCH ZONE
The trench zone includes the portion of the trench from the top of the pipe zone to the
bottom of the street zone in paved areas or to the existing surface in unpaved areas. If the
resulting trench zone is less than 24 inches thick, the street zone shall extend to the top
of the pipe zone and there shall be no separate trench zone.
Pipe Diameter
Thickness of Pipe Zone
Above Top of Pipe
6 inches or smaller 6 inches
8 inches and larger 10 inches
1.08 PIPE BASE OR BEDDING
The pipe base or bedding shall be defined as a layer of material immediately below the
bottom of the pipe or conduit and extending over the full trench width in which the pipe
Page 287 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 312316-3
City of SLO WTP Generator Improvement - 2 Mar 2022
is bedded. Thickness of pipe base shall be as follows unless otherwise shown in the
drawings or otherwise described in the specifications for the particular type of pipe
installed.
Pipe Diameter Thickness of Pipe Base
Smaller than 4 inches 3 inches
4 inches through 16 inches 4 inches
1.09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this section, other than foundation stabilization, shall be
included as part of the lump-sum bid amount stated in the Proposal.
B. Payment for foundation stabilization shall be made in accordance with Article 1.11
below.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL
A. See the City of San Luis Obispo Standard Specifications and Engineering Standard
Drawing 6020 Trench Detail #1 for backfill details.
2.02 GRANULAR MATERIAL FOR BACKFILLSUBSEQUENT BACKFILL AND
STREET ZONE
Granular material or granular soil for backfill used above the pipe zone shall be free of
organics, corrosives, clay, or other deleterious substances and conform to the City of San
Luis Obispo Standard Specifications and Engineering standards Section 26-1.02G. The
maximum particle size shall be 2 inches. A maximum of 10% shall pass a No. 200 sieve.
2.03 IMPORTED SAND--PIPE BEDDING AND INITIAL BACKFILL
A. Imported sand used in the pipe zone or for the pipe base shall conform to the City of San
Luis Obispo Standard Specifications and Engineering Standards Section 26-1.02G and
have the following gradation:
Sieve Size Percent Passing By Weight
1 inch 100
No. 4 80-95
No. 30 35-70
No. 200 15 Max.
Page 288 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 312316-4
City of SLO WTP Generator Improvement - 2 Mar 2022
B. Imported sand shall have a minimum sand equivalent of 30 per ASTM D2419. Imported
sand shall have a saturated resistivity greater than 1,000 ohm-cm per ASTM G187, a
neutral pH, and chlorides less than 100 ppm.
2.04 GRAVEL AND CRUSHED ROCK--SUBSEQUENT BACKFILL AND STREET
ZONE
A. Gravel or crushed rock material shall contain less than 0.25% asbestos by weight or
volume and conform to the Standard Specifications for the California Department of
Transportation Standard Specifications Section 26-1.02B for Class 2 Aggregate Base.
2.05 SAND-CEMENT SLURRY BACKFILLSUBSEQUENT BACKFILL
Sand-cement slurry backfill shall consist of one sack (94 pounds) of Type I or II portland
cement added per cubic yard of imported sand and sufficient water for workability.
Refer to City of San Luis Obispo Standard Specifications and Engineering Standard
Section 77-1.02B.
2.06 ROCK REFILL FOR FOUNDATION STABILIZATION
Rock refill shall be crushed or natural rock containing less than 0.25% asbestos by
weight or volume, conforming to the California Department of Transportation Standard
Specifications Section 26-1.02B for Class 2 Aggregate Base.
2.07 WATER FOR COMPACTION
Water shall be free of organic materials and shall have a pH of 7.0 to 9.0, a maximum
chloride concentration of 500 mg/L, and a maximum sulfate concentration of 500 mg/L.
Provide all water needed for earthwork. Provide temporary piping and valves to convey
water from the source to the point of use.
Use of potable water from City water mains and fire hydrants is not allowed. Recycled
water is available by permit for use at the recycled-water hydrants located within the
City limits at various locations. Use of the recycled water is subject to the conditions of
the Recycled-Water program, completion of required training, and payment of the permit
fee.
2.08 UNDERGROUND PLASTIC WARNING TAPE FOR METAL PIPE
See Section 400775.
2.09 UNDERGROUND DETECTABLE METALLIC PIPE WARNING TAPE
See Section 400775.
Page 289 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 312316-5
City of SLO WTP Generator Improvement - 2 Mar 2022
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SLOPING, SHEETING, SHORING, AND BRACING OF TRENCHES
Trenches shall have sloping, sheeting, shoring, and bracing conforming with
29CFR1926, Subpart P--Excavations, CAL/OSHA requirements, and the General
Provisions.
3.02 TRENCH EXCAVATION
A. Excavate the trench to the lines and grades shown in the drawings with allowance for
pipe thickness, sheeting and shoring if used, and for pipe base or special bedding. If the
trench is excavated below the required grade, refill any part of the trench excavated
below the grade at no additional cost to the Owner with granular material. Place the
refilling material over the full width of trench in compacted layers not exceeding 6
inches deep to the established grade with allowance for the pipe base or special bedding.
B. Trench widths in the pipe zone shall be as shown in the drawings. If no details are
shown, width shall be per City Standards.
3.03 TRENCH EXCAVATION IN BACKFILL AND EMBANKMENT AREAS
A. Construct and compact the embankment to an elevation of 1-foot minimum over the top
of the largest pipe or conduit to be installed.
B. Excavate trench in the compacted backfill or embankment.
3.04 LOCATION OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL
A. During trench excavation, place the excavated material only within the working area. Do
not obstruct any roadways or streets. Do not place trench spoil over pipe, buried utilities,
manholes, or vaults. Conform to federal, state, and local codes governing the safe
loading of trenches with excavated material.
3.05 DEWATERING
Provide and maintain means and devices to remove and dispose of water entering the
trench excavation during the time the trench is being prepared for the pipe laying, during
the laying of the pipe, and until the backfill at the pipe zone has been completed. These
provisions shall apply during both working and nonworking hours, including lunchtime,
evenings, weekends, and holidays. Dispose of the water in a manner to prevent damage
to adjacent property and in accordance with regulatory agency requirements. Do not
drain trench water through the pipeline under construction.
3.06 FOUNDATION STABILIZATION
A. After the required excavation has been completed, the Owner will inspect the exposed
subgrade to determine the need for any additional excavation. It is the intent that
Page 290 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 312316-6
City of SLO WTP Generator Improvement - 2 Mar 2022
additional excavation be conducted in all areas within the influence of the pipeline where
unacceptable materials exist at the exposed subgrade. Overexcavation shall include the
removal of all such unacceptable material that exist directly beneath the pipeline to a
width 24 inches greater than the pipe outside diameter and to the depth required.
B. Place filter fabric on the bottom of the trench and up the sides a sufficient height to
retain rock refill material. Backfill the trench to subgrade of pipe base with rock refill
material for foundation stabilization. Place the foundation stabilization material over the
full width of the trench and compact in layers not exceeding 6 inches deep to the
required grade. Foundation stabilization work shall be executed in accordance with a
change order.
C. Rock refill used by the Contractor for his convenience will not be cause for any
additional payment.
3.07 BACKFILL COMPACTION
A. Unless otherwise shown in the drawings or otherwise described in the specifications for
the particular type of pipe installed, relative compaction in pipe trenches shall be as
follows:
1. Pipe Zone: 90% relative compaction.
2. Backfill in Trench Zone Not Beneath Paving: 90% relative compaction. Compact
backfill within embankment above the pipe zone to the same relative compaction
as the adjacent embankment as specified in Section 312300.
3. Backfill in Trench Zone to Street Zone in Paved Areas: 90% relative compaction.
4. Backfill in Street Zone in Paved Areas: 95% relative compaction.
5. Rock Refill for Foundation Stabilization: 80% relative density.
6. Refill for Overexcavation: 80% relative density.
B. Compact trench backfill to the specified relative compaction. Compact by using
mechanical compaction, or hand tamping. Do not use high-impact hammer-type
equipment except where the pipe manufacturer warrants in writing that such use will not
damage the pipe.
C. Compact material placed within 12 inches of the outer surface of the pipe by hand
tamping only.
D. Do not use any axle-driven or tractor-drawn compaction equipment within 5 feet of
building walls, foundations, and other structures.
Page 291 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 312316-7
City of SLO WTP Generator Improvement - 2 Mar 2022
3.08 MATERIAL REPLACEMENT
Remove and replace any trenching and backfilling material that does not meet the
specifications, at the Contractor's expense.
END OF SECTION
Page 292 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCT & VALVE IDENTIFICATION 400775-1
City of SLO WTP Generator Improvement - 2 Mar 2022
SECTION 400775 EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCT, AND VALVE IDENTIFICATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials and installation of markers, labels, and signs for pipes,
ducts, and valves; for mechanical equipment; for hazardous materials warnings; and for
miscellaneous plant services.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with City Standard Specifications.
B. Submit manufacturer's catalog data and descriptive literature describing materials,
colors, letter size, and size of labels.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 LABELS FOR EXPOSED PIPING
A. Labels for piping shall bear the full piping system name as shown in the drawings.
Provide separate flow directional arrows next to each label. Color, size, and labeling
shall conform to ANSI A13.1 and Z535.1. Labels for piping inside buildings shall be
vinyl cloth: W. H. Brady Co. B-500 vinyl cloth, Seton Name Plate Corporation Pipe
Markers, or equal. Labels for piping located outdoors shall be weather- and UV-resistant
acrylic plastic and shall be W. H. Brady Co. B-946, Seton Name Plate Corporation Pipe
Markers, or equal.
B. Alternatively, provide preprinted, semirigid, snap-on, color-coded pipe markers. Color,
size, and labeling shall conform to ANSI A13.1 and Z535.1. Label shall cover 360
degrees (minimum). Labels shall be fabricated of weather- and UV-resistant acrylic
plastic. Labels shall be Seton Nameplate Corporation SetMark pipe marks or equal.
2.02 LABELS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
Provide a label for each piece of mechanical equipment. Label shall show the equipment
name and tag number as shown in the drawings. Labels shall be 1 1/2 inches (minimum)
by 4 inches (minimum) brass, aluminum, or 1/8-inch-thick fiberglass tags: Brady B-120
Fiber-Shield, Seton Style 2065, or equal.
2.03 LABELS FOR EXPOSED TANKS
Signs shall be weather- and UV-resistant. Labels shall be Brady B-946, Seton Name
Plate Corporation PSPL, or equal. Minimum size shall be 7 inches by 10 inches. Provide
a sign on each tank bearing the tank tag number and the name of the liquid stored.
Page 293 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCT & VALVE IDENTIFICATION 400775-2
City of SLO WTP Generator Improvement - 2 Mar 2022
2.04 LABELS FOR AUTOMATIC START/STOP EQUIPMENT
Provide a sign reading "CAUTION--EQUIPMENT STARTS AND STOPS
AUTOMATICALLY" on each piece of equipment listed below. Signs shall be pressure-
sensitive vinyl with adhesive for application to equipment. Signs mounted on adjacent
walls are also acceptable. Size shall be 10 inches by 7 inches minimum. Products: Seton,
Brady, or equal.
Equipment Type Tag Number
Generator
2.05 UNDERGROUND PLASTIC WARNING TAPE FOR METALLIC PIPE
Provide permanent, bright-colored, continuous-printed plastic tape, intended for direct
burial service, not less than 6 inches wide by 3.5 mils thick. Provide tape with printing
which most accurately indicates type of service of buried pipe. Provide the following
colored tape for the various piping services:
Service Color
Electric Red
Fuel Oil, Gasoline Yellow
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLING PIPE LABELS
A. Provide label and flow arrow at each connection to pumps or other mechanical
equipment, at wall boundaries, at tees and crosses, and at 20-foot centers on straight runs
of piping.
B. On piping having external diameters less than 6 inches (including insulation, if any),
provide full-band pipe markers, extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location.
C. On piping having external diameters of 6 inches and larger (including insulation, if any),
provide either full-band or strip-type pipe markers but not narrower than three times
letter height (and of required length), fastened by one of the following methods:
1. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe or insulation.
2. Strapped-to-pipe or insulation application of semirigid type with Type 304 or 305
stainless steel bands.
Page 294 of 652
DRAFT - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCT & VALVE IDENTIFICATION 400775-3
City of SLO WTP Generator Improvement - 2 Mar 2022
3.02 INSTALLING VALVE AND EQUIPMENT LABELS
A. Attach labels to the valve or piece of equipment with Type 304 or 316 stainless steel
chains or wires.
B. Attach valve labels to the valve handwheels. If the valve has no handwheel, attach the
label to the valve by tying the tag wire or chain around the operating shaft or nut.
3.03 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS SIGNS
Attach per sign manufacturer's recommendations and per CAL/OSHA requirements.
3.04 INSTALLING WALL AND DOOR SIGNS
Attach to walls and doors using epoxy adhesive.
3.05 INSTALLING LABELS FOR AUTOMATIC START/STOP EQUIPMENT AND
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WARNING SIGNS FOR EQUIPMENT
A. Attach signs for exposed equipment directly to the equipment.
3.06 INSTALLING UNDERGROUND PLASTIC WARNING TAPE FOR METAL PIPE
During backfilling of each exterior underground piping system, install continuous
underground-type plastic line marker, located directly over buried line at 6 to 8 inches
above the top of the pipe. Where multiple small lines are buried in common trench and
do not exceed overall width of 16 inches, install single line marker.
3.07 INSTALLING UNDERGROUND DETECTABLE METALLIC PIPE WARNING
TAPE
Install tape 4 to 6 inches below finished ground surface, located directly over buried
pipelines. Where multiple small pipelines are buried in a common trench and do not
exceed an overall width of 16 inches, install a single marker tape.
END OF SECTION
Page 295 of 652
Page 296 of 652
Page 297 of 652
Page 298 of 652
Page 299 of 652
Page 300 of 652
Page 301 of 652
Page 302 of 652
Page 303 of 652
Page 304 of 652
Page 305 of 652
Page 306 of 652
Page 307 of 652
Page 308 of 652
Page 309 of 652
Page 310 of 652
Page 311 of 652
Page 312 of 652
Page 313 of 652
Page 314 of 652
Page 315 of 652
Page 316 of 652
Page 317 of 652
Page 318 of 652
Page 319 of 652
Page 320 of 652
Page 321 of 652
Page 322 of 652
Page 323 of 652
Page 324 of 652
Page 325 of 652
Page 326 of 652
CHORRO/MURRAY/MEINECKE
SEWER REPLACEMENT PROJECT
1 OF 1
0
SCALE IN FEET
800
PROJECT
LOCATION
N U P
R
R
FOOT
HI
L
L CALIFORN
IA
CHORROGRANDCALIFORN
IASANTA ROSA
JOHNSON
MAR
S
H
PISM
O
JOHNSONBROAD
SOUTH
HIGUERAMAD
O
N
N
A
PR
A
D
O
PRADO
TANK FARM BROADLAURELORCUTT
TANK
F
A
R
M ORCUTTBROADSOUTH HIGUERALO
S
O
SO
S
V
A
L
L
E
Y
RO
AD
US HIGHWAY 101CAL POLY
LAG
U
N
A
L
A
K
E STENNERCREEK ROADProject
Location 00 2000'4000'
Water Treatment Plant
Generator Improvement Project
Page 327 of 652
Page 328 of 652
R ______
RESOLUTION NO. _____ (2022 SERIES)
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS
OBISPO, CALIFORNIA, AUTHORIZING USE OF WATER FUND
UNASSIGNED WORKING CAPITAL FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE
WATER TREATMENT PLANT GENERATOR IMPROVEMENT
PROJECT, SPECIFICATION NO. 1000126
WHEREAS, to ensure that water is safe to drink, the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency and the State Water Resources Control Board pr escribe regulations
for safe and reliable services provided by public water systems; and
WHEREAS, the City’s 2015 Potable Water Distribution System Operations Master
Plan was approved by the City Council in 2016. The Master Plan discussed the need for
emergency power provided by a generator to water pumping facilities associated with the
water distribution network and water storage tanks including the Water Treatment Plant
Transfer Pump Station; and
WHEREAS, the City’s 2020 Urban Water Management Plan (Ch apter 6: Water
Supply Reliability & Drought Risk Assessment) identifies the need to maintain water
service during Pacific Gas & Electric (PG&E) Public Safety Power Shutoff (PSPS) events
and a potential catastrophic fire event, and describes installation of a temporary generator
at the Water Treatment Plant, to be replaced by a permanent generator at a later date;
and
WHEREAS, the provision of additional temporary or permanent emergency
generators, requiring engineering design and inspection services, and construction at the
Water Treatment Plant is identified as a 2021-2023 Financial Plan Capital Improvement
Project (CIP); and
WHEREAS, on August 21, 2018, the San Luis Obispo City Council authorized an
application to the California Department of Emergency S ervices (Cal OES) Hazard
Mitigation Grant Program (HMGP) for Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)
funding in support of a standby generator and supporting infrastructure to power the
Water Treatment Plant in the event of a power outage (Resolution No. 10931), which was
approved with a federal share of $765,000 of the Project cost, with a local 25 percent
match of $255,000; and
WHEREAS, on August 20, 2019, the City Council approved a budget of
$2,000,000 including design, equipment acquisition, construction costs, and
contingencies, from the Water Fund, unassigned Working Capital to fund the Water Fund
portion of the Water and Wastewater Emergency Power Supp ly Acquisition needs, and
authorized “off cycle” fleet additions for new portable generator rental, lease, and/or
purchases; and
Page 329 of 652
Resolution No. _____ (2022 Series) Page 2
R ______
WHEREAS, an updated HMGP application packet with the revised scope and
associated increase in cost was submitted March 22, 2020 to Cal OES and approved by
FEMA on June 9, 2021, including an amended scope of work and an additional $630,000
in federal HMGP funds for the Project, resulting in a total of $1,395,000 in federal funds;
and
WHEREAS, an additional $465,000 for the Project was approved in the 2021-2023
Financial Plan and the total available budget for the Project is $2,638,082 including
$1,395,000 in federal funds, and the total Project cost is estimated at $3,590,000 requiring
an additional $951,918 to fund Project construction; and
WHEREAS, a balance of over $10 million is available from Water Fund,
unassigned Working Capital to fund the Project.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis
Obispo as follows:
SECTION 1. Budget. The budget of $951,918 will be moved to the Water
Treatment Plant Generator Improvement Project, Specification No. 1000126, as it is a
high priority and critical City project.
Page 330 of 652
Resolution No. _____ (2022 Series) Page 3
R ______
SECTION 2. Environmental Review. Construction of this project is exempt from
the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) per categorical exemption 15301,
Existing Facilities. The proposed Water Treatment Plant Generator Improvement Project
is located within the existing Water Treatment Plant and the generator would operate at
times when power is not available. Therefore, the project would not result in an expansion
of the existing use.
Upon motion of Council Member ___________, seconded by Council Member
___________, and on the following roll call vote:
AYES:
NOES:
ABSENT:
The foregoing resolution was adopted this _____ day of _______________ 2022.
___________________________
Mayor Erica A. Stewart
ATTEST:
______________________
Teresa Purrington
City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
______________________
J. Christine Dietrick
City Attorney
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the
City of San Luis Obispo, California, on ______________________.
___________________________
Teresa Purrington
City Clerk
Page 331 of 652
Page 332 of 652